107.

 Pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 4 of Article VII of the California Constitution, each board may appoint a person exempt from civil service, who shall be designated as an executive officer unless the licensing act of the particular board designates the person as a registrar, and may fix that person’s salary, with the approval of the Department of Human Resources pursuant to Section 19825 of the Government Code.

152.

 For the purpose of administration, the reregistration and clerical work of the department is organized by the director, subject to the approval of the Governor, in such manner as the director deems necessary to properly segregate and conduct the work of the department.

740.

 For purposes of this article, the following definitions apply:

(a) “Administer” means the direct application of a drug or device to the body of a patient by injection, inhalation, ingestion, or other means.

(b) “Order” means an order entered on the chart or medical record of a patient registered in an inpatient health facility by or on the order of a prescriber.

(c) “Prescriber” means a person licensed, certified, registered, or otherwise subject to regulation pursuant to this division, or an initiative act referred to in this division, who is authorized to prescribe prescription drugs. “Prescriber” does not include a person licensed under the Veterinary Medicine Practice Act (Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 4800)).

805.8.

 (a) As used in this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Agency” means the relevant state licensing agency with regulatory jurisdiction over a healing arts licensee listed in paragraph (2).

(2) “Healing arts licensee” or “licensee” means a licensee licensed under Division 2 (commencing with Section 500) or any initiative act referred to in that division. “Healing arts licensee” or “licensee” also includes a person authorized to practice medicine pursuant to Sections 2064.5, 2113, and 2168.

(3) “Health care facility” means a clinic or health facility licensed or exempt from licensure pursuant to Division 2 (commencing with Section 1200) of the Health and Safety Code.

(4) “Other entity” includes, but is not limited to, a postsecondary educational institution as defined in Section 66261.5 of the Education Code.

(5) “Sexual misconduct” means inappropriate contact or communication of a sexual nature.

(b) A health care facility or other entity that makes any arrangement under which a healing arts licensee is allowed to practice or provide care for patients shall file a report of any allegation of sexual abuse or sexual misconduct made against a healing arts licensee by a patient, if the patient or the patient’s representative makes the allegation, in writing, to the agency within 15 days of receiving the written allegation of sexual abuse or sexual misconduct. An arrangement under which a licensee is allowed to practice or provide care for patients includes, but is not limited to, full staff privileges, active staff privileges, limited staff privileges, auxiliary staff privileges, provisional staff privileges, temporary staff privileges, courtesy staff privileges, locum tenens arrangements, and contractual arrangements to provide professional services, including, but not limited to, arrangements to provide outpatient services.

(c) The report provided pursuant to subdivision (b) shall be kept confidential and shall not be subject to discovery, except that the information may be reviewed as provided in subdivision (c) of Section 800 and may be disclosed in any subsequent disciplinary hearing conducted pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code).

(d) A willful failure to file the report described in subdivision (b) shall be punishable by a fine, not to exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) per violation, that shall be paid by the health care facility or other entity subject to subdivision (b). The fine may be imposed in any civil or administrative action or proceeding brought by or on behalf of any agency having regulatory jurisdiction over the licensee regarding whom the report was or should have been filed. If the person who is designated or otherwise required to file the report under this section is a licensed physician and surgeon, the action or proceeding shall be brought by the Medical Board of California. If the person who is designated or otherwise required to file the report required under this section is a licensed doctor of podiatric medicine, the action or proceeding shall be brought by the Podiatric Medical Board of California. The fine shall be paid to that agency, but not expended until appropriated by the Legislature. A violation of this subdivision may constitute unprofessional conduct by the licensee. A person who is alleged to have violated this subdivision may assert any defense available at law. As used in this subdivision, “willful” means a voluntary and intentional violation of a known legal duty.

(e) Except as provided in subdivision (c), any failure to file the report described in subdivision (b) is punishable by a fine, not to exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) per violation, that shall be paid by the health care facility or other entity subject to subdivision (b). The fine may be imposed in any civil or administrative action or proceeding brought by or on behalf of any agency having regulatory jurisdiction over the person regarding whom the report was or should have been filed. If the person who is designated or otherwise required to file the report required under this section is a licensed physician and surgeon, the action or proceeding shall be brought by the Medical Board of California. If the person who is designated or otherwise required to file the report required under this section is a licensed doctor of podiatric medicine, the action or proceeding shall be brought by the Podiatric Medical Board of California. The fine shall be paid to that agency, but not expended until appropriated by the Legislature. The amount of the fine imposed, not exceeding fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) per violation, shall be proportional to the severity of the failure to report and shall differ based upon written findings, including whether the failure to file caused harm to a patient or created a risk to patient safety; whether any person who is designated or otherwise required by law to file the report required under this section exercised due diligence despite the failure to file or whether the person knew or should have known that a report required under this section would not be filed; whether there has been a prior failure to file a report required under this section; and whether a report was filed with another state agency or law enforcement. The amount of the fine imposed may also differ based on whether a health care facility is a small or rural hospital, as defined in Section 124840 of the Health and Safety Code.

(f) A person, including an employee or individual contracted or subcontracted to provide health care services, a health care facility, or other entity shall not incur any civil or criminal liability as a result of making a report required by this section.

(g) The agency shall investigate the circumstances underlying a report received pursuant to this section.

4052.02.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, a pharmacist may initiate and furnish HIV preexposure prophylaxis in accordance with this section.

(b) For purposes of this section, “preexposure prophylaxis” means a fixed-dose combination of tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF) (300 mg) with emtricitabine (FTC) (200 mg), or another drug or drug combination determined by the board to meet the same clinical eligibility recommendations provided in CDC guidelines.

(c) For purposes of this section, “CDC guidelines” means the “2017 Preexposure Prophylaxis for the Prevention of HIV Infection in the United States–2017 Update: A Clinical Practice Guideline,” or any subsequent guidelines, published by the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

(d) Before furnishing preexposure prophylaxis to a patient, a pharmacist shall complete a training program approved by the board, in consultation with the Medical Board of California, on the use of preexposure prophylaxis and postexposure prophylaxis. The training shall include information about financial assistance programs for preexposure prophylaxis and postexposure prophylaxis, including the HIV prevention program described in Section 120972 of the Health and Safety Code. The board shall consult with the Medical Board of California as well as relevant stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the Office of AIDS, within the State Department of Public Health, on training programs that are appropriate to meet the requirements of this subdivision.

(e) A pharmacist shall furnish at least a 30-day supply, and up to a 60-day supply, of preexposure prophylaxis if all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The patient is HIV negative, as documented by a negative HIV test result obtained within the previous seven days from an HIV antigen/antibody test or antibody-only test or from a rapid, point-of-care fingerstick blood test approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration. If the patient does not provide evidence of a negative HIV test in accordance with this paragraph, the pharmacist shall order an HIV test. If the test results are not transmitted directly to the pharmacist, the pharmacist shall verify the test results to the pharmacist’s satisfaction. If the patient tests positive for HIV infection, the pharmacist or person administering the test shall direct the patient to a primary care provider and provide a list of providers and clinics in the region.

(2) The patient does not report any signs or symptoms of acute HIV infection on a self-reported checklist of acute HIV infection signs and symptoms.

(3) The patient does not report taking any contraindicated medications.

(4) The pharmacist provides counseling to the patient on the ongoing use of preexposure prophylaxis, which may include education about side effects, safety during pregnancy and breastfeeding, adherence to recommended dosing, and the importance of timely testing and treatment, as applicable, for HIV, renal function, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, sexually transmitted diseases, and pregnancy for individuals of childbearing capacity. The pharmacist shall notify the patient that the patient must be seen by a primary care provider to receive subsequent prescriptions for preexposure prophylaxis and that a pharmacist may not furnish a 60-day supply of preexposure prophylaxis to a single patient more than once every two years.

(5) The pharmacist documents, to the extent possible, the services provided by the pharmacist in the patient’s record in the record system maintained by the pharmacy. The pharmacist shall maintain records of preexposure prophylaxis furnished to each patient.

(6) The pharmacist does not furnish more than a 60-day supply of preexposure prophylaxis to a single patient more than once every two years, unless directed otherwise by a prescriber.

(7) The pharmacist notifies the patient’s primary care provider that the pharmacist completed the requirements specified in this subdivision. If the patient does not have a primary care provider, or refuses consent to notify the patient’s primary care provider, the pharmacist shall provide the patient a list of physicians and surgeons, clinics, or other health care service providers to contact regarding ongoing care for preexposure prophylaxis.

(f) A pharmacist initiating or furnishing preexposure prophylaxis shall not permit the person to whom the drug is furnished to waive the consultation required by the board.

(g) The board, by July 1, 2020, shall adopt emergency regulations to implement this section in accordance with CDC guidelines. The adoption of regulations pursuant to this subdivision shall be deemed to be an emergency and necessary for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety, or general welfare. The board shall consult with the Medical Board of California in developing regulations pursuant to this subdivision.

5552.1.

 (a) Pursuant to Section 144, beginning January 1, 2021, the board has the authority to obtain and receive criminal history information. The information obtained as a result of the fingerprinting shall be used in accordance with Section 11105 of the Penal Code and to determine whether the applicant is subject to denial of a license pursuant to Division 1.5 (commencing with Section 475) or Sections 5560 and 5577.

(b) As a condition of application for a license, each applicant shall furnish to the Department of Justice a full set of fingerprints for the purpose of conducting a criminal history record check and to undergo a state and federal level criminal offender record information search conducted through the Department of Justice.

(c) The board shall request from the Department of Justice subsequent arrest notification service, pursuant to Section 11105 of the Penal Code.

(d) The applicant shall pay for the reasonable regulatory costs for furnishing the fingerprints and conducting the searches.

(e) The applicant shall certify, under penalty of perjury, when applying for a license, whether the applicant’s fingerprints have been furnished to the Department of Justice in compliance with this section.

(f) Failure to comply with the requirements of this section renders the application for a license incomplete, and the application shall not be considered until the applicant demonstrates compliance with all of the requirements of this section.

(g) Notwithstanding any other law, the results of any criminal offender record information request by either state or federal law enforcement authorities shall not be released by the board except in accordance with state and federal requirements.

(h) This section applies to all applicants subject to this chapter and subdivision (i).

(i) As used in this section, the term “applicant” is limited to an initial applicant who has never been registered or licensed by the board or to an applicant for a new licensure or registration category.

(j) As a condition of petitioning the board for reinstatement of a revoked or surrendered license, an applicant shall comply with subdivision (a).

5616.

 (a) A landscape architect shall use a written contract when contracting to provide professional services to a client pursuant to this chapter. The written contract shall be executed by the landscape architect and the client, or their representatives, prior to the landscape architect commencing work, unless the client knowingly states in writing that work may be commenced before the contract is executed. The written contract shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

(1) A description of the project for which the client is seeking services.

(2) A description of the services to be provided by the landscape architect to the client.

(3) A description of any basis of compensation applicable to the contract, including the total price that is required to complete the contract, and the method of payment agreed upon by both parties.

(4) A statement in at least 12-point type that reads:

“Landscape architects are licensed by the Landscape Architects Technical Committee located at 2420 Del Paso Road, Suite 105, Sacramento, CA 95834.”

(5) The name, address, and license number of the landscape architect, the name and address of the client, and project address.

(6) A description of the procedure that the landscape architect and client will use to accommodate additional services.

(7) A description of the procedure to be used by either party to terminate the contract.

(8) A description of the procedure that the landscape architect and the client will use to accommodate contract changes, including, but not limited to, changes in the description of the project, in the description of the services, or in the description of the compensation, total price, and method of payment.

(9) A statement identifying the ownership and use of instruments of service prepared by the landscape architect.

(b) This section does not apply to any of the following:

(1) Professional services rendered by a landscape architect for which the client will not pay compensation.

(2) An arrangement as to the basis for compensation and manner of providing professional services implied by the fact that the landscape architect’s services are of the same general kind that the landscape architect has previously rendered to, and received payment from, the same client.

(3) If the client states in writing after full disclosure of this section that a written contract is not required.

(4) Professional services rendered by a landscape architect to any of the following:

(A) A landscape architect licensed under this chapter.

(B) An architect licensed under Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 5500).

(C) A professional engineer licensed under Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 6700).

(D) A contractor licensed under Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000).

(E) A geologist or geophysicist licensed under Chapter 12.5 (commencing with Section 7800).

(F) A professional land surveyor licensed under Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 8700).

(G) A manufacturing, mining, public utility, research and development, or other industrial corporation, if the services are provided in connection with, or incidental to, the products, systems, or services of that corporation or its affiliates.

(H) A public agency when using that public agency’s written contract.

(c) As used in this section, “written contract” includes a contract that is in electronic form.

6400.

 (a) “Unlawful detainer assistant” means any individual who for compensation renders assistance or advice in the prosecution or defense of an unlawful detainer claim or action, including any bankruptcy petition that may affect the unlawful detainer claim or action.

(b) “Unlawful detainer claim” means a proceeding, filing, or action affecting rights or liabilities of any person that arises under Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 1159) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure and that contemplates an adjudication by a court.

(c) “Legal document assistant” means:

(1) Any person who is not exempted under Section 6401 and who provides, or assists in providing, or offers to provide, or offers to assist in providing, for compensation, any self-help service to a member of the public who is representing themselves in a legal matter, or who holds themselves out as someone who offers that service or has that authority. This paragraph does not apply to any individual whose assistance consists merely of secretarial or receptionist services.

(2) A corporation, partnership, association, or other entity that employs or contracts with any person not exempted under Section 6401 who, as part of their responsibilities, provides, or assists in providing, or offers to provide, or offers to assist in providing, for compensation, any self-help service to a member of the public who is representing themselves in a legal matter or holds themselves out as someone who offers that service or has that authority. This paragraph does not apply to an individual whose assistance consists merely of secretarial or receptionist services.

(d) “Self-help service” means all of the following:

(1) Completing legal documents in a ministerial manner, selected by a person who is representing themselves in a legal matter, by typing or otherwise completing the documents at the person’s specific direction.

(2) Providing general published factual information that has been written or approved by an attorney, pertaining to legal procedures, rights, or obligations to a person who is representing themselves in a legal matter, to assist the person in representing themselves. This service, in and of itself, does not require registration as a legal document assistant.

(3) Making published legal documents available to a person who is representing themselves in a legal matter.

(4) Filing and serving legal forms and documents at the specific direction of a person who is representing themselves in a legal matter.

(e) “Compensation” means money, property, or anything else of value.

(f) A legal document assistant, including any legal document assistant employed by a partnership or corporation, shall not provide any self-help service for compensation, unless the legal document assistant is registered pursuant to Section 6402.

(g) A legal document assistant may not provide any kind of advice, explanation, opinion, or recommendation to a consumer about possible legal rights, remedies, defenses, options, selection of forms, or strategies. A legal document assistant shall complete documents only in the manner prescribed by paragraph (1) of subdivision (d).

6787.

 A person who does any of the following is guilty of a misdemeanor:

(a) Unless the person is exempt from licensure under this chapter, practice or offer to practice civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering in this state according to the provisions of this chapter without legal authorization.

(b) Present or attempt to file as the person’s own the certificate of licensure of a licensed professional engineer unless they are the person named on the certificate of licensure.

(c) Give false evidence of any kind to the board, or to any board member, in obtaining a certificate of licensure.

(d) Impersonate or use the seal, signature, or license number of a licensed professional engineer or use a false license number.

(e) Use an expired, suspended, surrendered, or revoked license.

(f) Represent themselves as, or uses the title of, a licensed or registered civil, electrical, or mechanical engineer, or any other title whereby that person could be considered as practicing or offering to practice civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering in any of its branches, unless they are correspondingly qualified by licensure as a civil, electrical, or mechanical engineer under this chapter.

(g) Unless appropriately licensed, manage, or conduct as manager, proprietor, or agent, any place of business from which civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering work is solicited, performed, or practiced, except as authorized pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 6738 and Section 8726.1.

(h) Use the title, or any combination of that title, of “professional engineer,” “licensed engineer,” “registered engineer,” or the branch titles specified in Section 6732, or the authority titles specified in Sections 6736 and 6736.1, or “engineer-in-training,” or use any abbreviation of that title that might lead to the belief that the person is a licensed engineer, is authorized to use the titles specified in Section 6736 or 6736.1, or holds a certificate as an engineer-in-training, without being licensed, authorized, or certified as required by this chapter.

(i) Use the title “consulting engineer” without being licensed as required by this chapter or without being authorized to use that title pursuant to legislation enacted at the 1963, 1965, or 1968 Regular Session.

(j) Violate any provision of this chapter.

7071.17.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the board shall require, as a condition precedent to accepting an application for licensure, renewal, reinstatement, or to change officers or other personnel of record, that an applicant, previously found to have failed or refused to pay a contractor, subcontractor, consumer, materials supplier, or employee based on an unsatisfied final judgment, file or have on file with the board a bond sufficient to guarantee payment of an amount equal to the unsatisfied final judgment or judgments. The applicant shall have 90 days from the date of notification by the board to file the bond or the application shall become void and the applicant shall reapply for issuance, reinstatement, or reactivation of a license. The board may not issue, reinstate, or reactivate a license until the bond is filed with the board. The bond required by this section is in addition to the contractor’s bond. The bond shall be on file for a minimum of one year, after which the bond may be removed by submitting proof of satisfaction of all debts. The applicant may provide the board with a notarized copy of any accord, reached with any individual holding an unsatisfied final judgment, to satisfy a debt in lieu of filing the bond. The board shall include on the license application for issuance, reinstatement, or reactivation, a statement, to be made under penalty of perjury, as to whether there are any unsatisfied judgments against the applicant on behalf of contractors, subcontractors, consumers, materials suppliers, or the applicant’s employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if it is found that the applicant falsified the statement then the license will be retroactively suspended to the date of issuance and the license will stay suspended until the bond, satisfaction of judgment, or notarized copy of any accord applicable under this section is filed.

(b) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all licensees shall notify the registrar in writing of any unsatisfied final judgment imposed on the licensee. If the licensee fails to notify the registrar in writing within 90 days, the license shall be automatically suspended on the date that the registrar is informed, or is made aware of the unsatisfied final judgment.

(2) The suspension shall not be removed until proof of satisfaction of the judgment, or in lieu thereof, a notarized copy of an accord is submitted to the registrar.

(3) If the licensee notifies the registrar in writing within 90 days of the imposition of any unsatisfied final judgment, the licensee shall, as a condition to the continual maintenance of the license, file or have on file with the board a bond sufficient to guarantee payment of an amount equal to all unsatisfied judgments applicable under this section.

(4) The licensee has 90 days from the date of notification by the board to file the bond or at the end of the 90 days the license shall be automatically suspended. In lieu of filing the bond required by this section, the licensee may provide the board with a notarized copy of any accord reached with any individual holding an unsatisfied final judgment.

(c) By operation of law, failure to maintain the bond or failure to abide by the accord shall result in the automatic suspension of any license to which this section applies.

(d) A license that is suspended for failure to comply with the provisions of this section can only be reinstated when proof of satisfaction of all debts is made, or when a notarized copy of an accord has been filed as set forth under this section.

(e) This section applies only with respect to an unsatisfied final judgment that is substantially related to the construction activities of a licensee licensed under this chapter, or to the qualifications, functions, or duties of the license.

(f) Except as otherwise provided, this section does not apply to an applicant or licensee when the financial obligation covered by this section has been discharged in a bankruptcy proceeding.

(g) Except as otherwise provided, the bond shall remain in full force in the amount posted until the entire debt is satisfied. If, at the time of renewal, the licensee submits proof of partial satisfaction of the financial obligations covered by this section, the board may authorize the bond to be reduced to the amount of the unsatisfied portion of the outstanding judgment. When the licensee submits proof of satisfaction of all debts, the bond requirement may be removed.

(h) The board shall take the actions required by this section upon notification by any party having knowledge of the outstanding judgment upon a showing of proof of the judgment.

(i) For the purposes of this section, the term “judgment” also includes any final arbitration award where the time to file a petition for a trial de novo or a petition to vacate or correct the arbitration award has expired, and no petition is pending.

(j) (1) If a judgment is entered against a licensee or any personnel of record of a licensee, then a qualifying person or personnel of record of the licensee at the time of the activities on which the judgment is based shall be automatically prohibited from serving as a qualifying individual or other personnel of record on any license until the judgment is satisfied.

(2) The prohibition described in paragraph (1) shall cause the license of any other existing renewable licensed entity with any of the same personnel of record as the judgment debtor licensee or with any of the same judgment debtor personnel to be suspended until the license of the judgment debtor is reinstated, the judgment is satisfied, or until those same personnel of record disassociate themselves from the renewable licensed entity.

(k) For purposes of this section, lawful money or cashier’s check deposited pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 995.710 of the Code of Civil Procedure, may be submitted in lieu of the bond.

(l) Notwithstanding subdivision (f), the failure of a licensee to notify the registrar of an unsatisfied final judgment in accordance with this section is cause for disciplinary action.

7169.

 (a) The board, in collaboration with the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop and make available a “solar energy system disclosure document” or documents that provide a consumer, at a minimum, accurate, clear, and concise information regarding the installation of a solar energy system, total costs of installation, anticipated savings, the assumptions and inputs used to estimate the savings, and the implications of various financing options.

(b) On or before July 1, 2018, the board, in collaboration with the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop, and make available on its internet website the disclosure document described in subdivision (a) that a solar energy system company shall provide to a consumer prior to completion of a sale, financing, or lease of a solar energy system. The “solar energy system disclosure document” shall be printed on the front page or cover page of every solar energy contract. The “solar energy system disclosure document” shall be printed in boldface 16-point type and include the following types of primary information:

(1) The total cost and payments for the system, including financing costs.

(2) Information on how and to whom customers may provide complaints.

(3) The consumer’s right to a cooling off period of three days pursuant to Section 7159 of the Business and Professions Code.

(c) At the board’s discretion, other types of supporting information the board and the commission deem appropriate or useful in furthering the directive described in subdivision (a) may be included in the solar energy disclosure document following the front page or cover page, including, but not limited to:

(1) The amounts and sources of financing obtained.

(2) The calculations used by the home improvement salesperson to determine how many panels the homeowner needs to install.

(3) The calculations used by the home improvement salesperson to determine how much energy the panels will generate.

(4) Any additional monthly fees the homeowner’s electric company may bill, any turn-on charges, and any fees added for the use of an internet monitoring system of the panels or inverters.

(5) The terms and conditions of any guaranteed rebate.

(6) The final contract price, without the inclusion of possible rebates.

(7) The solar energy system company’s contractor’s license number.

(8) The impacts of solar energy system installations not performed to code.

(9) Types of solar energy system malfunctions.

(10) Information about the difference between a solar energy system lease and a solar energy system purchase.

(11) The impacts that the financing options, lease agreement terms, or contract terms will have on the sale of the consumer’s home, including any balloon payments or solar energy system relocation that may be required if the contract is not assigned to the new owner of the home.

(12) A calculator that calculates performance of solar projects to provide solar customers the solar power system’s projected output, which may include an expected performance-based buy-down calculator.

(d) A contract for sale, financing, or lease of a solar energy system and the solar energy system disclosure document shall be written in the same language as was principally used in the oral sales presentation made to the consumer or the print or digital marketing material given to the consumer.

(e) For solar energy systems utilizing Property Assessed Clean Energy (PACE) financing, the Financing Estimate and Disclosure form required by subdivision (b) of Section 5898.17 of the Streets and Highways Code shall satisfy the requirements of this section with respect to the financing contract only, but not, however, with respect to the underlying contract for installation of the solar energy system.

(f) The board shall post the PACE Financing Estimate and Disclosure form required by subdivision (b) of Section 5898.17 of the Streets and Highways Code on its internet website.

(g) For purposes of this section, “solar energy system” means a solar energy device to be installed on a residential building that has the primary purpose of providing for the collection and distribution of solar energy for the generation of electricity, that produces at least one kW, and not more than five MW, alternating current rated peak electricity, and that meets or exceeds the eligibility criteria established pursuant to Section 25782 of the Public Resources Code.

(h) This section does not apply to a solar energy system that is installed as a standard feature on new construction.

8030.6.

 (a) The board shall disburse funds from the Transcript Reimbursement Fund for the costs, exclusive of per diem charges by official reporters, of preparing either an original transcript and one copy thereof, or where appropriate, a copy of the transcript, of court or deposition proceedings, or both, incurred as a contractual obligation between the shorthand reporter and the applicant, for litigation conducted in California. If there is no deposition transcript, the board may reimburse the applicant or the certified shorthand reporter designated in the application for per diem costs. The rate of per diem for depositions shall not exceed seventy-five dollars ($75) for one-half day, or one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125) for a full day. If a transcript is ordered within one year of the date of the deposition, but subsequent to the per diem having been reimbursed by the Transcript Reimbursement Fund, the amount of the per diem shall be deducted from the regular customary charges for a transcript. Reimbursement may be obtained pursuant to the following provisions:

(1) The applicant or certified shorthand reporter shall promptly submit to the board the certified shorthand reporter’s invoice for transcripts together with the appropriate documentation as is required by this chapter.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), the board shall promptly determine if the applicant or the certified shorthand reporter is entitled to reimbursement under this chapter and shall make payment as follows:

(A) Regular customary charges for preparation of original deposition transcripts and one copy thereof, or a copy of the transcripts.

(B) Regular customary charges for expedited deposition transcripts up to a maximum of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) per case.

(C) Regular customary charges for the preparation of original transcripts and one copy thereof, or a copy of transcripts of court proceedings.

(D) Regular customary charges for expedited or daily charges for preparation of original transcripts and one copy thereof or a copy of transcripts of court proceedings.

(E) The charges shall not include notary or handling fees. The charges may include actual shipping costs and exhibits, except that the cost of exhibits may not exceed thirty-five cents ($0.35) each or a total of thirty-five dollars ($35) per transcript.

(3) The maximum amount reimbursable by the fund under paragraph (2) shall not exceed twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) per case per year.

(4) A vexatious litigant shall be ineligible to receive funds from the Transcript Reimbursement Fund. However, a vexatious litigant may become eligible to receive funds if the vexatious litigant is no longer subject to the provisions of Title 3A of Part 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure pursuant to Section 391.8 of Code of Civil Procedure.

(5) Total disbursements to cover the costs of providing transcripts to all applicants appearing pro se pursuant to this section shall not exceed seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) annually and shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) per case.

(6) If entitled, and funds are available, the board shall disburse the appropriate sum to the applicant or the certified shorthand reporter when the documentation described in Section 8030.8 accompanies the application. A notice shall be sent to the recipient requiring the recipient to file a notice with the court in which the action is pending stating the sum of reimbursement paid pursuant to this section. The notice filed with the court shall also state that if the sum is subsequently included in any award of costs made in the action, that the sum is to be ordered refunded by the applicant to the Transcript Reimbursement Fund whenever the sum is actually recovered as costs. The court shall not consider whether payment has been made from the Transcript Reimbursement Fund in determining the appropriateness of any award of costs to the parties. The board shall also notify the applicant that the reimbursed sum has been paid to the certified shorthand reporter and shall notify the applicant of the duty to refund any of the sum actually recovered as costs in the action.

(7) If not entitled, the board shall return a copy of the invoice to the applicant and the designated certified shorthand reporter together with a notice stating the grounds for denial.

(8) The board shall complete its actions under this section within 30 days of receipt of the invoice and all required documentation, including a completed application.

(9) Applications for reimbursements from the fund shall be filed on a first-come-first-served basis.

(10) Applications for reimbursement that cannot be paid from the fund due to insufficiency of the fund for that fiscal year shall be held over until the next fiscal year to be paid out of the renewed fund. Applications held over shall be given a priority standing in the next fiscal year.

(b) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2024, and as of that date is repealed.

9882.6.

 (a) There is in the department an enforcement program that shall investigate violations of this chapter and the Motor Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance Program (Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 44000) of Part 5 of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code) and any regulations adopted thereunder.

(b) (1) When purchasing undercover vehicles to be used for evidentiary purposes as part of the investigation, the department may purchase motor vehicles of various makes, models, and condition. These acquisitions shall be exempt from the following requirements:

(A) Chapter 5.5 (commencing with Section 8350) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(B) Section 12990 of the Government Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(C) Subdivision (a) of Section 13332.09 of the Government Code.

(D) Section 14841 of the Government Code and subdivision (d) of Section 999.5 of the Military and Veterans Code.

(E) Sections 2010, 10286.1, 10295.1, 10295.3, 10295.35, 10296, and 12205 and Article 13 (commencing with Section 10475) of Chapter 2 of Part 2 of Division 2 of the Public Contract Code.

(F) Section 42480 of the Public Resources Code.

(2) After purchase, the department may prepare the vehicle for use in an investigation by disabling, modifying, or otherwise changing the vehicle’s emission control system components or any other part or parts of the vehicle. To complete the investigation, the department may purchase or attempt to purchase repairs, services, or parts from those entities licensed or registered by the department. The funds for the preparation and purchases shall be not subject to the monetary limit specified in Section 16404 of the Government Code, but the department shall comply with all other provisions of that section. The department shall implement the safeguards necessary to ensure the proper use and disbursement of funds utilized pursuant to this section. These expenses may be paid out of the Consumer Affairs Fund established pursuant to Section 204.

(3) Vehicles acquired pursuant to this subdivision shall be exempt from requirements established pursuant to Chapter 8.3 (commencing with Section 25722) of Division 15 of the Public Resources Code.

(4) The department shall maintain an inventory of these vehicles and provide semiannual fleet reports to the Department of General Services including, but not limited to, the vehicle’s identification number, equipment number, and acquisition and disposal information.

(5) Records associated with these vehicles are exempt from disclosure pursuant to the California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code).

11267.

 (a) The time-share instruments shall require the use of a managing entity for the time-share plan or component site pursuant to a written management agreement that shall include all of the following provisions:

(1) Delegation of authority to the managing entity to carry out the duties and obligations of the association or the developer to the time-share interest owners.

(2) Authority of the managing entity to use subagents, if applicable.

(3) A term of not more than five years with automatic renewals for successive three-year periods after expiration of the first term unless the association by the vote or written assent of a majority of the voting power residing in members other than the developer determines not to renew the contract and gives appropriate notice of that determination. However, in those time-share plans where the association is controlled by owners other than the developer, the management agreement shall not be subject to the term limitations set forth in this section, and any longer term shall not be grounds for denial of a public report, unless the longer term of the management contract is the result of the developer exercising control.

(4) Termination for cause at any time by the governing body of the association. If the single site time-share plan or the component site of a multisite time-share plan is located within the state, then that termination provision shall include a provision for arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or another third-party arbitration organization selected by the parties and in accordance with Title 9 (commencing with Section 1280) of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure if requested by or on behalf of the managing entity.

(5) Not less than 90 days’ written notice to the association of the intention of the managing entity to resign.

(6) Enumeration of the powers and duties of the managing entity in the operation of the time-share plan and the maintenance of the accommodations comprising the time-share plan.

(7) Compensation to be paid to the managing entity.

(8) Records to be maintained by the managing entity.

(9) A requirement that the managing entity provide a policy for fidelity insurance or bond for the activities of the managing entity, payable to the association that shall be in an amount no less than the sum of the largest amount of funds expected to be held or controlled by the managing entity at any time during the year, pursuant to the budget. The commissioner may provide a reduction in the insurance policy or bond amounts required by this paragraph.

(10) Errors and omissions insurance coverage for the managing entity, if available.

(11) Delineation of the authority of the managing entity and persons authorized by the managing entity to enter into accommodations of the time-share plan for the purpose of cleaning, maid service, maintenance and repair, including emergency repairs, and for the purpose of abating a nuisance or dangerous, unlawful, or prohibited activity being conducted in the accommodation.

(12) Description of the duties of the managing entity, including, but not limited to, the following:

(A) Collection of all assessments as provided in the time-share instruments.

(B) Maintenance of all books and records concerning the time-share plan.

(C) Scheduling occupancy of accommodations, when purchasers are not entitled to use specific time-share periods, so that all purchasers will be provided the opportunity for use and possession of the accommodations of the time-share plan, that they have purchased.

(D) Providing for the annual meeting of the association of owners.

(E) Performing any other functions and duties related to the maintenance of the accommodations or that are required by the time-share instrument.

(b) Any written management agreement in existence as of the effective date of this chapter shall not be subject to the term limitations set forth above.

(c) For single site time-share plans and component sites of a multisite time-share plan located outside of the state, the time-share instruments shall include the subject matter set forth in subdivision (a). The time-share instruments shall be in compliance with the applicable laws of the state or jurisdiction in which the time-share property or component site is located, and if a conflict exists between laws of the situs state and the requirements set forth in this section, the law of the situs state shall control. If the time-share instruments provide for the matters contained in subdivision (a), the time-share instruments shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of subdivision (a) and the developer shall not be required to make revisions in order to comply with subdivision (a) and this subdivision.

19912.

 (a) (1) A person shall not be employed as a gambling enterprise employee, or serve as an independent agent, except as provided in paragraph (2), (3), or (4), unless the person is the holder of one of the following:

(A) A valid work permit issued in accordance with the applicable ordinance or regulations of the county, city, or city and county in which the person’s duties are performed.

(B) A work permit issued by the commission pursuant to regulations adopted by the commission for the issuance and renewal of work permits. A work permit issued by the commission shall be valid for two years.

(2) An independent agent is not required to hold a work permit if the independent agent is not a resident of this state and has registered with the department in accordance with regulations.

(3) A person whose job duties are not supervisory, not related to the operation or administration of gambling, and who does not perform employment duties in the area where gambling is conducted, may begin working as a gambling enterprise employee after applying for a work permit provided that the person wears a temporary badge on their outermost garment at chest level with their name, picture, and the words “Non-Gaming Employee, Work Permit Pending.” Except as provided in paragraph (4), after the person has received a work permit, the person many perform any duties for which a work permit is required. If the person is denied a work permit, the person shall not work as a gambling enterprise employee in any gaming or nongaming job.

(4) A person who is 18 through 20 years of age may be employed without a work permit and only in a position that is not supervisory, not related to the operation or administration of gambling, and not allowed to perform duties in an area in which gambling is conducted, until the person reaches 21 years of age, if the person wears a badge on their outermost garment at chest level with the words “Non-Gaming Employee: Under 21.” The badge shall have a different background color than the badges worn by other gambling enterprise employees.

(b) Except as provided in this section, a work permit shall not be issued by the commission or by any city, county, or city and county to any person who would be disqualified from holding a state gambling license for the reasons specified in subdivisions (a) to (g), inclusive, of Section 19859.

(c) The department may object to the issuance of a work permit by a city, county, or city and county for any cause specified under this chapter deemed reasonable by the department, and if the department objects to issuance of a work permit, the work permit issued by a city, county, or city and county shall be denied.

(1) The commission shall adopt regulations specifying particular grounds for objection to issuance of, or refusal to issue, a work permit.

(2) The ordinance of any city, county, or city and county relating to issuance of work permits shall permit the department to object to the issuance of any permit.

(3) Any person whose application for a work permit has been denied because of an objection by the department may apply to the commission for an evidentiary hearing in accordance with regulations.

(d) Application for a work permit for use in any jurisdiction where a locally issued work permit is not required by the licensing authority of a city, county, or city and county shall be made to the department, and may be granted or denied by the commission for any cause specified under this chapter.

(1) If the commission denies the application, it shall include in its notice of denial a statement of facts upon which it relied in denying the application.

(2) Upon receipt of an application for a work permit, the commission may issue a temporary work permit for a period specified by the commission, pending completion of the background investigation by the department and official action by the commission with respect to the work permit application.

(e) An order of the commission denying an application for, or placing restrictions or conditions on, a work permit, including an order declining to issue a work permit following review pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (c), may be reviewed in accordance with subdivision (e) of Section 19870.

19914.

 (a) The commission may revoke a work permit or, if issued by the licensing authority of a city, county, or city and county, notify the authority to revoke it, and the licensing authority shall revoke it, if the commission finds, after a hearing, that a gambling enterprise employee or independent agent has failed to disclose, misstated, or otherwise misled the department or the commission with respect to any fact contained in any application for a work permit, or if the commission finds that the employee or independent agent, subsequent to being issued a work permit, has done any of the following:

(1) Committed, attempted, or conspired to do any acts prohibited by this chapter.

(2) Engaged in any dishonest, fraudulent, or unfairly deceptive activities in connection with controlled gambling, or knowingly possessed or permitted to remain in or upon any premises any cards, dice, mechanical devices, or any other cheating device.

(3) Concealed or refused to disclose any material fact in any investigation by the department.

(4) Committed, attempted, or conspired to commit, any embezzlement or larceny against a gambling licensee or upon the premises of a gambling establishment.

(5) Been convicted in any jurisdiction of any offense involving or relating to gambling.

(6) Accepted employment without prior commission approval in a position for which the employee or independent agent could be required to be licensed under this chapter after having been denied a license or after failing to apply for licensing when requested to do so by the commission.

(7) Been refused the issuance of any license, permit, or approval to engage in or be involved with gambling or parimutuel wagering in any jurisdiction, or had the license, permit, or approval revoked or suspended.

(8) Been prohibited under color of governmental authority from being present upon the premises of any licensed gambling establishment or any establishment where parimutuel wagering is conducted, for any reason relating to improper gambling activities or any illegal act.

(9) Been convicted of any felony.

(b) The commission shall revoke a work permit if it finds, after hearing, that the holder thereof would be disqualified from holding a state gambling license for the reasons specified in subdivision (f) or (g) of Section 19859.

(c) This section shall not be construed to limit any powers of the commission with respect to licensing.

24045.78.

 (a) The department may issue a special on-sale general license to a nonprofit arts foundation operating within a former church that is over 100 years old, on the National Register of Historic Places, and is located in designated Landmark No. 120 by the City and County of San Francisco, and is exempt from the payment of income taxes under Section 23701d of the Revenue and Taxation Code and Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) The special on-sale general license shall permit sales, service, and consumption of beer, wine, and distilled spirits on the licensed premises. Any special on-sale general license issued pursuant to this section shall not be subject to the limitations provided by Section 23816 and shall not be required to be operated as a bona fide public eating place.

(c) (1) The fee for the original special on-sale general license shall be the same as that specified in Section 23954.5 for an original on-sale general license.

(2) The annual license fee for the special on-sale general license shall be the same as that for an on-sale general license.

25503.32.

 (a) Notwithstanding Sections 25500 and 25503, a beer manufacturer, winegrower, rectifier, distilled spirits manufacturer, craft distiller, or a distilled spirits manufacturer’s agent may purchase advertising space and time in connection with an on-sale retail licensed premises, if all the following conditions are met:

(1) The on-sale retail licensed premises is operated as an integral part of an opera house that was constructed in 1880, is listed in the National Register of Historic Places, and is located in the City of Napa.

(2) The administrator of the opera house is a nonprofit charitable corporation or association that is exempt from the payment of income taxes under the Internal Revenue Code of the United States and Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 23701) of Part 11 of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(3) The advertising space and time is purchased only in connection with specific events that are conducted by and for the benefit of the nonprofit charitable corporation or association that administers the opera house and that are open to the public.

(4) All payments for the purchase of advertising space and time shall be made to the nonprofit charitable corporation or association that administers the opera house. Payments shall not be made, directly or indirectly, to the on-sale retail licensee.

(5) (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), purchased advertising space and time shall not promote or be for the benefit of the on-sale retail licensee.

(B) Purchased advertising space and time may identify the on-sale retail licensed premises for purposes of identifying the venue at which the event is being held. This identification shall be relatively inconspicuous in connection with the advertisement as a whole.

(6) An agreement to purchase advertising space and time shall not require, directly or indirectly, the purchase or sale of the advertiser’s products by the on-sale retail licensee. The on-sale retail licensee shall offer for sale, in a bona fide manner, alcoholic beverages manufactured, produced, or distributed by competing licensed beer manufacturers, winegrowers, rectifiers, distilled spirits manufacturers, craft distillers, or distilled spirits manufacturer’s agents.

(b) Advertising space and time purchased pursuant to this section may be included in printed programs for the specific event and in announcements made during the event, as well as any internet, social media, or other media promotion of the event. The advertising may also be placed on or in the on-sale retail licensed premises, or on or in unlicensed areas within the opera house operated by the on-sale retail licensee, only during the time the specific event is taking place.

(c) The Legislature finds that it is necessary and proper to require a separation between manufacturing interests, wholesale interests, and retail interests in the production and distribution of alcoholic beverages in order to prevent suppliers from dominating local markets through vertical integration and to prevent excessive sales of alcoholic beverages produced by overly aggressive marketing techniques. The Legislature further finds that the exceptions established by this section to the general prohibition against tied interests must be limited to their express terms so as not to undermine the general prohibition, and intends that this section be construed accordingly.

25622.

 (a) Beer to which caffeine has been directly added as a separate ingredient shall not be imported into this state, produced, manufactured, or distributed within this state, or sold by a licensed retailer within this state.

(b) The department may require licensees to submit product formulas as it determines to be necessary to implement and enforce this section. Any information required to be provided by any licensee to the department pursuant to this section shall be considered confidential and corporate proprietary information. This information shall not be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code).

25668.

 (a) A qualified student may taste an alcoholic beverage, and both the student and the qualified academic institution in which the student is enrolled shall not be subject to criminal prosecution under subdivision (a) of Section 25658 and subdivision (a) of Section 25662, if all of the following criteria are met:

(1) The qualified student tastes the alcoholic beverage while enrolled in a qualified academic institution.

(2) The qualified academic institution has established an associate’s degree or bachelor’s degree program in any of the following:

(A) Hotel management.

(B) Culinary arts.

(C) Enology or brewing that is designed to train industry professionals in the production of wine or beer.

(3) The qualified student tastes the alcoholic beverage for educational purposes as part of the instruction in a course required for an associate’s degree or bachelor’s degree.

(4) The alcoholic beverage remains in the control of an authorized instructor of the qualified academic institution who is at least 21 years of age.

(b) This section shall not be construed to allow a student under 21 years of age to receive an alcoholic beverage unless it is delivered as part of the student’s curriculum requirements.

(c) A license or permit is not required to be held by a qualified academic institution engaging in the activities authorized by this section, provided an extra fee or charge is not imposed for the alcoholic beverages tasted.

(d) For the purposes of this section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “Qualified academic institution” means a public college or university accredited by a commission recognized by the United States Department of Education.

(2) “Qualified student” means a student enrolled in a qualified academic institution who is at least 18 years of age.

(3) “Taste” means to draw an alcoholic beverage into the mouth, but does not include swallowing or otherwise consuming the alcoholic beverage.

26001.

 For purposes of this division, the following definitions apply:

(a) “A-license” means a state license issued under this division for cannabis or cannabis products that are intended for adults who are 21 years of age and older and who do not possess a physician’s recommendation.

(b) “A-licensee” means any person holding a license under this division for cannabis or cannabis products that are intended for adults who are 21 years of age and older and who do not possess a physician’s recommendation.

(c) “Applicant” means an owner applying for a state license pursuant to this division.

(d) “Batch” means a specific quantity of homogeneous cannabis or cannabis product that is one of the following types:

(1) Harvest batch. “Harvest batch” means a specifically identified quantity of dried flower or trim, leaves, and other cannabis plant matter that is uniform in strain, harvested at the same time, and, if applicable, cultivated using the same pesticides and other agricultural chemicals.

(2) Manufactured cannabis batch. “Manufactured cannabis batch” means either of the following:

(A) An amount of cannabis concentrate or extract that is produced in one production cycle using the same extraction methods and standard operating procedures.

(B) An amount of a type of manufactured cannabis produced in one production cycle using the same formulation and standard operating procedures.

(e) “Bureau” means the Bureau of Cannabis Control within the Department of Consumer Affairs, formerly named the Bureau of Marijuana Control, the Bureau of Medical Cannabis Regulation, and the Bureau of Medical Marijuana Regulation.

(f) “Cannabis” means all parts of the plant Cannabis sativa Linnaeus, Cannabis indica, or Cannabis ruderalis, whether growing or not; the seeds thereof; the resin, whether crude or purified, extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds, or resin. “Cannabis” also means the separated resin, whether crude or purified, obtained from cannabis. “Cannabis” does not include the mature stalks of the plant, fiber produced from the stalks, oil or cake made from the seeds of the plant, any other compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the mature stalks (except the resin extracted therefrom), fiber, oil, or cake, or the sterilized seed of the plant which is incapable of germination. For the purpose of this division, “cannabis” does not mean “industrial hemp” as defined by Section 11018.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(g) “Cannabis accessories” has the same meaning as in Section 11018.2 of the Health and Safety Code.

(h) “Cannabis concentrate” means cannabis that has undergone a process to concentrate one or more active cannabinoids, thereby increasing the product’s potency. Resin from granular trichomes from a cannabis plant is a concentrate for purposes of this division. A cannabis concentrate is not considered food, as defined by Section 109935 of the Health and Safety Code, or a drug, as defined by Section 109925 of the Health and Safety Code.

(i) “Cannabis products” has the same meaning as in Section 11018.1 of the Health and Safety Code.

(j) “Child resistant” means designed or constructed to be significantly difficult for children under five years of age to open, and not difficult for normal adults to use properly.

(k) “Commercial cannabis activity” includes the cultivation, possession, manufacture, distribution, processing, storing, laboratory testing, packaging, labeling, transportation, delivery, or sale of cannabis and cannabis products as provided for in this division.

(l) “Cultivation” means any activity involving the planting, growing, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of cannabis.

(m) “Cultivation site” means a location where cannabis is planted, grown, harvested, dried, cured, graded, or trimmed, or a location where any combination of those activities occurs.

(n) “Customer” means a natural person 21 years of age or older or a natural person 18 years of age or older who possesses a physician’s recommendation, or a primary caregiver.

(o) “Day care center” has the same meaning as in Section 1596.76 of the Health and Safety Code.

(p) “Delivery” means the commercial transfer of cannabis or cannabis products to a customer. “Delivery” also includes the use by a retailer of any technology platform.

(q) “Director” means the Director of Consumer Affairs.

(r) “Distribution” means the procurement, sale, and transport of cannabis and cannabis products between licensees.

(s) “Dried flower” means all dead cannabis that has been harvested, dried, cured, or otherwise processed, excluding leaves and stems.

(t) “Edible cannabis product” means a cannabis product that is intended to be used, in whole or in part, for human consumption, including, but not limited to, chewing gum, but excluding products set forth in Division 15 (commencing with Section 32501) of the Food and Agricultural Code. An edible cannabis product is not considered food, as defined by Section 109935 of the Health and Safety Code, or a drug, as defined by Section 109925 of the Health and Safety Code.

(u) “Fund” means the Cannabis Control Fund established pursuant to Section 26210.

(v) “Kind” means applicable type or designation regarding a particular cannabis variant, origin, or product type, including, but not limited to, strain name, trademark, or production area designation.

(w) “Labeling” means any label or other written, printed, or graphic matter upon a cannabis product, upon its container or wrapper, or that accompanies any cannabis product.

(x) “Labor peace agreement” means an agreement between a licensee and any bona fide labor organization that, at a minimum, protects the state’s proprietary interests by prohibiting labor organizations and members from engaging in picketing, work stoppages, boycotts, and any other economic interference with the applicant’s business. This agreement means that the applicant has agreed not to disrupt efforts by the bona fide labor organization to communicate with, and attempt to organize and represent, the applicant’s employees. The agreement shall provide a bona fide labor organization access at reasonable times to areas in which the applicant’s employees work, for the purpose of meeting with employees to discuss their right to representation, employment rights under state law, and terms and conditions of employment. This type of agreement shall not mandate a particular method of election or certification of the bona fide labor organization.

(y) “License” means a state license issued under this division, and includes both an A-license and an M-license, as well as a testing laboratory license.

(z) “Licensee” means any person holding a license under this division, regardless of whether the license held is an A-license or an M-license, and includes the holder of a testing laboratory license.

(aa) “Licensing authority” means the state agency responsible for the issuance, renewal, or reinstatement of the license, or the state agency authorized to take disciplinary action against the licensee.

(ab) “Live plants” means living cannabis flowers and plants, including seeds, immature plants, and vegetative stage plants.

(ac) “Local jurisdiction” means a city, county, or city and county.

(ad) “Lot” means a batch or a specifically identified portion of a batch.

(ae) “M-license” means a state license issued under this division for commercial cannabis activity involving medicinal cannabis.

(af) “M-licensee” means any person holding a license under this division for commercial cannabis activity involving medicinal cannabis.

(ag) “Manufacture” means to compound, blend, extract, infuse, or otherwise make or prepare a cannabis product.

(ah) “Manufacturer” means a licensee that conducts the production, preparation, propagation, or compounding of cannabis or cannabis products either directly or indirectly or by extraction methods, or independently by means of chemical synthesis, or by a combination of extraction and chemical synthesis at a fixed location that packages or repackages cannabis or cannabis products or labels or relabels its container.

(ai) (1) “Medicinal cannabis” or “medicinal cannabis product” means cannabis or a cannabis product, respectively, intended to be sold or donated for use pursuant to the Compassionate Use Act of 1996 (Proposition 215), found in Section 11362.5 of the Health and Safety Code, by a medicinal cannabis patient in California who possesses a physician’s recommendation, or in compliance with any compassionate use, equity, or other similar program administered by a local jurisdiction.

(2) The amendments made to this subdivision by the act adding this paragraph shall become operative upon completion of the necessary changes to the track and trace program in order to implement the act adding this paragraph, as determined by the Department of Food and Agriculture, or on March 1, 2020, whichever occurs first.

(aj) “Nursery” means a licensee that produces only clones, immature plants, seeds, and other agricultural products used specifically for the propagation and cultivation of cannabis.

(ak) “Operation” means any act for which licensure is required under the provisions of this division, or any commercial transfer of cannabis or cannabis products.

(al) “Owner” means any of the following:

(1) A person with an aggregate ownership interest of 20 percent or more in the person applying for a license or a licensee, unless the interest is solely a security, lien, or encumbrance.

(2) The chief executive officer of a nonprofit or other entity.

(3) A member of the board of directors of a nonprofit.

(4) An individual who will be participating in the direction, control, or management of the person applying for a license.

(am) “Package” means any container or receptacle used for holding cannabis or cannabis products.

(an) “Person” includes any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, limited liability company, estate, trust, business trust, receiver, syndicate, or any other group or combination acting as a unit, and the plural as well as the singular.

(ao) “Physician’s recommendation” means a recommendation by a physician and surgeon that a patient use cannabis provided in accordance with the Compassionate Use Act of 1996 (Proposition 215), found at Section 11362.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(ap) “Premises” means the designated structure or structures and land specified in the application that is owned, leased, or otherwise held under the control of the applicant or licensee where the commercial cannabis activity will be or is conducted. The premises shall be a contiguous area and shall only be occupied by one licensee.

(aq) “Primary caregiver” has the same meaning as in Section 11362.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(ar) “Purchaser” means the customer who is engaged in a transaction with a licensee for purposes of obtaining cannabis or cannabis products.

(as) “Sell,” “sale,” and “to sell” include any transaction whereby, for any consideration, title to cannabis or cannabis products is transferred from one person to another, and includes the delivery of cannabis or cannabis products pursuant to an order placed for the purchase of the same and soliciting or receiving an order for the same, but does not include the return of cannabis or cannabis products by a licensee to the licensee from whom the cannabis or cannabis product was purchased.

(at) “Testing laboratory” means a laboratory, facility, or entity in the state that offers or performs tests of cannabis or cannabis products and that is both of the following:

(1) Accredited by an accrediting body that is independent from all other persons involved in commercial cannabis activity in the state.

(2) Licensed by the bureau.

(au) “Unique identifier” means an alphanumeric code or designation used for reference to a specific plant on a licensed premises and any cannabis or cannabis product derived or manufactured from that plant.

(av) “Youth center” has the same meaning as in Section 11353.1 of the Health and Safety Code.

52.6.

 (a) Each of the following businesses and other establishments shall, upon the availability of the model notice described in subdivision (d), post a notice that complies with the requirements of this section in a conspicuous place near the public entrance of the establishment or in another conspicuous location in clear view of the public and employees where similar notices are customarily posted:

(1) On-sale general public premises licensees under the Alcoholic Beverage Control Act (Division 9 (commencing with Section 23000) of the Business and Professions Code).

(2) Adult or sexually oriented businesses, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 318.5 of the Penal Code.

(3) Primary airports, as defined in Section 47102(16) of Title 49 of the United States Code.

(4) Intercity passenger rail or light rail stations.

(5) Bus stations.

(6) Truck stops. For purposes of this section, “truck stop” means a privately owned and operated facility that provides food, fuel, shower or other sanitary facilities, and lawful overnight truck parking.

(7) Emergency rooms within general acute care hospitals.

(8) Urgent care centers.

(9) Farm labor contractors, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 1682 of the Labor Code.

(10) Privately operated job recruitment centers.

(11) Roadside rest areas.

(12) Businesses or establishments that offer massage or bodywork services for compensation and are not described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 4612 of the Business and Professions Code.

(13) Hotels, motels, and bed and breakfast inns, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 24045.12 of the Business and Professions Code, not including personal residences.

(b) The notice to be posted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be at least 8¹/₂ inches by 11 inches in size, written in a 16-point font, and shall state the following:

(c) The notice to be posted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be printed in English, Spanish, and in one other language that is the most widely spoken language in the county where the establishment is located and for which translation is mandated by the federal Voting Rights Act of 1965 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et seq.), as applicable. This section does not require a business or other establishment in a county where a language other than English or Spanish is the most widely spoken language to print the notice in more than one language in addition to English and Spanish.

(d) (1) On or before April 1, 2013, the Department of Justice shall develop a model notice that complies with the requirements of this section and make the model notice available for download on the department’s internet website.

(2) On or before January 1, 2019, the Department of Justice shall revise and update the model notice to comply with the requirements of this section and make the updated model notice available for download on the department’s internet website. A business or establishment required to post the model notice shall not be required to post the updated model notice until on and after January 1, 2019.

(e) On or before January 1, 2021, a business or other establishment that operates a facility described in paragraph (4) or (5) of subdivision (a) shall provide at least 20 minutes of training to its new and existing employees who may interact with, or come into contact with, a victim of human trafficking or who are likely to receive, in the course of their employment, a report from another employee about suspected human trafficking, in recognizing the signs of human trafficking and how to report those signs to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

(f) The employee training pursuant to subdivision (e) shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

(1) The definition of human trafficking, including sex trafficking and labor trafficking.

(2) Myths and misconceptions about human trafficking.

(3) Physical and mental signs to be aware of that may indicate that human trafficking is occurring.

(4) Guidance on how to identify individuals who are most at risk for human trafficking.

(5) Guidance on how to report human trafficking, including, but not limited to, national hotlines (1-888-373-7888 and text line 233733) and contact information for local law enforcement agencies that an employee may use to make a confidential report.

(6) Protocols for reporting human trafficking when on the job.

(g) (1) The human trafficking employee training pursuant to subdivision (e) may include, but shall not be limited to, information and material utilized in training Santa Clara County Valley Transportation Authority employees, private nonprofit organizations that represent the interests of human trafficking victims, and the Department of Justice.

(2) The failure to report human trafficking by an employee shall not, by itself, result in the liability of the business or other establishment that operates a facility described in paragraph (4) or (5) of subdivision (a) or of any other person or entity.

(h) A business or establishment that fails to comply with the requirements of this section is liable for a civil penalty of five hundred dollars ($500) for a first offense and one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each subsequent offense. A government entity identified in Section 17204 of the Business and Professions Code may bring an action to impose a civil penalty pursuant to this subdivision against a business or establishment if a local or state agency with authority to regulate that business or establishment has satisfied both of the following:

(1) Provided the business or establishment with reasonable notice of noncompliance, which informs the business or establishment that it is subject to a civil penalty if it does not correct the violation within 30 days from the date the notice is sent to the business or establishment.

(2) Verified that the violation was not corrected within the 30-day period described in paragraph (1).

(i) This section does not prevent a local governing body from adopting and enforcing a local ordinance, rule, or regulation to prevent slavery or human trafficking. If a local ordinance, rule, or regulation duplicates or supplements the requirements that this section imposes upon businesses and other establishments, this section does not supersede or preempt that local ordinance, rule, or regulation.

53.5.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, except as specified in this section, an innkeeper, hotelkeeper, motelkeeper, lodginghouse keeper, or owner or operator of an inn, hotel, motel, lodginghouse, or other similar accommodations, or any employee or agent thereof, who offers or accepts payment for rooms, sleeping accommodations, or board and lodging, or other similar accommodation, shall not disclose, produce, provide, release, transfer, disseminate, or otherwise communicate, except to a California peace officer, all or any part of a guest record orally, in writing, or by electronic or any other means to a third party without a court-issued subpoena, warrant, or order.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, except as specified in this section, an owner or operator of a private or charter bus transportation company, or any employee or agent thereof, shall not disclose, produce, provide, release, transfer, disseminate, or otherwise communicate, except to a California peace officer, all or any part of a passenger manifest record orally, in writing, or by electronic or any other means to a third party without a court-issued subpoena, warrant, or order.

(c) “Guest record” for purposes of this section includes any record that identifies an individual guest, boarder, occupant, lodger, customer, or invitee, including, but not limited to, their name, social security number or other unique identifying number, date of birth, location of birth, address, telephone number, driver’s license number, other official form of identification, credit card number, or automobile license plate number.

(d) “Passenger manifest record” for purposes of this section includes any record that identifies an individual guest, passenger, customer, or invitee, including, but not limited to, their name, social security number or other unique identifying number, date of birth, location of birth, address, telephone number, driver’s license number, other official form of identification, credit card number, or automobile license plate number.

(e) “Court issued subpoena, warrant, or order” for purposes of this section is limited to subpoenas, warrants, or orders issued by a judicial officer. An administrative subpoena, warrant, or order is not sufficient for purposes of this section.

(f) “Third-party service provider,” for the purposes of this section, means an entity contracted to provide services outlined in the contract that has no independent right to use or share the data beyond the terms of the contract. Records shared with a third-party service provider shall be subject to limitations on further disclosure as described in subdivisions (a) and (b), except as otherwise permitted by this section.

(g) This section shall not be construed to prevent a government entity from requiring a private business to provide business records, including, but not limited to, guest and passenger manifest records, in a public health, civil rights, or consumer protection investigation, or in an investigation conducted pursuant to Section 308.5 of the Public Utilities Code.

(h) This section shall not be construed to prevent a government entity from requiring a private business to provide business records during an audit or inspection if those records omit the personal information described in subdivisions (c) and (d).

(i) This section shall not be construed to prevent a private business from providing business records containing a guest’s or passenger’s name, address, credit card number, or driver’s license number to a third-party service provider, if required, for the sole purpose of effectuating financial payment, including, approving or processing negotiable instruments, electronic fund transfers, or similar methods of payment, from a guest or passenger to the private business for a good or service, or from providing business records to a third-party service provider that the private business contracts with for business-related services.

(j) This section shall not be construed to prevent a private business from providing, where required, business records to a government entity in order to comply with state and federal laws regarding financial oversight and privacy, including, but not limited to, the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 6801). Records shared with a government entity or in compliance with the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act shall be subject to the limitations on further disclosure as described in subdivisions (a) and (b), except as otherwise permitted by this section.

(k) This section shall not be construed to prevent a private business from disclosing records in a criminal investigation if a law enforcement officer in good faith believes that an emergency involving imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury to a person requires a warrantless search, to the extent permitted by law.

(l) This section shall not be construed to compel disclosure of a guest record or passenger manifest record by an innkeeper, motelkeeper, lodginghouse keeper, or owner or operator of an inn, hotel, motel, lodginghouse, or other similar accommodation, or an owner or operator of a private or charter bus transportation company, in the absence of a court-issued subpoena, warrant, or order.

1102.2.

 This article does not apply to the following:

(a) Sales or transfers that are required to be preceded by the furnishing to a prospective buyer of a copy of a public report pursuant to Section 11018.1 of the Business and Professions Code and transfers that can be made without a public report pursuant to Section 11010.4 of the Business and Professions Code.

(b) Sales or transfers pursuant to court order, including, but not limited to, sales ordered by a probate court in the administration of an estate, sales pursuant to a writ of execution, sales by any foreclosure sale, transfers by a trustee in bankruptcy, sales by eminent domain, and sales resulting from a decree for specific performance.

(c) Sales or transfers to a mortgagee by a mortgagor or successor in interest who is in default, sales to a beneficiary of a deed of trust by a trustor or successor in interest who is in default, any foreclosure sale after default, any foreclosure sale after default in an obligation secured by a mortgage, a sale under a power of sale or any foreclosure sale under a decree of foreclosure after default in an obligation secured by a deed of trust or secured by any other instrument containing a power of sale, sales by a mortgagee or a beneficiary under a deed of trust who has acquired the real property at a sale conducted pursuant to a power of sale under a mortgage or deed of trust or a sale pursuant to a decree of foreclosure or has acquired the real property by a deed in lieu of foreclosure, sales to the legal owner or lienholder of a manufactured home or mobilehome by a registered owner or successor in interest who is in default, or sales by reason of any foreclosure of a security interest in a manufactured home or mobilehome.

(d) Sales or transfers by a fiduciary in the course of the administration of a trust, guardianship, conservatorship, or decedent’s estate. This exemption shall not apply to a sale if the trustee is a natural person who is a trustee of a revocable trust and is a former owner of the property or was an occupant in possession of the property within the preceding year.

(e) Sales or transfers from one coowner to one or more other coowners.

(f) Sales or transfers made to a spouse, or to a person or persons in the line of consanguinity of one or more of the transferors.

(g) Sales or transfers between spouses resulting from a judgment of dissolution of marriage or of legal separation or from a property settlement agreement incidental to that judgment.

(h) Sales or transfers by the Controller in the course of administering Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 1500) of Title 10 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(i) Sales or transfers under Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 3691) or Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 3771) of Part 6 of Division 1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(j) Sales or transfers or exchanges to or from any governmental entity.

(k) Sales or transfers of any portion of a property not constituting single-family residential property.

(l) The sale, creation, or transfer of any lease of any duration with the exception of a lease with an option to purchase or a ground lease coupled with improvements.

(m) Notwithstanding the definition of sale in Section 10018.10 of the Business and Professions Code and Section 2079.13, the terms “sale” and “transfer,” as they are used in this section, shall have their commonly understood meanings. The changes made to this section by Assembly Bill 1289 of the 2017–18 Legislative Session shall not be interpreted to change the application of the law as it read prior to January 1, 2019.

1102.6.

 (a) The disclosures required by this article pertaining to the property proposed to be transferred are set forth in, and shall be made on a copy of, the following disclosure form:

(b) The amendments to this section by the act adding this subdivision shall become operative on July 1, 2014.

1102.6f.

 (a) On or after January 1, 2021, in addition to any other disclosure required pursuant to this article, the seller of any real property subject to this article that is located in a high or very high fire hazard severity zone, as identified by the Director of Forestry and Fire Protection pursuant to Section 51178 of the Government Code or Article 9 (commencing with Section 4201) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 4 of the Public Resources Code, shall provide a disclosure notice to the buyer, if the home was constructed before January 1, 2010, that includes the following information:

(1) A statement as follows: “This home is located in a high or very high fire hazard severity zone and this home was built before the implementation of the Wildfire Urban Interface building codes which help to fire harden a home. To better protect your home from wildfire, you might need to consider improvements. Information on fire hardening, including current building standards and information on minimum annual vegetation management standards to protect homes from wildfires, can be obtained on the internet website http://www.readyforwildfire.org.”

(2) On or after July 1, 2025, a list of low-cost retrofits developed and listed pursuant to Section 51189 of the Government Code. The notice shall disclose which listed retrofits, if any, have been completed during the time that the seller has owned the property.

(3) A list of the following features that may make the home vulnerable to wildfire and flying embers. The notice shall disclose which of the listed features, if any, that exist on the home of which the seller is aware:

(A) Eave, soffit, and roof ventilation where the vents have openings in excess of one-eighth of an inch or are not flame and ember resistant.

(B) Roof coverings made of untreated wood shingles or shakes.

(C) Combustible landscaping or other materials within five feet of the home and under the footprint of any attached deck.

(D) Single pane or nontempered glass windows.

(E) Loose or missing bird stopping or roof flashing.

(F) Rain gutters without metal or noncombustible gutter covers.

(b) If, pursuant to Section 51182 of the Government Code, a seller has obtained a final inspection report described in that section, the seller shall provide to the buyer a copy of that report or information on where a copy of the report may be obtained.

(c) This section shall not be construed as a requirement, instruction, or consideration for present or future building code formulation, including, but not limited to, the Wildland Urban Interface building standards (Chapter 7A (commencing with Section 701A.1) of Part 2 of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations).

1103.1.

 (a) This article does not apply to the following sales:

(1) Sales or transfers pursuant to court order, including, but not limited to, sales ordered by a probate court in administration of an estate, sales pursuant to a writ of execution, sales by any foreclosure sale, sales by a trustee in bankruptcy, sales by eminent domain, and sales resulting from a decree for specific performance.

(2) Sales or transfers to a mortgagee by a mortgagor or successor in interest who is in default, sales to a beneficiary of a deed of trust by a trustor or successor in interest who is in default, transfers by any foreclosure sale after default, any foreclosure sale after default in an obligation secured by a mortgage, sale under a power of sale or any foreclosure sale under a decree of foreclosure after default in an obligation secured by a deed of trust or secured by any other instrument containing a power of sale, or sales by a mortgagee or a beneficiary under a deed of trust who has acquired the real property at a sale conducted pursuant to a power of sale under a mortgage or deed of trust or a sale pursuant to a decree of foreclosure or has acquired the real property by a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

(3) Sales or transfers by a fiduciary in the course of the administration of a trust, guardianship, conservatorship, or decedent’s estate. This exemption shall not apply to a sale if the trustee is a natural person who is a trustee of a revocable trust and the seller is a former owner of the property or an occupant in possession of the property within the preceding year.

(4) Sales or transfers from one coowner to one or more other coowners.

(5) Sales or transfers made to a spouse, or to a person or persons in the line of consanguinity of one or more of the sellers.

(6) Sales or transfers between spouses resulting from a judgment of dissolution of marriage or of legal separation of the parties or from a property settlement agreement incidental to that judgment.

(7) Sales or transfers by the Controller in the course of administering Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 1500) of Title 10 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(8) Sales or transfers under Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 3691) or Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 3771) of Part 6 of Division 1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(9) Sales, transfers, or exchanges to or from any governmental entity.

(10) The sale, creation, or transfer of any lease of any duration except a lease with an option to purchase or a ground lease coupled with improvements.

(b) Sales and transfers not subject to this article may be subject to other disclosure requirements, including those under Sections 8589.3, 8589.4, and 51183.5 of the Government Code and Sections 2621.9, 2694, and 4136 of the Public Resources Code. In sales not subject to this article, agents may make required disclosures in a separate writing.

(c) Notwithstanding the definition of sale in Section 10018.5 of the Business and Professions Code and Section 2079.13, the terms “sale” and “transfer,” as they are used in this section, shall have their commonly understood meanings. The changes made to this section by Assembly Bill 1289 of the 2017–18 Legislative Session shall not be interpreted to change the application of the law as it read prior to January 1, 2019.

1459.5.

 A plaintiff who prevails on a cause of action against a defendant named pursuant to Part 433 of Title 16 of the Code of Federal Regulations or any successor thereto, or pursuant to the contractual language required by that part or any successor thereto, may claim attorney’s fees, costs, and expenses from that defendant to the fullest extent permissible if the plaintiff had prevailed on that cause of action against the seller.

1798.82.

 (a) A person or business that conducts business in California, and that owns or licenses computerized data that includes personal information, shall disclose a breach of the security of the system following discovery or notification of the breach in the security of the data to a resident of California (1) whose unencrypted personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have been, acquired by an unauthorized person, or, (2) whose encrypted personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have been, acquired by an unauthorized person and the encryption key or security credential was, or is reasonably believed to have been, acquired by an unauthorized person and the person or business that owns or licenses the encrypted information has a reasonable belief that the encryption key or security credential could render that personal information readable or usable. The disclosure shall be made in the most expedient time possible and without unreasonable delay, consistent with the legitimate needs of law enforcement, as provided in subdivision (c), or any measures necessary to determine the scope of the breach and restore the reasonable integrity of the data system.

(b) A person or business that maintains computerized data that includes personal information that the person or business does not own shall notify the owner or licensee of the information of the breach of the security of the data immediately following discovery, if the personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have been, acquired by an unauthorized person.

(c) The notification required by this section may be delayed if a law enforcement agency determines that the notification will impede a criminal investigation. The notification required by this section shall be made promptly after the law enforcement agency determines that it will not compromise the investigation.

(d) A person or business that is required to issue a security breach notification pursuant to this section shall meet all of the following requirements:

(1) The security breach notification shall be written in plain language, shall be titled “Notice of Data Breach,” and shall present the information described in paragraph (2) under the following headings: “What Happened,” “What Information Was Involved,” “What We Are Doing,” “What You Can Do,” and “For More Information.” Additional information may be provided as a supplement to the notice.

(A) The format of the notice shall be designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information it contains.

(B) The title and headings in the notice shall be clearly and conspicuously displayed.

(C) The text of the notice and any other notice provided pursuant to this section shall be no smaller than 10-point type.

(D) For a written notice described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (j), use of the model security breach notification form prescribed below or use of the headings described in this paragraph with the information described in paragraph (2), written in plain language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this subdivision.

(E) For an electronic notice described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (j), use of the headings described in this paragraph with the information described in paragraph (2), written in plain language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this subdivision.

(2) The security breach notification described in paragraph (1) shall include, at a minimum, the following information:

(A) The name and contact information of the reporting person or business subject to this section.

(B) A list of the types of personal information that were or are reasonably believed to have been the subject of a breach.

(C) If the information is possible to determine at the time the notice is provided, then any of the following: (i) the date of the breach, (ii) the estimated date of the breach, or (iii) the date range within which the breach occurred. The notification shall also include the date of the notice.

(D) Whether notification was delayed as a result of a law enforcement investigation, if that information is possible to determine at the time the notice is provided.

(E) A general description of the breach incident, if that information is possible to determine at the time the notice is provided.

(F) The toll-free telephone numbers and addresses of the major credit reporting agencies if the breach exposed a social security number or a driver’s license or California identification card number.

(G) If the person or business providing the notification was the source of the breach, an offer to provide appropriate identity theft prevention and mitigation services, if any, shall be provided at no cost to the affected person for not less than 12 months along with all information necessary to take advantage of the offer to any person whose information was or may have been breached if the breach exposed or may have exposed personal information defined in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (h).

(3) At the discretion of the person or business, the security breach notification may also include any of the following:

(A) Information about what the person or business has done to protect individuals whose information has been breached.

(B) Advice on steps that people whose information has been breached may take to protect themselves.

(C) In breaches involving biometric data, instructions on how to notify other entities that used the same type of biometric data as an authenticator to no longer rely on data for authentication purposes.

(e) A covered entity under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1320d et seq.) will be deemed to have complied with the notice requirements in subdivision (d) if it has complied completely with Section 13402(f) of the federal Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Public Law 111-5). However, nothing in this subdivision shall be construed to exempt a covered entity from any other provision of this section.

(f) A person or business that is required to issue a security breach notification pursuant to this section to more than 500 California residents as a result of a single breach of the security system shall electronically submit a single sample copy of that security breach notification, excluding any personally identifiable information, to the Attorney General. A single sample copy of a security breach notification shall not be deemed to be within subdivision (f) of Section 6254 of the Government Code.

(g) For purposes of this section, “breach of the security of the system” means unauthorized acquisition of computerized data that compromises the security, confidentiality, or integrity of personal information maintained by the person or business. Good faith acquisition of personal information by an employee or agent of the person or business for the purposes of the person or business is not a breach of the security of the system, provided that the personal information is not used or subject to further unauthorized disclosure.

(h) For purposes of this section, “personal information” means either of the following:

(1) An individual’s first name or first initial and last name in combination with any one or more of the following data elements, when either the name or the data elements are not encrypted:

(A) Social security number.

(B) Driver’s license number, California identification card number, tax identification number, passport number, military identification number, or other unique identification number issued on a government document commonly used to verify the identity of a specific individual.

(C) Account number or credit or debit card number, in combination with any required security code, access code, or password that would permit access to an individual’s financial account.

(D) Medical information.

(E) Health insurance information.

(F) Unique biometric data generated from measurements or technical analysis of human body characteristics, such as a fingerprint, retina, or iris image, used to authenticate a specific individual. Unique biometric data does not include a physical or digital photograph, unless used or stored for facial recognition purposes.

(G) Information or data collected through the use or operation of an automated license plate recognition system, as defined in Section 1798.90.5.

(2) A username or email address, in combination with a password or security question and answer that would permit access to an online account.

(i) (1) For purposes of this section, “personal information” does not include publicly available information that is lawfully made available to the general public from federal, state, or local government records.

(2) For purposes of this section, “medical information” means any information regarding an individual’s medical history, mental or physical condition, or medical treatment or diagnosis by a health care professional.

(3) For purposes of this section, “health insurance information” means an individual’s health insurance policy number or subscriber identification number, any unique identifier used by a health insurer to identify the individual, or any information in an individual’s application and claims history, including any appeals records.

(4) For purposes of this section, “encrypted” means rendered unusable, unreadable, or indecipherable to an unauthorized person through a security technology or methodology generally accepted in the field of information security.

(j) For purposes of this section, “notice” may be provided by one of the following methods:

(1) Written notice.

(2) Electronic notice, if the notice provided is consistent with the provisions regarding electronic records and signatures set forth in Section 7001 of Title 15 of the United States Code.

(3) Substitute notice, if the person or business demonstrates that the cost of providing notice would exceed two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), or that the affected class of subject persons to be notified exceeds 500,000, or the person or business does not have sufficient contact information. Substitute notice shall consist of all of the following:

(A) Email notice when the person or business has an email address for the subject persons.

(B) Conspicuous posting, for a minimum of 30 days, of the notice on the internet website page of the person or business, if the person or business maintains one. For purposes of this subparagraph, conspicuous posting on the person’s or business’ internet website means providing a link to the notice on the home page or first significant page after entering the internet website that is in larger type than the surrounding text, or in contrasting type, font, or color to the surrounding text of the same size, or set off from the surrounding text of the same size by symbols or other marks that call attention to the link.

(C) Notification to major statewide media.

(4) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h) for an online account, and no other personal information defined in paragraph (1) of subdivision (h), the person or business may comply with this section by providing the security breach notification in electronic or other form that directs the person whose personal information has been breached promptly to change the person’s password and security question or answer, as applicable, or to take other steps appropriate to protect the online account with the person or business and all other online accounts for which the person whose personal information has been breached uses the same username or email address and password or security question or answer.

(5) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h) for login credentials of an email account furnished by the person or business, the person or business shall not comply with this section by providing the security breach notification to that email address, but may, instead, comply with this section by providing notice by another method described in this subdivision or by clear and conspicuous notice delivered to the resident online when the resident is connected to the online account from an Internet Protocol address or online location from which the person or business knows the resident customarily accesses the account.

(k) For purposes of this section, “encryption key” and “security credential” mean the confidential key or process designed to render data usable, readable, and decipherable.

(l) Notwithstanding subdivision (j), a person or business that maintains its own notification procedures as part of an information security policy for the treatment of personal information and is otherwise consistent with the timing requirements of this part, shall be deemed to be in compliance with the notification requirements of this section if the person or business notifies subject persons in accordance with its policies in the event of a breach of security of the system.

1798.140.

 For purposes of this title:

(a) “Aggregate consumer information” means information that relates to a group or category of consumers, from which individual consumer identities have been removed, that is not linked or reasonably linkable to any consumer or household, including via a device. “Aggregate consumer information” does not mean one or more individual consumer records that have been de­identified.

(b) “Biometric information” means an individual’s physiological, biological, or behavioral characteristics, including an individual’s deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), that can be used, singly or in combination with each other or with other identifying data, to establish individual identity. Biometric information includes, but is not limited to, imagery of the iris, retina, fingerprint, face, hand, palm, vein patterns, and voice recordings, from which an identifier template, such as a faceprint, a minutiae template, or a voiceprint, can be extracted, and keystroke patterns or rhythms, gait patterns or rhythms, and sleep, health, or exercise data that contain identifying information.

(c) “Business” means:

(1) A sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, or other legal entity that is organized or operated for the profit or financial benefit of its shareholders or other owners that collects consumers’ personal information or on the behalf of which that information is collected and that alone, or jointly with others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of consumers’ personal information, that does business in the State of California, and that satisfies one or more of the following thresholds:

(A) Has annual gross revenues in excess of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000), as adjusted pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) of Section 1798.185.

(B) Alone or in combination, annually buys, receives for the business’ commercial purposes, sells, or shares for commercial purposes, alone or in combination, the personal information of 50,000 or more consumers, households, or devices.

(C) Derives 50 percent or more of its annual revenues from selling consumers’ personal information.

(2) Any entity that controls or is controlled by a business as defined in paragraph (1) and that shares common branding with the business. “Control” or “controlled” means ownership of, or the power to vote, more than 50 percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting security of a business; control in any manner over the election of a majority of the directors, or of individuals exercising similar functions; or the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management of a company. “Common branding” means a shared name, servicemark, or trademark.

(d) “Business purpose” means the use of personal information for the business’ or a service provider’s operational purposes, or other notified purposes, provided that the use of personal information shall be reasonably necessary and proportionate to achieve the operational purpose for which the personal information was collected or processed or for another operational purpose that is compatible with the context in which the personal information was collected. Business purposes are:

(1) Auditing related to a current interaction with the consumer and concurrent transactions, including, but not limited to, counting ad impressions to unique visitors, verifying positioning and quality of ad impressions, and auditing compliance with this specification and other standards.

(2) Detecting security incidents, protecting against malicious, deceptive, fraudulent, or illegal activity, and prosecuting those responsible for that activity.

(3) Debugging to identify and repair errors that impair existing intended functionality.

(4) Short-term, transient use, provided that the personal information is not disclosed to another third party and is not used to build a profile about a consumer or otherwise alter an individual consumer’s experience outside the current interaction, including, but not limited to, the contextual customization of ads shown as part of the same interaction.

(5) Performing services on behalf of the business or service provider, including maintaining or servicing accounts, providing customer service, processing or fulfilling orders and transactions, verifying customer information, processing payments, providing financing, providing advertising or marketing services, providing analytic services, or providing similar services on behalf of the business or service provider.

(6) Undertaking internal research for technological development and demonstration.

(7) Undertaking activities to verify or maintain the quality or safety of a service or device that is owned, manufactured, manufactured for, or controlled by the business, and to improve, upgrade, or enhance the service or device that is owned, manufactured, manufactured for, or controlled by the business.

(e) “Collects,” “collected,” or “collection” means buying, renting, gathering, obtaining, receiving, or accessing any personal information pertaining to a consumer by any means. This includes receiving information from the consumer, either actively or passively, or by observing the consumer’s behavior.

(f) “Commercial purposes” means to advance a person’s commercial or economic interests, such as by inducing another person to buy, rent, lease, join, subscribe to, provide, or exchange products, goods, property, information, or services, or enabling or effecting, directly or indirectly, a commercial transaction. “Commercial purposes” do not include for the purpose of engaging in speech that state or federal courts have recognized as noncommercial speech, including political speech and journalism.

(g) “Consumer” means a natural person who is a California resident, as defined in Section 17014 of Title 18 of the California Code of Regulations, as that section read on September 1, 2017, however identified, including by any unique identifier.

(h) “Deidentified” means information that cannot reasonably identify, relate to, describe, be capable of being associated with, or be linked, directly or indirectly, to a particular consumer, provided that a business that uses deidentified information:

(1) Has implemented technical safeguards that prohibit reidentification of the consumer to whom the information may pertain.

(2) Has implemented business processes that specifically prohibit reidentification of the information.

(3) Has implemented business processes to prevent inadvertent release of deidentified information.

(4) Makes no attempt to reidentify the information.

(i) “Designated methods for submitting requests” means a mailing address, email address, internet web page, internet web portal, toll-free telephone number, or other applicable contact information, whereby consumers may submit a request or direction under this title, and any new, consumer-friendly means of contacting a business, as approved by the Attorney General pursuant to Section 1798.185.

(j) “Device” means any physical object that is capable of connecting to the internet, directly or indirectly, or to another device.

(k) “Health insurance information” means a consumer’s insurance policy number or subscriber identification number, any unique identifier used by a health insurer to identify the consumer, or any information in the consumer’s application and claims history, including any appeals records, if the information is linked or reasonably linkable to a consumer or household, including via a device, by a business or service provider.

(l) “Homepage” means the introductory page of an internet website and any internet web page where personal information is collected. In the case of an online service, such as a mobile application, homepage means the application’s platform page or download page, a link within the application, such as from the application configuration, “About,” “Information,” or settings page, and any other location that allows consumers to review the notice required by subdivision (a) of Section 1798.135, including, but not limited to, before downloading the application.

(m) “Infer” or “inference” means the derivation of information, data, assumptions, or conclusions from facts, evidence, or another source of information or data.

(n) “Person” means an individual, proprietorship, firm, partnership, joint venture, syndicate, business trust, company, corporation, limited liability company, association, committee, and any other organization or group of persons acting in concert.

(o) (1) “Personal information” means information that identifies, relates to, describes, is reasonably capable of being associated with, or could reasonably be linked, directly or indirectly, with a particular consumer or household. Personal information includes, but is not limited to, the following if it identifies, relates to, describes, is reasonably capable of being associated with, or could be reasonably linked, directly or indirectly, with a particular consumer or household:

(A) Identifiers such as a real name, alias, postal address, unique personal identifier, online identifier, internet protocol address, email address, account name, social security number, driver’s license number, passport number, or other similar identifiers.

(B) Any categories of personal information described in subdivision (e) of Section 1798.80.

(C) Characteristics of protected classifications under California or federal law.

(D) Commercial information, including records of personal property, products or services purchased, obtained, or considered, or other purchasing or consuming histories or tendencies.

(E) Biometric information.

(F) Internet or other electronic network activity information, including, but not limited to, browsing history, search history, and information regarding a consumer’s interaction with an internet website, application, or advertisement.

(G) Geolocation data.

(H) Audio, electronic, visual, thermal, olfactory, or similar information.

(I) Professional or employment-related information.

(J) Education information, defined as information that is not publicly available personally identifiable information as defined in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99).

(K) Inferences drawn from any of the information identified in this subdivision to create a profile about a consumer reflecting the consumer’s preferences, characteristics, psychological trends, predispositions, behavior, attitudes, intelligence, abilities, and aptitudes.

(2) “Personal information” does not include publicly available information. For purposes of this paragraph, “publicly available” means information that is lawfully made available from federal, state, or local government records. “Publicly available” does not mean biometric information collected by a business about a consumer without the consumer’s knowledge.

(3) “Personal information” does not include consumer information that is deidentified or aggregate consumer information.

(p) “Probabilistic identifier” means the identification of a consumer or a device to a degree of certainty of more probable than not based on any categories of personal information included in, or similar to, the categories enumerated in the definition of personal information.

(q) “Processing” means any operation or set of operations that are performed on personal data or on sets of personal data, whether or not by automated means.

(r) “Pseudonymize” or “pseudonymization” means the processing of personal information in a manner that renders the personal information no longer attributable to a specific consumer without the use of additional information, provided that the additional information is kept separately and is subject to technical and organizational measures to ensure that the personal information is not attributed to an identified or identifiable consumer.

(s) “Research” means scientific, systematic study and observation, including basic research or applied research that is in the public interest and that adheres to all other applicable ethics and privacy laws or studies conducted in the public interest in the area of public health. Research with personal information that may have been collected from a consumer in the course of the consumer’s interactions with a business’ service or device for other purposes shall be:

(1) Compatible with the business purpose for which the personal information was collected.

(2) Subsequently pseudonymized and deidentified, or deidentified and in the aggregate, such that the information cannot reasonably identify, relate to, describe, be capable of being associated with, or be linked, directly or indirectly, to a particular consumer.

(3) Made subject to technical safeguards that prohibit reidentification of the consumer to whom the information may pertain.

(4) Subject to business processes that specifically prohibit reidentification of the information.

(5) Made subject to business processes to prevent inadvertent release of deidentified information.

(6) Protected from any reidentification attempts.

(7) Used solely for research purposes that are compatible with the context in which the personal information was collected.

(8) Not be used for any commercial purpose.

(9) Subjected by the business conducting the research to additional security controls that limit access to the research data to only those individuals in a business as are necessary to carry out the research purpose.

(t) (1) “Sell,” “selling,” “sale,” or “sold,” means selling, renting, releasing, disclosing, disseminating, making available, transferring, or otherwise communicating orally, in writing, or by electronic or other means, a consumer’s personal information by the business to another business or a third party for monetary or other valuable consideration.

(2) For purposes of this title, a business does not sell personal information when:

(A) A consumer uses or directs the business to intentionally disclose personal information or uses the business to intentionally interact with a third party, provided the third party does not also sell the personal information, unless that disclosure would be consistent with the provisions of this title. An intentional interaction occurs when the consumer intends to interact with the third party, via one or more deliberate interactions. Hovering over, muting, pausing, or closing a given piece of content does not constitute a consumer’s intent to interact with a third party.

(B) The business uses or shares an identifier for a consumer who has opted out of the sale of the consumer’s personal information for the purposes of alerting third parties that the consumer has opted out of the sale of the consumer’s personal information.

(C) The business uses or shares with a service provider personal information of a consumer that is necessary to perform a business purpose if both of the following conditions are met:

(i) The business has provided notice of that information being used or shared in its terms and conditions consistent with Section 1798.135.

(ii) The service provider does not further collect, sell, or use the personal information of the consumer except as necessary to perform the business purpose.

(D) The business transfers to a third party the personal information of a consumer as an asset that is part of a merger, acquisition, bankruptcy, or other transaction in which the third party assumes control of all or part of the business, provided that information is used or shared consistently with Sections 1798.110 and 1798.115. If a third party materially alters how it uses or shares the personal information of a consumer in a manner that is materially inconsistent with the promises made at the time of collection, it shall provide prior notice of the new or changed practice to the consumer. The notice shall be sufficiently prominent and robust to ensure that existing consumers can easily exercise their choices consistently with Section 1798.120. This subparagraph does not authorize a business to make material, retroactive privacy policy changes or make other changes in their privacy policy in a manner that would violate the Unfair and Deceptive Practices Act (Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 17200) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code).

(u) “Service” or “services” means work, labor, and services, including services furnished in connection with the sale or repair of goods.

(v) “Service provider” means a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, or other legal entity that is organized or operated for the profit or financial benefit of its shareholders or other owners, that processes information on behalf of a business and to which the business discloses a consumer’s personal information for a business purpose pursuant to a written contract, provided that the contract prohibits the entity receiving the information from retaining, using, or disclosing the personal information for any purpose other than for the specific purpose of performing the services specified in the contract for the business, or as otherwise permitted by this title, including retaining, using, or disclosing the personal information for a commercial purpose other than providing the services specified in the contract with the business.

(w) “Third party” means a person who is not any of the following:

(1) The business that collects personal information from consumers under this title.

(2) (A) A person to whom the business discloses a consumer’s personal information for a business purpose pursuant to a written contract, provided that the contract:

(i) Prohibits the person receiving the personal information from:

(I) Selling the personal information.

(II) Retaining, using, or disclosing the personal information for any purpose other than for the specific purpose of performing the services specified in the contract, including retaining, using, or disclosing the personal information for a commercial purpose other than providing the services specified in the contract.

(III) Retaining, using, or disclosing the information outside of the direct business relationship between the person and the business.

(ii) Includes a certification made by the person receiving the personal information that the person understands the restrictions in subparagraph (A) and will comply with them.

(B) A person covered by this paragraph that violates any of the restrictions set forth in this title shall be liable for the violations. A business that discloses personal information to a person covered by this paragraph in compliance with this paragraph shall not be liable under this title if the person receiving the personal information uses it in violation of the restrictions set forth in this title, provided that, at the time of disclosing the personal information, the business does not have actual knowledge, or reason to believe, that the person intends to commit such a violation.

(x) “Unique identifier” or “Unique personal identifier” means a persistent identifier that can be used to recognize a consumer, a family, or a device that is linked to a consumer or family, over time and across different services, including, but not limited to, a device identifier; an Internet Protocol address; cookies, beacons, pixel tags, mobile ad identifiers, or similar technology; customer number, unique pseudonym, or user alias; telephone numbers, or other forms of persistent or probabilistic identifiers that can be used to identify a particular consumer or device. For purposes of this subdivision, “family” means a custodial parent or guardian and any minor children over which the parent or guardian has custody.

(y) “Verifiable consumer request” means a request that is made by a consumer, by a consumer on behalf of the consumer’s minor child, or by a natural person or a person registered with the Secretary of State, authorized by the consumer to act on the consumer’s behalf, and that the business can reasonably verify, pursuant to regulations adopted by the Attorney General pursuant to paragraph (7) of subdivision (a) of Section 1798.185 to be the consumer about whom the business has collected personal information. A business is not obligated to provide information to the consumer pursuant to Sections 1798.100, 1798.105, 1798.110, and 1798.115 if the business cannot verify, pursuant to this subdivision and regulations adopted by the Attorney General pursuant to paragraph (7) of subdivision (a) of Section 1798.185, that the consumer making the request is the consumer about whom the business has collected information or is a person authorized by the consumer to act on such consumer’s behalf.

1798.145.

 (a) The obligations imposed on businesses by this title shall not restrict a business’ ability to:

(1) Comply with federal, state, or local laws.

(2) Comply with a civil, criminal, or regulatory inquiry, investigation, subpoena, or summons by federal, state, or local authorities.

(3) Cooperate with law enforcement agencies concerning conduct or activity that the business, service provider, or third party reasonably and in good faith believes may violate federal, state, or local law.

(4) Exercise or defend legal claims.

(5) Collect, use, retain, sell, or disclose consumer information that is deidentified or in the aggregate consumer information.

(6) Collect or sell a consumer’s personal information if every aspect of that commercial conduct takes place wholly outside of California. For purposes of this title, commercial conduct takes place wholly outside of California if the business collected that information while the consumer was outside of California, no part of the sale of the consumer’s personal information occurred in California, and no personal information collected while the consumer was in California is sold. This paragraph shall not permit a business from storing, including on a device, personal information about a consumer when the consumer is in California and then collecting that personal information when the consumer and stored personal information is outside of California.

(b) The obligations imposed on businesses by Sections 1798.110 to 1798.135, inclusive, shall not apply where compliance by the business with the title would violate an evidentiary privilege under California law and shall not prevent a business from providing the personal information of a consumer to a person covered by an evidentiary privilege under California law as part of a privileged communication.

(c) (1) This title does not apply to any of the following:

(A) Medical information governed by the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 56) of Division 1) or protected health information that is collected by a covered entity or business associate governed by the privacy, security, and breach notification rules issued by the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Parts 160 and 164 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations, established pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-191) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Public Law 111-5).

(B) A provider of health care governed by the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 56) of Division 1) or a covered entity governed by the privacy, security, and breach notification rules issued by the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Parts 160 and 164 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations, established pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-191), to the extent the provider or covered entity maintains patient information in the same manner as medical information or protected health information as described in subparagraph (A) of this section.

(C) Information collected as part of a clinical trial subject to the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Subjects, also known as the Common Rule, pursuant to good clinical practice guidelines issued by the International Council for Harmonisation or pursuant to human subject protection requirements of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, the definitions of “medical information” and “provider of health care” in Section 56.05 apply and the definitions of “business associate,” “covered entity,” and “protected health information” in Section 160.103 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations apply.

(d) (1) This title does not apply to an activity involving the collection, maintenance, disclosure, sale, communication, or use of any personal information bearing on a consumer’s credit worthiness, credit standing, credit capacity, character, general reputation, personal characteristics, or mode of living by a consumer reporting agency, as defined in subdivision (f) of Section 1681a of Title 15 of the United States Code, by a furnisher of information, as set forth in Section 1681s-2 of Title 15 of the United States Code, who provides information for use in a consumer report, as defined in subdivision (d) of Section 1681a of Title 15 of the United States Code, and by a user of a consumer report as set forth in Section 1681b of Title 15 of the United States Code.

(2) Paragraph (1) applies only to the extent that such activity involving the collection, maintenance, disclosure, sale, communication, or use of such information by that agency, furnisher, or user is subject to regulation under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Section 1681 et seq., Title 15 of the United States Code and the information is not used, communicated, disclosed, or sold except as authorized by the Fair Credit Reporting Act.

(3) This subdivision does not apply to Section 1798.150.

(e) This title does not apply to personal information collected, processed, sold, or disclosed pursuant to the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106-102), and implementing regulations, or the California Financial Information Privacy Act (Division 1.4 (commencing with Section 4050) of the Financial Code). This subdivision does not apply to Section 1798.150.

(f) This title does not apply to personal information collected, processed, sold, or disclosed pursuant to the Driver’s Privacy Protection Act of 1994 (18 U.S.C. Sec. 2721 et seq.). This subdivision does not apply to Section 1798.150.

(g) (1) Section 1798.120 does not apply to vehicle information or ownership information retained or shared between a new motor vehicle dealer, as defined in Section 426 of the Vehicle Code, and the vehicle’s manufacturer, as defined in Section 672 of the Vehicle Code, if the vehicle or ownership information is shared for the purpose of effectuating, or in anticipation of effectuating, a vehicle repair covered by a vehicle warranty or a recall conducted pursuant to Sections 30118 to 30120, inclusive, of Title 49 of the United States Code, provided that the new motor vehicle dealer or vehicle manufacturer with which that vehicle information or ownership information is shared does not sell, share, or use that information for any other purpose.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) “Vehicle information” means the vehicle information number, make, model, year, and odometer reading.

(B) “Ownership information” means the name or names of the registered owner or owners and the contact information for the owner or owners.

(h) (1) This title does not apply to any of the following:

(A) Personal information that is collected by a business about a natural person in the course of the natural person acting as a job applicant to, an employee of, owner of, director of, officer of, medical staff member of, or contractor of that business to the extent that the natural person’s personal information is collected and used by the business solely within the context of the natural person’s role or former role as a job applicant to, an employee of, owner of, director of, officer of, medical staff member of, or a contractor of that business.

(B) Personal information that is collected by a business that is emergency contact information of the natural person acting as a job applicant to, an employee of, owner of, director of, officer of, medical staff member of, or contractor of that business to the extent that the personal information is collected and used solely within the context of having an emergency contact on file.

(C) Personal information that is necessary for the business to retain to administer benefits for another natural person relating to the natural person acting as a job applicant to, an employee of, owner of, director of, officer of, medical staff member of, or contractor of that business to the extent that the personal information is collected and used solely within the context of administering those benefits.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) “Contractor” means a natural person who provides any service to a business pursuant to a written contract.

(B) “Director” means a natural person designated in the articles of incorporation as such or elected by the incorporators and natural persons designated, elected, or appointed by any other name or title to act as directors, and their successors.

(C) “Medical staff member” means a licensed physician and surgeon, dentist, or podiatrist, licensed pursuant to Division 2 (commencing with Section 500) of the Business and Professions Code and a clinical psychologist as defined in Section 1316.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(D) “Officer” means a natural person elected or appointed by the board of directors to manage the daily operations of a corporation, such as a chief executive officer, president, secretary, or treasurer.

(E) “Owner” means a natural person who meets one of the following:

(i) Has ownership of, or the power to vote, more than 50 percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting security of a business.

(ii) Has control in any manner over the election of a majority of the directors or of individuals exercising similar functions.

(iii) Has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management of a company.

(3) This subdivision does not apply to subdivision (b) of Section 1798.100 or Section 1798.150.

(4) This subdivision shall become inoperative on January 1, 2021.

(i) Notwithstanding a business’ obligations to respond to and honor consumer rights requests pursuant to this title:

(1) A time period for a business to respond to any verified consumer request may be extended by up to 90 additional days where necessary, taking into account the complexity and number of the requests. The business shall inform the consumer of any such extension within 45 days of receipt of the request, together with the reasons for the delay.

(2) If the business does not take action on the request of the consumer, the business shall inform the consumer, without delay and at the latest within the time period permitted of response by this section, of the reasons for not taking action and any rights the consumer may have to appeal the decision to the business.

(3) If requests from a consumer are manifestly unfounded or excessive, in particular because of their repetitive character, a business may either charge a reasonable fee, taking into account the administrative costs of providing the information or communication or taking the action requested, or refuse to act on the request and notify the consumer of the reason for refusing the request. The business shall bear the burden of demonstrating that any verified consumer request is manifestly unfounded or excessive.

(j) A business that discloses personal information to a service provider shall not be liable under this title if the service provider receiving the personal information uses it in violation of the restrictions set forth in the title, provided that, at the time of disclosing the personal information, the business does not have actual knowledge, or reason to believe, that the service provider intends to commit such a violation. A service provider shall likewise not be liable under this title for the obligations of a business for which it provides services as set forth in this title.

(k) This title shall not be construed to require a business to collect personal information that it would not otherwise collect in the ordinary course of its business, retain personal information for longer than it would otherwise retain such information in the ordinary course of its business, or reidentify or otherwise link information that is not maintained in a manner that would be considered personal information.

(l) The rights afforded to consumers and the obligations imposed on the business in this title shall not adversely affect the rights and freedoms of other consumers.

(m) The rights afforded to consumers and the obligations imposed on any business under this title shall not apply to the extent that they infringe on the noncommercial activities of a person or entity described in subdivision (b) of Section 2 of Article I of the California Constitution.

(n) (1) The obligations imposed on businesses by Sections 1798.100, 1798.105, 1798.110, 1798.115, 1798.130, and 1798.135 shall not apply to personal information reflecting a written or verbal communication or a transaction between the business and the consumer, where the consumer is a natural person who is acting as an employee, owner, director, officer, or contractor of a company, partnership, sole proprietorship, nonprofit or government agency and whose communications or transaction with the business occur solely within the context of the business conducting due diligence regarding, or providing or receiving a product or service to or from such company, partnership, sole proprietorship, nonprofit, or government agency.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) “Contractor” means a natural person who provides any service to a business pursuant to a written contract.

(B) “Director” means a natural person designated in the articles of incorporation as such or elected by the incorporators and natural persons designated, elected, or appointed by any other name or title to act as directors, and their successors.

(C) “Officer” means a natural person elected or appointed by the board of directors to manage the daily operations of a corporation, such as a chief executive officer, president, secretary, or treasurer.

(D) “Owner” means a natural person who meets one of the following:

(i) Has ownership of, or the power to vote, more than 50 percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting security of a business.

(ii) Has control in any manner over the election of a majority of the directors or of individuals exercising similar functions.

(iii) Has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management of a company.

(3) This subdivision shall become inoperative on January 1, 2021.

1946.2.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, after a tenant has continuously and lawfully occupied a residential real property for 12 months, the owner of the residential real property shall not terminate the tenancy without just cause, which shall be stated in the written notice to terminate tenancy. If any additional adult tenants are added to the lease before an existing tenant has continuously and lawfully occupied the residential real property for 24 months, then this subdivision shall only apply if either of the following are satisfied:

(1) All of the tenants have continuously and lawfully occupied the residential real property for 12 months or more.

(2) One or more tenants have continuously and lawfully occupied the residential real property for 24 months or more.

(b) For purposes of this section, “just cause” includes either of the following:

(1) At-fault just cause, which is any of the following:

(A) Default in the payment of rent.

(B) A breach of a material term of the lease, as described in paragraph (3) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure, including, but not limited to, violation of a provision of the lease after being issued a written notice to correct the violation.

(C) Maintaining, committing, or permitting the maintenance or commission of a nuisance as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(D) Committing waste as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(E) The tenant had a written lease that terminated on or after January 1, 2020, and after a written request or demand from the owner, the tenant has refused to execute a written extension or renewal of the lease for an additional term of similar duration with similar provisions, provided that those terms do not violate this section or any other provision of law.

(F) Criminal activity by the tenant on the residential real property, including any common areas, or any criminal activity or criminal threat, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 422 of the Penal Code, on or off the residential real property, that is directed at any owner or agent of the owner of the residential real property.

(G) Assigning or subletting the premises in violation of the tenant’s lease, as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(H) The tenant’s refusal to allow the owner to enter the residential real property as authorized by Sections 1101.5 and 1954 of this code, and Sections 13113.7 and 17926.1 of the Health and Safety Code.

(I) Using the premises for an unlawful purpose as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(J) The employee, agent, or licensee’s failure to vacate after their termination as an employee, agent, or a licensee as described in paragraph (1) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(K) When the tenant fails to deliver possession of the residential real property after providing the owner written notice as provided in Section 1946 of the tenant’s intention to terminate the hiring of the real property, or makes a written offer to surrender that is accepted in writing by the landlord, but fails to deliver possession at the time specified in that written notice as described in paragraph (5) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(2) No-fault just cause, which includes any of the following:

(A) (i) Intent to occupy the residential real property by the owner or their spouse, domestic partner, children, grandchildren, parents, or grandparents.

(ii) For leases entered into on or after July 1, 2020, clause (i) shall apply only if the tenant agrees, in writing, to the termination, or if a provision of the lease allows the owner to terminate the lease if the owner, or their spouse, domestic partner, children, grandchildren, parents, or grandparents, unilaterally decides to occupy the residential real property. Addition of a provision allowing the owner to terminate the lease as described in this clause to a new or renewed rental agreement or fixed-term lease constitutes a similar provision for the purposes of subparagraph (E) of paragraph (1).

(B) Withdrawal of the residential real property from the rental market.

(C) (i) The owner complying with any of the following:

(I) An order issued by a government agency or court relating to habitability that necessitates vacating the residential real property.

(II) An order issued by a government agency or court to vacate the residential real property.

(III) A local ordinance that necessitates vacating the residential real property.

(ii) If it is determined by any government agency or court that the tenant is at fault for the condition or conditions triggering the order or need to vacate under clause (i), the tenant shall not be entitled to relocation assistance as outlined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (d).

(D) (i) Intent to demolish or to substantially remodel the residential real property.

(ii) For purposes of this subparagraph, “substantially remodel” means the replacement or substantial modification of any structural, electrical, plumbing, or mechanical system that requires a permit from a governmental agency, or the abatement of hazardous materials, including lead-based paint, mold, or asbestos, in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, that cannot be reasonably accomplished in a safe manner with the tenant in place and that requires the tenant to vacate the residential real property for at least 30 days. Cosmetic improvements alone, including painting, decorating, and minor repairs, or other work that can be performed safely without having the residential real property vacated, do not qualify as substantial rehabilitation.

(c) Before an owner of residential real property issues a notice to terminate a tenancy for just cause that is a curable lease violation, the owner shall first give notice of the violation to the tenant with an opportunity to cure the violation pursuant to paragraph (3) of Section 1161 of the Code of Civil Procedure. If the violation is not cured within the time period set forth in the notice, a three-day notice to quit without an opportunity to cure may thereafter be served to terminate the tenancy.

(d) (1) For a tenancy for which just cause is required to terminate the tenancy under subdivision (a), if an owner of residential real property issues a termination notice based on a no-fault just cause described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b), the owner shall, regardless of the tenant’s income, at the owner’s option, do one of the following:

(A) Assist the tenant to relocate by providing a direct payment to the tenant as described in paragraph (3).

(B) Waive in writing the payment of rent for the final month of the tenancy, prior to the rent becoming due.

(2) If an owner issues a notice to terminate a tenancy for no-fault just cause, the owner shall notify the tenant of the tenant’s right to relocation assistance or rent waiver pursuant to this section. If the owner elects to waive the rent for the final month of the tenancy as provided in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), the notice shall state the amount of rent waived and that no rent is due for the final month of the tenancy.

(3) (A) The amount of relocation assistance or rent waiver shall be equal to one month of the tenant’s rent that was in effect when the owner issued the notice to terminate the tenancy. Any relocation assistance shall be provided within 15 calendar days of service of the notice.

(B) If a tenant fails to vacate after the expiration of the notice to terminate the tenancy, the actual amount of any relocation assistance or rent waiver provided pursuant to this subdivision shall be recoverable as damages in an action to recover possession.

(C) The relocation assistance or rent waiver required by this subdivision shall be credited against any other relocation assistance required by any other law.

(4) An owner’s failure to strictly comply with this subdivision shall render the notice of termination void.

(e) This section does not apply to the following types of residential real properties or residential circumstances:

(1) Transient and tourist hotel occupancy as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 1940.

(2) Housing accommodations in a nonprofit hospital, religious facility, extended care facility, licensed residential care facility for the elderly, as defined in Section 1569.2 of the Health and Safety Code, or an adult residential facility, as defined in Chapter 6 of Division 6 of Title 22 of the Manual of Policies and Procedures published by the State Department of Social Services.

(3) Dormitories owned and operated by an institution of higher education or a kindergarten and grades 1 to 12, inclusive, school.

(4) Housing accommodations in which the tenant shares bathroom or kitchen facilities with the owner who maintains their principal residence at the residential real property.

(5) Single-family owner-occupied residences, including a residence in which the owner-occupant rents or leases no more than two units or bedrooms, including, but not limited to, an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit.

(6) A duplex in which the owner occupied one of the units as the owner’s principal place of residence at the beginning of the tenancy, so long as the owner continues in occupancy.

(7) Housing that has been issued a certificate of occupancy within the previous 15 years.

(8) Residential real property that is alienable separate from the title to any other dwelling unit, provided that both of the following apply:

(A) The owner is not any of the following:

(i) A real estate investment trust, as defined in Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(ii) A corporation.

(iii) A limited liability company in which at least one member is a corporation.

(B) (i) The tenants have been provided written notice that the residential property is exempt from this section using the following statement:

“This property is not subject to the rent limits imposed by Section 1947.12 of the Civil Code and is not subject to the just cause requirements of Section 1946.2 of the Civil Code. This property meets the requirements of Sections 1947.12 (d)(5) and 1946.2 (e)(8) of the Civil Code and the owner is not any of the following: (1) a real estate investment trust, as defined by Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code; (2) a corporation; or (3) a limited liability company in which at least one member is a corporation.”

(ii) For a tenancy existing before July 1, 2020, the notice required under clause (i) may, but is not required to, be provided in the rental agreement.

(iii) For any tenancy commenced or renewed on or after July 1, 2020, the notice required under clause (i) must be provided in the rental agreement.

(iv) Addition of a provision containing the notice required under clause (i) to any new or renewed rental agreement or fixed-term lease constitutes a similar provision for the purposes of subparagraph (E) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b).

(9) Housing restricted by deed, regulatory restriction contained in an agreement with a government agency, or other recorded document as affordable housing for persons and families of very low, low, or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code, or subject to an agreement that provides housing subsidies for affordable housing for persons and families of very low, low, or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code or comparable federal statutes.

(f) (1) An owner of residential real property subject to this section shall provide notice to the tenant as follows:

(A) For any tenancy commenced or renewed on or after July 1, 2020, as an addendum to the lease or rental agreement, or as a written notice signed by the tenant, with a copy provided to the tenant.

(B) For a tenancy existing prior to July 1, 2020, by written notice to the tenant no later than August 1, 2020, or as an addendum to the lease or rental agreement.

(C) The notification or lease provision shall be in no less than 12-point type, and shall include the following:

“California law limits the amount your rent can be increased. See Section 1947.12 of the Civil Code for more information. California law also provides that after all of the tenants have continuously and lawfully occupied the property for 12 months or more or at least one of the tenants has continuously and lawfully occupied the property for 24 months or more, a landlord must provide a statement of cause in any notice to terminate a tenancy. See Section 1946.2 of the Civil Code for more information.”

(2) The provision of the notice is subject to Section 1632.

(g) (1) This section does not apply to the following residential real property:

(A) Residential real property subject to a local ordinance requiring just cause for termination of a residential tenancy adopted on or before September 1, 2019, in which case the local ordinance applies.

(B) Residential real property subject to a local ordinance requiring just cause for termination of a residential tenancy adopted or amended after September 1, 2019, that is more protective than this section, in which case the local ordinance applies. For purposes of this subparagraph, an ordinance is “more protective” if it meets all of the following criteria:

(i) The just cause for termination of a residential tenancy under the local ordinance is consistent with this section.

(ii) The ordinance further limits the reasons for termination of a residential tenancy, provides for higher relocation assistance amounts, or provides additional tenant protections that are not prohibited by any other provision of law.

(iii) The local government has made a binding finding within their local ordinance that the ordinance is more protective than the provisions of this section.

(2) A residential real property shall not be subject to both a local ordinance requiring just cause for termination of a residential tenancy and this section.

(3) A local ordinance adopted after September 1, 2019, that is less protective than this section shall not be enforced unless this section is repealed.

(h) Any waiver of the rights under this section is void as contrary to public policy.

(i) For the purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Owner” and “residential real property” have the same meaning as those terms are defined in Section 1954.51.

(2) “Tenancy” means the lawful occupation of residential real property and includes a lease or sublease.

(j) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2030, and as of that date is repealed.

336a.

 Within six years:

(a) An action upon any bonds, notes, or debentures issued by any corporation or pursuant to permit of the Commissioner of Business Oversight, or upon any coupons issued with the bonds, notes, or debentures, if those bonds, notes, or debentures shall have been issued to or held by the public.

(b) An action upon any mortgage, trust deed, or other agreement pursuant to which the bonds, notes, or debentures were issued. This section does not apply to bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of a public district or corporation.

349.05.

 Within one hundred eighty days:

(a) An action to enjoin, abate, or for damages on account of, an underground trespass, use or occupancy, by means of a well drilled for oil or gas or both from a surface location on land other than real property in which the aggrieved party has some right, title or interest or in respect to which the aggrieved party has some right, title or interest.

(b) An action for conversion or for the taking or removing of oil, gas or other liquid, or fluids by means of any such well.

When any of said acts is by means of a new well the actual drilling of which is commenced after this section becomes effective, and such act was knowingly committed with actual intent to commit such act, the cause of action in such case shall not be deemed to have accrued until the discovery, by the aggrieved party, of the act or acts complained of; but in all other cases, and as to wells heretofore or hereafter drilled, the cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued ten days after the time when the well which is the subject of the cause of action was first placed on production.

Notwithstanding the continuing character of any such act, there shall be but one cause of action for any such act, and the cause of action shall accrue as aforesaid.

In all cases where oil or gas has been heretofore or is hereafter extracted from any existing or subsequently drilled well in this state, by a person without right but asserting a claim of right in good faith or acting under an honest mistake of law or fact, the measure of damages, if there be any right of recovery under existing law, shall be the value of the oil or gas at the time of extraction, without interest, after deducting all costs of development, operation and production, which costs shall include taxes and interest on all expenditures from the date thereof.

This section applies to causes of action existing when this section becomes effective. The time for commencement of existing causes of action which would be barred by this section within the first one hundred eighty days after this section becomes effective, shall be the said first one hundred eighty days.

Whenever the term “oil” is used in this section it shall be taken to include “petroleum,” and the term “gas” shall mean natural gas coming from the earth.

The limitations prescribed by this section do not apply to rights of action or actions to be brought in the name of or for the benefit of the people of this State, or of any county, city and county, city or other political subdivision of this State.

430.10.

 The party against whom a complaint or cross-complaint has been filed may object, by demurrer or answer as provided in Section 430.30, to the pleading on any one or more of the following grounds:

(a) The court has no jurisdiction of the subject of the cause of action alleged in the pleading.

(b) The person who filed the pleading does not have the legal capacity to sue.

(c) There is another action pending between the same parties on the same cause of action.

(d) There is a defect or misjoinder of parties.

(e) The pleading does not state facts sufficient to constitute a cause of action.

(f) The pleading is uncertain. As used in this subdivision, “uncertain” includes ambiguous and unintelligible.

(g) In an action founded upon a contract, it cannot be ascertained from the pleading whether the contract is written, is oral, or is implied by conduct.

(h) No certificate was filed as required by Section 411.35.

699.520.

 The writ of execution shall require the levying officer to whom it is directed to enforce the money judgment and shall include the following information:

(a) The date of issuance of the writ.

(b) The title of the court in which the judgment is entered and the cause and number of the action.

(c) Whether the judgment is for wages owed, child support, or spousal support. This subdivision shall become operative on September 1, 2020.

(d) The name and address of the judgment creditor and the name and last known address of the judgment debtor. If the judgment debtor is other than a natural person, the type of legal entity shall be stated.

(e) The date of the entry of the judgment and of any subsequent renewals and where entered in the records of the court.

(f) The total amount of the money judgment as entered or renewed, together with costs thereafter added to the judgment pursuant to Section 685.090 and the accrued interest on the judgment from the date of entry or renewal of the judgment to the date of issuance of the writ, reduced by any partial satisfactions and by any amounts no longer enforceable.

(g) The amount required to satisfy the money judgment on the date the writ is issued.

(h) The amount of interest accruing daily on the principal amount of the judgment from the date the writ is issued.

(i) Whether any person has requested notice of sale under the judgment and, if so, the name and mailing address of that person.

(j) The sum of the fees and costs added to the judgment pursuant to Section 6103.5 or Article 6 (commencing with Section 68630) of Chapter 2 of Title 8 of the Government Code, and which is in addition to the amount owing to the judgment creditor on the judgment.

(k) Whether the writ of execution includes any additional names of the judgment debtor pursuant to an affidavit of identity, as defined in Section 680.135.

(l) A statement indicating whether the case is limited or unlimited.

1002.5.

 (a) An agreement to settle an employment dispute shall not contain a provision prohibiting, preventing, or otherwise restricting a settling party that is an aggrieved person from obtaining future employment with the employer against which the aggrieved person has filed a claim, or any parent company, subsidiary, division, affiliate, or contractor of the employer. A provision in an agreement entered into on or after January 1, 2020, that violates this section is void as a matter of law and against public policy.

(b) Subdivision (a) does not:

(1) Preclude the employer and aggrieved person from making an agreement to do either of the following:

(A) End a current employment relationship.

(B) Prohibit or otherwise restrict the settling aggrieved person from obtaining future employment with the settling employer, if the employer has made a good faith determination that the person engaged in sexual harassment or sexual assault.

(2) Require an employer to continue to employ or rehire a person if there is a legitimate nondiscriminatory or nonretaliatory reason for terminating the employment relationship or refusing to rehire the person.

(c) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Aggrieved person” means a person who has filed a claim against the person’s employer in court, before an administrative agency, in an alternative dispute resolution forum, or through the employer’s internal complaint process.

(2) “Sexual assault” means conduct that would constitute a crime under Section 243.4, 261, 262, 264.1, 286, 287, or 289 of, or former Section 288a of, the Penal Code, assault with the intent to commit any of those crimes, or an attempt to commit any of those crimes.

(3) “Sexual harassment” has the same meaning as in subdivision (j) of Section 12940 of the Government Code.

7211.

 (a) Unless otherwise provided in the articles or in the bylaws, all of the following apply:

(1) Meetings of the board may be called by the chair of the board or the president or any vice president or the secretary or any two directors.

(2) Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice if the time and place of the meetings are fixed by the bylaws or the board. Special meetings of the board shall be held upon four days’ notice by first-class mail or 48 hours’ notice delivered personally or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or by electronic transmission by the corporation (Section 20). The articles or bylaws may not dispense with notice of a special meeting. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board.

(3) Notice of a meeting need not be given to a director who provided a waiver of notice or consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that director. These waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meetings.

(4) A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, notice of an adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

(5) Meetings of the board may be held at a place within or without the state that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, designated in the bylaws or by resolution of the board.

(6) Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone, electronic video screen communication, or electronic transmission by and to the corporation (Sections 20 and 21). Participation in a meeting through use of conference telephone or electronic video screen communication pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting as long as all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear one another. Participation in a meeting through use of electronic transmission by and to the corporation, other than conference telephone and electronic video screen communication, pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting if both of the following apply:

(A) Each director participating in the meeting can communicate with all of the other directors concurrently.

(B) Each director is provided the means of participating in all matters before the board, including, without limitation, the capacity to propose, or to interpose an objection to, a specific action to be taken by the corporation.

(7) A majority of the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business. The articles or bylaws may require the presence of one or more specified directors in order to constitute a quorum of the board to transact business, as long as the death or nonexistence of a specified director or the death or nonexistence of the person or persons otherwise authorized to appoint or designate that director does not prevent the corporation from transacting business in the normal course of events. The articles or bylaws may not provide that a quorum shall be less than one-fifth the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws, or less than two, whichever is larger, unless the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws is one, in which case one director constitutes a quorum.

(8) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7212, 7233, 7234, and subdivision (e) of Section 7237 and Section 5233, insofar as it is made applicable pursuant to Section 7238, an act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the board. The articles or bylaws may not provide that a lesser vote than a majority of the directors present at a meeting is the act of the board. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting, or a greater number required by this division, the articles or the bylaws.

(b) An action required or permitted to be taken by the board may be taken without a meeting if all directors individually or collectively consent in writing to that action and if, subject to subdivision (a) of Section 7224, the number of directors then in office constitutes a quorum. The written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. The action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors. For purposes of this subdivision only, “all directors” does not include an “interested director” as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 5233, insofar as it is made applicable pursuant to Section 7238 or described in subdivision (a) of Section 7233, or a “common director” as described in subdivision (b) of Section 7233 who abstains in writing from providing consent, where (1) the facts described in paragraph (2) or (3) of subdivision (d) of Section 5233 are established or the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 7233 or in paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 7233 are satisfied, as appropriate, at or prior to execution of the written consent or consents; (2) the establishment of those facts or satisfaction of those provisions, as applicable, is included in the written consent or consents executed by the noninterested directors or noncommon directors or in other records of the corporation; and (3) the noninterested directors or noncommon directors, as applicable, approve the action by a vote that is sufficient without counting the votes of the interested directors or common directors.

(c) Each director shall have one vote on each matter presented to the board of directors for action. A director shall not vote by proxy.

(d) This section applies also to incorporators, to committees of the board, and to action by those incorporators or committees mutatis mutandis.

9211.

 (a) Unless otherwise provided in the articles or in the bylaws, all of the following apply:

(1) Meetings of the board may be called by the chair of the board or the president or any vice president or the secretary or any two directors.

(2) Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice if the time and place of the meetings are fixed by the bylaws or the board. Special meetings of the board shall be held upon four days’ notice by first-class mail or 48 hours’ notice delivered personally or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or by electronic transmission by a corporation (Section 20). The articles or bylaws may not dispense with notice of a special meeting. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board.

(3) Notice of a meeting need not be given to a director who provided a waiver of notice or consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that director. These waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meetings.

(4) A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

(5) Meetings of the board may be held at a place within or without the state that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, designated in the bylaws or by resolution of the board.

(6) Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone, electronic video screen communication, or electronic transmission by and to the corporation. Participation in a meeting through use of conference telephone or electronic video screen communication pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting as long as all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear one another. Participation in a meeting through use of electronic transmission by and to the corporation, other than conference telephone and electronic video screen communication pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting, if both of the following apply:

(A) Each director participating in the meeting can communicate with all of the other directors concurrently.

(B) Each director is provided the means of participating in all matters before the board, including, without limitation, the capacity to propose, or to interpose an objection to, a specific action to be taken by the corporation.

(7) A majority of the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business.

The articles or bylaws may require the presence of one or more specified directors in order to constitute a quorum of the board to transact business, as long as the death or nonexistence of a specified director or the death or nonexistence of the person or persons otherwise authorized to appoint or designate that director does not prevent the corporation from transacting business in the normal course of events.

(8) An act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the board. The articles or bylaws may not provide that a lesser vote than a majority of the directors present at a meeting is the act of the board. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting, or a greater number required by this division, the articles or the bylaws.

(b) An action required or permitted to be taken by the board may be taken without a meeting if all directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action and if, subject to subdivision (a) of Section 9224, the number of directors then in office constitutes a quorum. The written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. The action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors. For purposes of this subdivision only, “all directors” does not include an “interested director” as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 9243 or a “common director” as described in subdivision (a) of Section 9244 who abstains in writing from providing consent, where (1) the facts described in paragraph (2) or (3) of subdivision (d) of Section 9243 are established or the provisions of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 9244 are satisfied, as appropriate, at or prior to execution of the written consent or consents; (2) the establishment of those facts or satisfaction of those provisions, as applicable, is included in the written consent or consents executed by the noninterested or noncommon directors or in other records of the corporation; and (3) the noninterested directors or noncommon directors, as applicable, approve the action by a vote that is sufficient without counting the votes of the interested directors or common directors.

(c) Each director shall have one vote on each matter presented to the board of directors for action. A director shall not vote by proxy.

(d) This section applies also to incorporators, to committees of the board, and to action by those incorporators or committees mutatis mutandis.

12351.

 (a) Unless otherwise provided in the articles or in the bylaws:

(1) Meetings of the board may be called by the chair of the board or the president or any vice president or the secretary or any two directors.

(2) Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice if the time and place of the meetings are fixed by the bylaws or the board. Special meetings of the board shall be held upon four days’ notice by first-class mail or 48 hours’ notice delivered personally or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or by electronic transmission by the corporation (Section 20). The articles or bylaws may not dispense with notice of a special meeting. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board.

(3) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who provides a waiver of notice or consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that director. All waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meetings.

(4) A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

(5) Meetings of the directors may be held at any place within or without the state which has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, designated in the bylaws or by resolution of the board.

(6) Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone, electronic video screen communication, or electronic transmission by and to the corporation (Sections 20 and 21). Participation in a meeting through use of conference telephone or electronic video screen communication pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting as long as all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear one another. Participation in a meeting through use of electronic transmission by and to the corporation, other than conference telephone and electronic video screen communication pursuant to this subdivision constitutes presence in person at that meeting if both of the following apply:

(A) Each director participating in the meeting can communicate with all of the other directors concurrently.

(B) Each director is provided the means of participating in all matters before the board, including, without limitation, the capacity to propose, or to interpose an objection to, a specific action to be taken by the corporation.

(7) A majority of the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business. The articles or bylaws may require the presence of one or more specified directors to constitute a quorum of the board to transact business, as long as the death or nonexistence of a specified director or the death or nonexistence of the person or persons otherwise authorized to appoint or designate a director does not prevent the corporation from transacting business in the normal course of events. The articles or bylaws may not provide that a quorum shall be less than one-fifth the number of directors authorized in or pursuant to the articles or bylaws, or less than two, whichever is larger.

(8) Subject to the provisions of Sections 12352, 12373, 12374, and subdivision (e) of Section 12377, every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the board. The articles or bylaws may not provide that a lesser vote than a majority of the directors present at a meeting is the act of the board. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for the meeting, or a greater number as is required by this division, the articles or bylaws.

(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board may be taken without a meeting, if all directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

The action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors.

(c) Each director shall have one vote on each matter presented to the board of directors for action. A director shall not vote by proxy.

15911.21.

 (a) If the approval of outstanding limited partnership interests is required for a limited partnership to participate in a reorganization, pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of the partnership, or otherwise, then each limited partner of the limited partnership holding those interests may, by complying with this article, require the limited partnership to purchase for cash, at its fair market value, the interest owned by the limited partner in the limited partnership, if the interest is a dissenting interest as defined in subdivision (b). The fair market value shall be determined as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed reorganization, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of the proposed reorganization.

(b) As used in this article, “dissenting interest” means the interest of a limited partner that satisfies all of the following conditions:

(1) Either:

(A) Was not, immediately prior to the reorganization, either (i) listed on any national securities exchange certified by the Commissioner of Business Oversight under subdivision (o) of Section 25100, or (ii) listed on the list of OTC margin stocks issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, provided that in either instance, the limited partnership whose outstanding interests are so listed provides, in its notice to limited partners requesting their approval of the proposed reorganization, a summary of the provisions of this section and Sections 15911.22, 15911.23, 15911.24, and 15911.25.

(B) If the interest is of a class of interests listed as described in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A), demands for payment are filed with respect to 5 percent or more of the outstanding interests of that class.

(2) Was outstanding on the date for the determination of limited partners entitled to vote on the reorganization.

(3) (A) Was not voted in favor of the reorganization, or (B) if the interest is described in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), was voted against the reorganization; provided, however, that subparagraph (A) rather than subparagraph (B) of this paragraph applies in any event where the approval for the proposed reorganization is sought by written consent rather than at a meeting.

(4) The limited partner has demanded that it be purchased by the limited partnership at its fair market value in accordance with Section 15911.22.

(5) The limited partner has submitted it for endorsement, if applicable, in accordance with Section 15911.23.

(c) As used in this article, “dissenting limited partner” means the recordholder of a dissenting interest, and includes an assignee of record of such an interest.

212.1.

 (a) “Race or ethnicity” includes ancestry, color, ethnic group identification, and ethnic background.

(b) “Race” is inclusive of traits historically associated with race, including, but not limited to, hair texture and protective hairstyles.

(c) “Protective hairstyles” includes, but is not limited to, such hairstyles as braids, locs, and twists.

215.5.

 (a) (1) Commencing July 1, 2019, a public school, including a charter school, or a private school, that serves pupils in any of grades 7 to 12, inclusive, and that issues pupil identification cards shall have printed on either side of the pupil identification cards the telephone number described in subparagraph (A) and may have printed on either side of the pupil identification cards the text line described in subparagraph (B) and the telephone number described in subparagraph (C):

(A) The telephone number for the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline: 1-800-273-8255.

(B) The Crisis Text Line, which can be accessed by texting HOME to 741741.

(C) A local suicide prevention hotline telephone number.

(2) Commencing October 1, 2020, a public school, including a charter school, or a private school, that serves pupils in any of grades 7 to 12, inclusive, and that issues pupil identification cards shall have printed on either side of the pupil identification cards the telephone number for the National Domestic Violence Hotline: 1-800-799-7233.

(b) (1) Commencing July 1, 2019, a public or private institution of higher education that issues student identification cards shall have printed on either side of the student identification cards the telephone number described in subparagraph (A) and may have printed on either side of the student identification cards the text line described in subparagraph (B) and the telephone numbers described in subparagraphs (C) and (D):

(A) The telephone number for the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline: 1-800-273-8255.

(B) The Crisis Text Line, which can be accessed by texting HOME to 741741.

(C) The campus police or security telephone number or, if the campus does not have a campus police or security telephone number, the local nonemergency telephone number.

(D) A local suicide prevention hotline telephone number.

(2) Commencing October 1, 2020, a public or private institution of higher education that issues student identification cards shall have printed on either side of the student identification cards the telephone number for either of the following:

(A) The National Domestic Violence Hotline: 1-800-799-7233.

(B) A local domestic violence hotline that provides confidential support services for students that have experienced domestic violence or stalking and is available by telephone 24 hours a day.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivisions (a) and (b), if, as of January 1, 2020, a school subject to the requirements of subdivision (a), or a public or private institution of higher education subject to the requirements of subdivision (b), has a supply of unissued pupil or student identification cards that do not comply with the requirements of subdivision (a) or (b), as applicable, the school or the public or private institution of higher education shall issue those pupil or student identification cards until that supply is depleted.

(d) Subdivisions (a) and (b) apply for a pupil or student identification card issued for the first time to a pupil or student, and to a pupil or student identification card issued to replace a damaged or lost pupil or student identification card.

231.6.

 (a) Each schoolsite in a school district, county office of education, or charter school, serving pupils in any of grades 9 through 12, inclusive, shall create a poster that notifies pupils of the applicable written policy on sexual harassment described in Section 231.5.

(b) The schoolsite may partner with local, state, or federal agencies, or nonprofit organizations, for purposes of the design and content of the poster.

(c) The language in the poster shall be age appropriate and culturally relevant, and the schoolsite may partner with local, state, or federal agencies, or nonprofit organizations, for these purposes.

(d) The poster shall be displayed in English and any primary language spoken by 15 percent or more of the pupils enrolled at the schoolsite as determined pursuant to Section 48985.

(e) The poster shall be no smaller than 8.5 by 11 inches and use at least 12-point type.

(f) The poster shall display, at a minimum, all of the following:

(1) The rules and procedures for reporting a charge of sexual harassment.

(2) The name, phone number, and email address of an appropriate schoolsite official to contact to report a charge of sexual harassment.

(3) The rights of the reporting pupil, the complainant, and the respondent, and the responsibilities of the schoolsite in accordance with the applicable written policy on sexual harassment.

(g) (1) The poster shall be prominently and conspicuously displayed in each bathroom and locker room at the schoolsite.

(2) (A) The poster may be prominently and conspicuously displayed in public areas at the schoolsite that are accessible to, and commonly frequented by, pupils, including, but not limited to, classrooms, classroom hallways, gymnasiums, auditoriums, and cafeterias.

(B) The governing board of a school district, governing body of a charter school, and county board of education shall have full discretion to select the appropriate public areas to display the poster at the schoolsite.

8280.

 (a) The Superintendent shall administer the Early Learning and Care Infrastructure Grant Program to expand access to early learning and care opportunities for children up to five years of age by providing resources to build new facilities or retrofit, renovate, or expand existing facilities pursuant to this section.

(b) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, the Child Care Facilities Revolving Fund shall remain operative for the sole purpose of collecting deposits derived from the Child Care Facilities Revolving Fund program pursuant to Section 8278.3.

(2) The Superintendent shall deposit all revenue derived from the lease payments or renovation or repair loan payments into the Child Care Facilities Revolving Fund until December 31, 2029.

(3) Local educational agencies and contracting agencies using facilities purchased with funds pursuant to Section 8278.3 before December 31, 2019, shall be charged a leasing fee, either at fair market value for those facilities or at an amount sufficient to amortize the cost of purchase and relocation, whichever amount is lower, over a 10-year period. Upon full repayment of the purchase and relocation costs, title shall transfer from the State of California to the local educational agency or contracting agency. Loans for renovation or repair shall be repaid within a period that does not exceed 10 years.

(4) As of December 31, 2019, the remaining balance of the Child Care Facilities Revolving Fund shall be allocated as follows:

(A) The sum of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) shall be transferred to the Inclusive Early Education Expansion Program, pursuant to Section 8492.

(B) Following the transfer pursuant to subparagraph (A), the remaining balance shall be allocated for the purposes described in this section.

(C) Any balance derived from the ongoing deposits of the lease payments or renovation or repair loan payments after December 31, 2019, shall be allocated through the annual Budget Act process.

(c) The Superintendent shall award infrastructure grants on a competitive basis to early learning and care providers that are not local educational agencies, and operate as a licensed childcare center, preschool, or licensed family childcare home, for the following purposes:

(1) Construction of new early learning and care facilities to increase capacity or recover lost capacity as a result of a state or federally declared disaster.

(2) Renovation, repair, modernization, or retrofitting of existing early learning and care facilities to increase capacity or recover lost capacity as a result of a state or federally declared disaster, or make existing early learning and care facilities more resilient for future natural disasters.

(3) Renovation, repair, modernization, or retrofitting of existing facilities for use as early learning and care facilities.

(4) Renovation, repair, modernization, or retrofitting of existing early learning and care facilities to address health and safety or other licensure needs to the extent the applicant can demonstrate a financial hardship, and that failure to correct the issues would result in an inability to provide care. Funds awarded in this category shall be limited to high-need providers based on criteria established by the Superintendent.

(d) The Superintendent shall require all of the following from applicants for the infrastructure grants:

(1) A proposal to increase capacity and local access to subsidized early learning and care programs for children up to five years of age, including children with exceptional needs. The information shall quantify the number of additional children who will be provided with access to subsidized early learning and care programs.

(2) A plan to fiscally sustain the increase in subsidized spaces or programs created through the use of these funds. Subsidies may be funded with private, local, state, or federal funds, but shall be able to demonstrate reasonable expectations of sustainability.

(3) Specific activities and materials for which grant funding will be used.

(4) A description of how the applicant will measure outcomes associated with the proposal submitted pursuant to paragraph (1), as specified by the Superintendent.

(5) An outline of any potential challenges or barriers the applicant will experience or expect to experience in building capacity, including the need for any technical assistance to address the identified challenges or barriers.

(e) The Superintendent shall give priority for grant funding based on the following:

(1) Applicants with a demonstrated need for expanded access to subsidized early learning and care programs as measured by the ratio of children in subsidized early learning and care programs to eligible children in the applicant’s service area.

(2) Applicants in low-income communities, as measured by the proportion of children that qualify for state or federal subsidies for early learning and care programs.

(3) Applicants who plan to use grant funding to serve children that qualify for state or federal subsidies for early learning and care programs.

(4) Applicants serving children from birth to five years of age, inclusive, with exceptional needs in inclusive environments.

(5) Applicants wishing to recover lost capacity as a result of a state or federally declared disaster.

(f) Infrastructure grants may be used for one-time infrastructure costs only, including, but not limited to, universal design facility renovations, retrofitting to meet licensing requirements, the cost of design, engineering, testing, inspections, plan checking, construction management, site acquisition and development, evaluation and response action costs relating to hazardous substances at a new or existing site, demolition, construction, landscaping, or other related costs as determined by the Superintendent.

(g) The Superintendent shall determine the appropriate grant amount for each grantee, based upon factors that include, but are not limited to, the scope of the project, regional costs, the use of universal design to provide inclusive environments, the need to meet licensing requirements or health and safety standards, and the proportion of subsidized children to be served.

(h) The Superintendent shall establish the terms and conditions associated with accepting the infrastructure grant funds awarded pursuant to this section and determine a mechanism for recouping any grant moneys from grantees that do not adhere to those terms and conditions.

(i) The Superintendent shall establish a separate application and grant process for providing grant funds related to paragraph (4) of subdivision (c) that limits grantees to low-income providers who serve a minimum percentage of subsidized children. In establishing this process, the Superintendent shall consult with the State Department of Social Services to ensure grant funds are accessible to the highest need providers and shall consider the timeframe during which health and safety violations are cited and must be resolved.

(j) The grant program shall offer technical assistance to a potential applicant before the applicant is awarded a grant that includes, but is not limited to, project development support and financial expertise, including assistance with coordinating financing from multiple sources.

(k) An infrastructure grant recipient shall commit to providing program data to the department, as specified by the Superintendent, and participate in overall program evaluation.

(l) (1) There is hereby appropriated two hundred forty-five million dollars ($245,000,000) to the department from the General Fund for the infrastructure grant program established pursuant to this section to be released according to the following schedule:

(A) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, one hundred sixty-one million dollars ($161,000,000).

(B) For the 2020–21 fiscal year, twenty million dollars ($20,000,000).

(C) For the 2021–22 fiscal year, thirty-two million dollars ($32,000,000).

(D) For the 2022–23 fiscal year, thirty-two million dollars ($32,000,000).

(2) The Director of Finance may change the release of funds scheduled in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1), if deemed necessary. The director shall notify the Chairperson of the Joint Legislative Budget Committee, or the chairperson’s designee, of the director’s intent to notify the Controller of the necessity to change the release of funds scheduled in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1). The total amount released shall not be greater or lesser than the amount appropriated in paragraph (1). The Controller shall make the funds available to the department not sooner than five days after receipt of this notification.

(3) The program established pursuant to this section shall be funded from funds appropriated in this section, funds transferred from the Child Care Facilities Revolving Fund pursuant to Section 8278.3, and federal funds appropriated for this purpose in the Budget Act of 2019. Notwithstanding Section 16304 of the Government Code, of the amount appropriated for this program, the Superintendent shall allocate the funds available for the grants through the 2023–24 fiscal year, in approximately equal amounts each fiscal year as follows:

(A) In the 2019–20 fiscal year, for licensed early learning and care centers that are not local educational agencies, pursuant to this section.

(B) In each fiscal year thereafter, for all licensed early learning and care providers, including licensed family childcare home providers, to the extent the process described in subdivision (n) is complete.

(C) In each fiscal year, up to 5 percent of the amount provided for this program shall be used for the renovation, repair, modernization, or retrofitting of existing early learning and care facilities to address health and safety or other licensure needs pursuant to the process established pursuant to subdivision (i).

(m) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Superintendent, with the concurrence of the executive director of the state board, shall recommend to the Department of Finance and the budget committees of the Legislature by January 1, 2021, any changes to the funding methodology in this section related to the recommendations and priorities provided pursuant to Section 8207.

(n) Before March 1, 2020, the Superintendent, with the concurrence of the Department of Finance, shall establish an appropriate method, process, and structure for grant management, fiscal accountability, and technical assistance and supports for grantees that ensures transparency and accountability in the use of state funds. The Superintendent may set aside up to 5 percent of the total amount appropriated for the program to contract with one or more community development financial intermediaries, state financial entities, or other community-based organizations for these purposes. Beginning in the 2020–21 fiscal year, the Legislature may reassess the total amount set aside for purposes of this subdivision. The Superintendent shall notify the Joint Legislative Budget Committee when this process is established.

(o) For purposes of this section, “state or federally declared disaster” means counties where early learning and care providers are operating subject to a Presidential declaration of an emergency or major disaster, pursuant to the federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 5121 et seq.), or a Governor’s Proclamation, on behalf of the impacted local government, as authorized by the powers authorized by the California Emergency Services Act (Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 8550) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code).

(p) The Superintendent shall provide annual reports, until December 31, 2025, to the Governor and the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature on any recommendations for consideration in future budgets, the impact of the grant program in achieving the goals described in this section, recommendations as to whether the program should receive additional appropriations, and any changes that should be considered.

8280.1.

 (a) The Superintendent shall administer the Early Learning and Care Workforce Development Grants Program to expand the number of qualified early learning and care professionals and increase the educational credentials of existing early learning and care professionals across the state, pursuant to this section.

(b) (1) There is hereby appropriated one hundred fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) to the department from the General Fund for the competitive workforce development grants program established pursuant to this section to be released according to the following schedule:

(A) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, eighty-four million dollars ($84,000,000).

(B) For the 2020–21 fiscal year, twenty-two million dollars ($22,000,000).

(C) For the 2021–22 fiscal year, twenty-two million dollars ($22,000,000).

(D) For the 2022–23 fiscal year, twenty-two million dollars ($22,000,000).

(2) The Director of Finance may change the release of funds scheduled in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1), if deemed necessary. The director shall notify the Chairperson of the Joint Legislative Budget Committee, or the chairperson’s designee, of the director’s intent to notify the Controller of the necessity to change the release of funds scheduled in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1). The total amount released shall not be greater or lesser than the amount appropriated in paragraph (1). The Controller shall make the funds available to the department not sooner than five days after receipt of this notification.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 16304 of the Government Code, of the amount appropriated for this program in this subdivision, the Superintendent shall allocate the funds available for the grants through the 2023–24 fiscal year in approximately equal amounts each fiscal year.

(c) The Superintendent shall award and administer the workforce development grants to local, regional, or local and regional quality improvement partnerships, as defined by the Superintendent, consistent with the Quality Rating and Improvement System local consortia, as defined in Section 8203.1, representing all counties of the state. A local, regional, or local and regional quality improvement partnership may form a consortium with one or more regional partners. All local, regional, or local and regional quality improvement partnerships shall submit a plan to the department that describes how they will allocate funds and increase the number, qualifications, and competencies of early learning and care professionals in their county or region. The plan shall also describe how local partnerships will engage in collaborative partnerships with their members, local governmental agencies, businesses, nonprofit organizations, or other interested partners to improve the educational attainment of early learning and care professionals in their county or region, including those working in centers, family childcare homes, and license-exempt settings that serve a majority of children who receive subsidized early learning and care services or are eligible to received subsidized early learning and care services, pursuant to this chapter.

(d) Workforce development grant award amounts shall be determined based on the following criteria:

(1) Demonstrated need for early learning and care professionals in each county or region.

(2) The cost of living in each county or region.

(3) The number of children under 13 years of age in each county or region who are in a family whose income is up to 85 percent of the state median income.

(e) Workforce development grants may be used for costs associated with the educational expenses of current and future early learning and care professionals that move those professionals along the early learning and care career lattice and support their attainment of increased education or English language proficiency, and professional development in early childhood instruction or child development, including developing competencies in serving children with exceptional needs and dual language learners. Allowable uses of funds include:

(1) Tuition, supplies, and other related educational expenses.

(2) Transportation and childcare costs incurred as a result of attending classes.

(3) Substitute teacher pay for early learning and care professionals that are currently working in a subsidized early learning and care setting.

(4) Stipends and professional development expenses, aligned to the Quality Counts California professional development system in that area, as determined by the Superintendent.

(5) Career, course, and professional development coaching, counseling, and navigation services.

(6) Other educational expenses as determined by the Superintendent.

(f) Local, regional, or local and regional quality improvement partnerships awarded funding pursuant to this section may partner with local or online accredited higher education institutions, local agencies that provide high-quality, credit-bearing trainings, or apprenticeship programs that integrate and embed higher education coursework with on-the-job training of professionals.

(g) The Superintendent may set aside no more than 1 percent of the total funding appropriated for the Early Learning and Care Workforce Development Grants Program to provide technical assistance and support for grantees and potential grantees on developing proposals for and implementing workforce development grants.

(h) Local, regional, or local and regional quality improvement partnerships receiving grants shall commit to providing program data to the department, as specified by the Superintendent, including, but not limited to, recipient information, educational progress, and employment status, and participate in overall program evaluation.

(i) The Superintendent shall provide a report to the Governor and the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature by October 1, 2020, and annually thereafter through the 2023–24 fiscal year, on the expenditure of funds as well as relevant outcome data in order to evaluate the impact of the program.

(j) The competitive workforce development grants program established pursuant to this section shall be funded from funds appropriated in this section.

(k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Superintendent, with the concurrence of the executive director of the state board, shall recommend to the Department of Finance and the budget committees of the Legislature by January 1, 2021, any changes to the funding methodology in this section related to the recommendations and priorities provided pursuant to Section 8207.

8430.5.

 (a) The purpose of this article is to promote quality, access, and stability in the early care and education system by authorizing an appropriate unit of family childcare providers to choose a provider organization to act as their unit’s representative on all matters specified in this article. It is also the purpose of this article to promote full communication between family childcare providers and the state by permitting a provider organization certified as the representative of family childcare providers to meet and confer with the state regarding matters within the scope of representation and other areas as mutually agreed upon in negotiations.

(b) This article does not change the family childcare providers’ status as employees or independent business owners or classify family childcare providers as public employees.

(c) This article is not intended to change or interfere with the requirements governing licensing or enforcement thereof set forth in the California Child Day Care Facilities Act (Chapter 3.4 (commencing with Section 1596.70), Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 1596.90), and Chapter 3.6 (commencing with Section 1597.30) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code).

(d) This article is not intended to interfere with the ability of the state, the State Department of Education, the State Department of Social Services, another department or agency, or a political subdivision of the state to comply with the requirements of federal grants or federal funding.

8434.6.

 (a) The State Department of Social Services and the State Department of Education shall permit the certified provider organization to participate in a stakeholder meeting convened to provide input regarding proposed rules and regulations that are subject to the procedures set forth in Article 5 (commencing with Section 11346) of Chapter 3.5 of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code and that are within the scope of representation, as described in Section 8434.5.

(b) Except in cases of an emergency as provided in this section, the Governor, through the Department of Human Resources, or the Governor’s designee shall give reasonable written notice to the certified provider organization of any rule, resolution, or regulation directly relating to matters within the scope of representation, as described in Section 8434.5, proposed to be adopted by the State Department of Education or the State Department of Social Services, and shall give the certified provider organization the opportunity to meet and confer with the Governor, through the Department of Human Resources, or the Governor’s designee.

(c) In cases of an emergency where the Governor, through the Department of Human Resources, determines that a rule, resolution, or regulation must be adopted immediately without prior notice or meeting with the certified provider organization, the Department of Human Resources or the Governor’s designee shall provide a notice and opportunity to meet and confer in good faith at the earliest practical time following the adoption of that rule, resolution, or regulation.

8439.5.

 (a) The powers and duties of the board described in Section 3541.3 of the Government Code, also apply, as appropriate, to this article. In implementing this article, the board shall rely on its existing regulations for the adjudication of unfair practice charges. The board may promulgate emergency regulations as necessary to effectuate its powers and duties under this article.

(b) The initial determination as to whether the charges of unfair practices are justified and, if so, what remedy is necessary to effectuate the purposes of this article, shall be a matter within the exclusive jurisdiction of the board, except that in an action to recover damages due to an unlawful strike, the board does not have authority to award strike-preparation expenses as damages, and does not have authority to award damages for costs, expenses, or revenue losses incurred during, or as a consequence of, an unlawful strike. Procedures for investigating, hearing, and deciding these cases shall be devised and promulgated by the board and shall include all the following:

(1) Any provider, provider organization, certified provider organization, the Department of Human Resources or the Governor’s designee, or the State Department of Social Services, the State Department of Education, or any state agency, department, political subdivision, contractor, or subcontractor, charged with the administration of any state-funded early care and education program, as defined in subdivision (f) of Section 8431, shall have the right to file an unfair practice charge, except that the board shall not do either of the following:

(A) Issue a complaint in respect of any charge based upon an alleged unfair practice occurring more than six months prior to the filing of the charge. This period may be tolled for the completion of the notice and cure requirements in Section 8439.

(B) Issue a complaint against conduct also prohibited by the provisions of the agreement between the parties until the grievance machinery of the agreement, if it exists and covers the matter at issue, has been exhausted, either by settlement or binding arbitration. However, when the charging party demonstrates that resort to contract grievance procedures would be futile, exhaustion shall not be necessary. The board has discretionary jurisdiction to review the settlement or arbitration award reached pursuant to the grievance machinery solely for the purpose of determining whether it is repugnant to the purposes of this article. If the board finds that the settlement or arbitration award is repugnant to the purposes of this article, it shall issue a complaint on the basis of a timely filed charge, and hear and decide the case on the merits. Otherwise, the board shall dismiss the charge. The board shall, in determining whether the charge was timely filed, consider the six-month limitation set forth in this subdivision to have been tolled during the time it took the charging party to exhaust the grievance machinery.

(2) The board does not have the authority to enforce agreements between the parties, and shall not issue a complaint on any charge based on alleged violation of any agreement that would not also constitute an unfair practice under this article.

(3) The board has the power to issue a decision and order directing an offending party to cease and desist from the unfair practice and to take such affirmative action as will effectuate the policies of this article.

(c) Any charging party, respondent, or intervenor aggrieved by a final decision or order of the board in an unfair practice case, except a decision of the board not to issue a complaint in such case, may petition for a writ of extraordinary relief from such decision or order.

(d) Such petition shall be filed in the district court of appeal in the appellate district where the unit determination or unfair practice dispute occurred. The petition shall be filed within 30 days after issuance of the board’s final order, order denying reconsideration, or order joining in the request for judicial review, as applicable. Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall cause notice to be served upon the board and thereupon shall have jurisdiction of the proceeding. The board shall file in the court the record of the proceeding, certified by the board, within 10 days after the clerk’s notice unless such time is extended by the court for good cause shown. The court shall have jurisdiction to grant to the board such temporary relief or restraining order it deems just and proper and in like manner to make and enter a decree enforcing, modifying, or setting aside the order of the board. The findings of the board with respect to questions of fact, including ultimate facts, if supported by substantial evidence on the record considered as a whole, are conclusive. The provisions of Title 1 (commencing with Section 1067) of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure relating to writs shall, except where specifically superseded herein, apply to proceedings commenced pursuant to this section.

(e) If the time to petition for extraordinary relief from a board decision has expired, the board may seek enforcement of any final decision or order in a district court of appeal or a superior court in the district where the unit determination or unfair practice case occurred. If, after hearing, the court determines that the order was issued pursuant to procedures established by the board and that the person or entity refused to comply with the order, the court shall enforce such order by writ of mandamus. The court shall not review the merits of the order.

8801.

 The Legislature finds and declares all of the following:

(a) A large and growing number of California’s children are not learning enough in school to prepare them for full economic, social, and civic participation in adult life, as evidenced by the following statistics:

(1) Each year, between 59,000 and 72,000 children are born exposed to drugs or alcohol.

(2) Currently 360,000 children are abused or neglected, according to the juvenile courts and county welfare departments.

(3) Each year, a substantial number of parents have their parental rights terminated by the courts.

(4) Seventy thousand children are presently placed with foster care because of parental abuse or neglect or delinquent behavior.

(5) Out of an average class of 30 high school sophomores, any eight pupils are on public assistance, any four speak no English, any eight are at least two years behind in reading and math, any three have grown up in public housing, any seven will not graduate, any three will be teen parents, and any seven will not be employable.

(6) Sixty-one thousand children receive mental health services annually.

(7) One million one hundred thousand children go to bed hungry every night.

(b) The quality of life for all Californians is affected by these conditions. These children, and often the children they have, impose heavy costs on taxpayers by requiring special services, income assistance, or incarceration or institutionalization. They are a burden on the capacity of the state’s economy to produce adequate revenues and an adequate tax base.

(c) The causes of the problems children face are complex and interdependent. Many families, especially those affected by poverty, fail to provide the physical, emotional, and intellectual support needed to ensure that their children are ready for school. Many neighborhoods and larger communities lack the resources or organization to support children. The schools’ support services either are not effective or have not effectively serviced a large enough percentage of at-promise children.

(d) Because children spend so much of their time at school, schools have been increasingly asked to provide a wide range of health and social services to children, and many have attempted to help parents as well. The capacity of schools to undertake these roles must be increased.

(e) However, this service capacity should not be increased through conventional, categorical approaches. Services to children and their families can be most effectively provided through consortia which include schools, other health and human service providers, parents, and community groups. Collaboration is necessary and more effective because the goals of school and community services are interdependent, fragmentation of existing state and local services otherwise inhibits their effectiveness, and community-based services offer resources and competence that schools do not have. Both the state and counties must develop policies and incentives to improve collaboration at the local level.

(f) Therefore, it is the intent of the Legislature that by implementing the Healthy Start Support Services for Children Act, children in need of assistance to overcome the barriers to healthy, productive lives be given assistance in all of the following ways:

(1) By creating a learning environment that is optimally responsive to the physical, emotional, and intellectual needs of each child.

(2) By fostering interagency collaboration and communication at the local level to more efficiently and effectively deliver human support services to children and their families.

(3) By encouraging the full use of existing agencies, professional personnel, and public and private funds to ensure that children are ready and able to learn, and to prevent duplication of services and unnecessary expenditures.

(4) By encouraging the development of a local interagency oversight mechanism that includes a records system to evaluate cost and effectiveness, and the development of a process of self-assessment of those records and the way in which they are used, to improve the effectiveness of services.

14002.

 (a)  Notwithstanding any other law, upon certification of the Superintendent pursuant to Sections 41330, 41332, and 41335, any amount necessary to meet the requirements of programs specified in subdivision (b) during each fiscal year is hereby continuously appropriated from the General Fund to Section A of the State School Fund for allocation by the Controller.

(b) Programs included for purposes of this section are all of the following:

(1) Chapter 12.5 (commencing with Section 2574) of Part 2.

(2) Section 41544.

(3) Article 2 (commencing with Section 42238) of Chapter 7 of Part 24 of Division 3 of Title 2.

(4) Section 47663.

(5) Article 7 (commencing with Section 48300) of Chapter 2 of Part 27 of Division 4 of Title 2.

(6) Article 10 (commencing with Section 48350) of Chapter 2 of Part 27 of Division 4 of Title 2.

(c) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, if, for an upcoming fiscal year, the total amount necessary to meet the requirements of the programs specified in subdivision (b) is projected to be in excess of 89 percent of the General Fund and Education Protection Account revenues and allocated proceeds of taxes that are necessary to meet the requirements of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, excluding appropriations made to the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges for allocation to community college districts, then before the enactment of the annual Budget Act for that fiscal year, the Director of Finance may reduce the following to a percentage equal to or greater than the projected growth rate of the minimum amount necessary to meet the requirements of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, but not less than zero:

(A) The adjustments required pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of Section 2574, subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) of Section 2574, subdivision (b) of Section 2575.1, paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 42238.02, and Section 42287.

(B) The inflation or cost-of-living adjustment otherwise authorized or required for all of the following programs:

(i) Subdivision (b) of Section 8265.

(ii) Subdivision (c) of Section 49536.

(iii) Subdivision (f) of Section 56836.08.

(iv) Subdivision (d) of Section 17581.6 of the Government Code.

(2) The percentage reductions made pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall be no less than the percentage reductions made pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1).

(3) This subdivision shall not be construed to change the adjustment identified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 42238.02 for a prior fiscal year.

(4) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code, the Director of Finance shall report to the Legislature, consistent with Section 9795 of the Government Code, before the enactment of the annual Budget Act each fiscal year any amounts or percentages reduced from inflation or cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to paragraph (1) for the upcoming fiscal year.

17070.15.

 For purposes of this chapter, the following terms have the following meanings, unless a different meaning appears from the context:

(a) “Apportionment” means a reservation of funds for the purpose of eligible new construction, modernization, or hardship approved by the board for an applicant school district.

(b) “Attendance area” means the geographical area serving an existing high school and those junior high schools and elementary schools included therein.

(c) “Board” means the State Allocation Board as established by Section 15490 of the Government Code.

(d) “Committee” means the State School Building Finance Committee established pursuant to Section 15909.

(e) “County fund” means a county school facilities fund established pursuant to Section 17070.43.

(f) “Department” means the Department of General Services.

(g) “Fund” means the applicable 1998 State School Facilities Fund, the 2002 State School Facilities Fund, or the 2004 State School Facilities Fund, established pursuant to Section 17070.40.

(h) “Good repair” has the same meaning as specified in subdivision (d) of Section 17002.

(i) “Modernization” means any modification of a permanent structure that is at least 25 years old, or in the case of a portable classroom, that is at least 20 years old, that will enhance the ability of the structure to achieve educational purposes.

(j) “Portable classroom” means a classroom building of one or more stories that is designed and constructed to be relocatable and transportable over public streets, and with respect to a single story portable classroom, is designed and constructed for relocation without the separation of the roof or floor from the building and when measured at the most exterior walls, has a floor area not in excess of 2,000 square feet.

(k) “Property” includes all property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, or any interest therein necessary or desirable for carrying out the purposes of this chapter.

(l) “School building capacity” means the capacity of a school building to house pupils.

(m) “School district” means a school district or a county office of education. For purposes of determining eligibility under this chapter, “school district” may also mean a high school attendance area.

17070.51.

 (a) If any certified eligibility or funding application related information is found to have been falsely certified by school districts, architects, or design professionals, hereinafter referred to as a material inaccuracy, the Office of Public School Construction shall notify the board.

(b) The board shall impose the following penalties if an apportionment and fund release has been made based upon information in the project application or related materials that constitutes a material inaccuracy.

(1) Pursuant to a repayment schedule that is approved by the board of no more than five years, the school district shall repay to the board, for deposit into the 1998 State School Facilities Fund, the 2002 State School Facilities Fund, or the 2004 State School Facilities Fund, as the case may be, an amount proportionate to the additional funding received as a result of the material inaccuracy including interest at the rate paid on moneys in the Pooled Money Investment Account or at the highest rate of interest for the most recent issue of state general obligation bonds as established pursuant to the Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 16720), of Part 3 of Division 4 of Title 2 of the Government Code, whichever is greater.

(2) The board shall prohibit the school district from self-certifying certain project information for any subsequent applications for project funding for a period of up to five years following the date of the finding of a material inaccuracy or until the district’s repayment of the entire amount owed under paragraph (1). Although a school district that is subject to this paragraph may not self-certify, the school district shall not be prohibited from applying for state funding under this chapter. The board shall establish an alternative method for state or independent certification of compliance that shall be applicable in these cases. The process shall include, but shall not be limited to, procedures for payment by the school district of any increased costs associated with the alternative certification process.

(c) For school districts found to have provided material inaccuracies when a funding apportionment has occurred, but no fund release has been made, the board shall direct its staff to reduce the apportionment as necessary to reflect the actual nature of the project and to disregard the inaccurate information or material, and paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) shall apply.

(d) For those school districts found to have provided material inaccuracies when no funding apportionment or fund release has been made, the inaccurate information or materials shall not be considered, and paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) applies. The project may continue if the application, minus the inaccurate materials, is still complete.

17219.

 (a) Whenever a school district acquires or has acquired a site for school purposes, as determined by the State Allocation Board, and does not use the site within (1) five years of the date of acquisition for the kindergarten, if any, and any of grades 1 to 8, inclusive, maintained by an elementary school district or a unified school district, or, (2) seven years of the date of acquisition for any of grades 7 to 12, inclusive, maintained by a high school district or a unified school district, or if a school district has a site at any grade level that has previously been used but has not been used for school purposes within the preceding five years, the school district shall be subject to nonuse payments, unless the State Allocation Board, from time to time, makes a determination that the school district will utilize the property for the purpose for which it was intended within a reasonable period of time, in a specific amount for each additional year in which the site is retained and not used by the district beyond the foregoing specified periods, except the first additional year shall be deemed to end not earlier than April 30, 1973.

(b) Payment shall not be required under this section as to any site having a value of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) or less. Commencing on January 1, 1988, and annually thereafter, the State Allocation Board shall increase this exemption figure by the amount of the current fiscal year inflation adjustment specified in Section 42238.1, if any.

(c) The payments required shall be computed by the Executive Officer of the State Allocation Board and certified to the Controller, and payments shall be equal to one one-hundredth (1/100) of the original purchase price of the site modified by either a factor reflecting the change in assessed value of all lands in the state from the date of purchase of the site to the current date or any other factor that in the determination of the State Allocation Board is applicable to the site under consideration.

(d) Whenever the State Allocation Board has determined that a school district in good faith has, within the preceding year, advertised the schoolsite for sale to the highest bidder pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 (commencing with Section 17455) of Chapter 4 of Part 10.5 and has received no bids that in the judgment of the State Allocation Board reflect the fair market value of the property, the Executive Officer of the State Allocation Board shall not compute any nonuse payments for the site for a period of one year beyond the date of the determination.

(e) Nonuse payments shall not be required for any year with respect to a schoolsite that for one-half or more of the number of days of that year has been utilized for any of the following purposes:

(1) By the school district, or by any other governmental entity pursuant to agreement with the school district, for school purposes, for use as a civic center, or for community playground, playing field, or other outdoor recreational purposes. For purposes of this paragraph, “civic center” means a site used for one or more of the purposes described in Section 40041.

(2) By the State Allocation Board, pursuant to agreement with the school district, for the storage of emergency portable classrooms.

(3) By the school district, or by any other public or private entity pursuant to agreement with the school district, for the operation of a child care program.

(f) Nonuse payments shall not be required for any year with respect to a schoolsite that was leased at least one-half of the days in that year in a manner that subjected the site to property taxes equal to the taxes that would have been paid if the site had been sold.

38134.

 (a) (1) The governing board of a school district shall authorize the use of school facilities or grounds under its control by a nonprofit organization, or by a club or an association organized to promote youth and school activities, including, but not necessarily limited to, any of the following:

(A) The Girl Scouts; the Boy Scouts; Camp Fire USA; or the YMCA.

(B) A parent-teacher association.

(C) A school-community advisory council.

(D) A recreational youth sports league that charges participants no more than a nominal fee. As used in this subparagraph, “nominal fee” means an average of no more than sixty dollars ($60) per month.

(2) This subdivision does not apply to a group that uses school facilities or grounds for fundraising activities that are not beneficial to youth or public school activities of the school district, as determined by the governing board of the school district.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by law, a governing board of a school district may charge an amount not to exceed its direct costs for use of its school facilities or grounds pursuant to this section. A governing board of a school district that levies these charges shall first adopt a policy specifying which activities shall be charged an amount not to exceed direct costs.

(c) The governing board of a school district may charge an amount, not to exceed its direct costs for use of its school facilities or grounds by the entity using the school facilities or grounds, including a religious organization or church, that arranges for and supervises sports league activities for youths as described in paragraph (6) of subdivision (b) of Section 38131.

(d) The governing board of a school district that authorizes the use of school facilities or grounds for the purpose specified in paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 38131 shall charge the church or religious organization an amount at least equal to the school district’s direct costs.

(e) In the case of entertainment or a meeting where an admission fee is charged or contributions are solicited, and the net receipts are not expended for the welfare of the pupils of the school district or for charitable purposes, a charge equal to fair rental value shall be levied for the use of the school facilities or grounds.

(f) If the use of school facilities or grounds under this section results in the destruction of school property, the entity using the school facilities or grounds may be charged for an amount necessary to repay the damages, and further use of the facilities or grounds by that entity may be denied.

(g) As used in this section:

(1) “Direct costs” to the school district for the use of school facilities or grounds includes all of the following:

(A) The share of the costs of supplies, utilities, janitorial services, services of school district employees, and salaries paid to school district employees directly associated with the administration of this section to operate and maintain school facilities or grounds that is proportional to the entity’s use of the school facilities or grounds under this section.

(B) The share of the costs for maintenance, repair, restoration, and refurbishment, proportional to the use of the school facilities or grounds by the entity using the school facilities or grounds under this section as follows:

(i) For purposes of this subparagraph, “school facilities” shall be limited to only nonclassroom space, and “school grounds” shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, playing fields, athletic fields, track and field venues, tennis courts, and outdoor basketball courts.

(ii) The share of the cost for maintenance, repair, restoration, and refurbishment shall not apply to:

(I) Classroom-based programs that operate after school hours, including, but not necessarily limited to, after school programs, tutoring programs, or childcare programs.

(II) Organizations retained by the school or school district to provide instruction or instructional activities to pupils during school hours.

(iii) Funds collected under this subparagraph shall be deposited into a special fund that shall only be used for purposes of this section.

(2) “Fair rental value” means the direct costs to the school district plus the amortized costs of the school facilities or grounds used for the duration of the activity authorized.

(h) By December 31, 2013, the Superintendent shall develop, and the state board shall adopt, regulations to be used by a school district in determining the proportionate share and the specific allowable costs that a school district may include as direct costs for the use of its school facilities or grounds.

(i) (1) A school district authorizing the use of school facilities or grounds under subdivision (a) is liable for an injury resulting from the negligence of the school district in the ownership and maintenance of the school facilities or grounds. An entity using school facilities or grounds under this section is liable for an injury resulting from the negligence of that entity during the use of the school facilities or grounds. The school district and the entity using the school facilities or grounds under this section shall each bear the cost of insuring against its respective risks, and shall each bear the costs of defending itself against claims arising from those risks.

(2) Notwithstanding any other law, this subdivision shall not be waived. This subdivision does not limit or affect the immunity or liability of a school district under Division 3.6 (commencing with Section 810) of Title 1 of the Government Code for injuries caused by a dangerous condition of public property.

(j) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2025, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2025, deletes or extends that date.

41207.47.

 (a) (1) The sum of two hundred eighty-two million two hundred thirty-seven thousand dollars ($282,237,000) is hereby appropriated in the 2019–20 fiscal year from the General Fund to the Controller for allocation to school districts and community colleges for purposes of reducing the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution for the 2009–10, 2011–12, 2013–14, 2014–15, and 2016–17 fiscal years.

(2) The amount appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be allocated to school districts and community college districts, as described in subdivision (a) of Section 41203.1, in accordance with the following:

(A) Ninety-eight million four hundred fifty-four thousand dollars ($98,454,000) to the Controller for allocation by the Superintendent pursuant to Section 42238.02.

(B) Thirteen million four hundred eighty-six thousand dollars ($13,486,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to community college districts for deferred maintenance, instructional materials, and other activities, as specified in subdivisions (a) and (b) of Provision 22 of Item 6870-101-0001 of the Budget Act of 2018 (Chapter 29 of the Statutes of 2018 (Senate Bill 840 of the 2017–18 Regular Session)). These funds shall be available for one-time use until June 30, 2021.

(C) Four hundred thirty-eight thousand dollars ($438,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to community college districts for the California Community Colleges Strong Workforce Program, as specified in subdivision (b) of Provision 13 of Item 6870-101-0001 of the Budget Act of 2018.

(D) Two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to support expansion of veteran resource centers at the following community colleges, provided that the colleges commit to meeting or making progress towards meeting the minimum standards developed by the Office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges:

(i) One million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) shall be allocated to MiraCosta College.

(ii) One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be allocated to Norco College.

(E) Two million four hundred thousand dollars ($2,400,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to support the creation of a basic needs and veteran resource center at Sacramento City College.

(F) Four million five hundred thousand dollars ($4,500,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to support the improvement of workforce development programs at the following colleges:

(i) One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be allocated to Modesto Junior College.

(ii) One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be allocated to Bakersfield College.

(iii) One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be allocated to Fresno City College.

(iv) One million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be allocated to San Bernardino Valley College.

(v) Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) shall be allocated to Norco College.

(G) One million dollars ($1,000,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to support startup funds to implement a construction trades program in the Counties of Lake and Mendocino at Mendocino College.

(H) Three million nine hundred thousand dollars ($3,900,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to community colleges to address student hunger needs pursuant to Section 66027.8 and student basic needs.

(I) Three million five hundred thousand dollars ($3,500,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to provide support for a one-time reentry grant program.

(J) One million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to support implementation of the California Community College Teacher Credentialing Partnership Pilot Act pursuant to Chapter 603 of the Statutes of 2018 (Senate Bill 577 of the 2017–18 Regular Session).

(K) Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to community college districts for a systemwide assessment of college-based food programs.

(L) One million dollars ($1,000,000) for transfer by the Controller to Section B of the State School Fund for allocation by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to Palo Verde College to support the development of a childcare center.

(M) One hundred forty-nine million fifty-nine thousand dollars ($149,059,000) to the Controller for allocation by the Superintendent pursuant to Section 42238.02 to offset moneys from the General Fund paid to the San Francisco Unified School District and San Francisco County Office of Education as a result of a miscalculation of offsetting property tax revenues in the 2016–17 fiscal year.

(b) (1) For purposes of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, of the amount appropriated pursuant to subdivision (a), thirty million five hundred thirty-seven thousand dollars ($30,537,000) shall be applied to the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts, pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, for the 2009–10 fiscal year, and shall be deemed to be appropriations made and allocated in that fiscal year in which the deficiencies resulting in the outstanding balance were incurred.

(2) For purposes of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, of the amount appropriated pursuant to subdivision (a), forty-seven million six hundred nineteen thousand dollars ($47,619,000) shall be applied to the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts, pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, for the 2011–12 fiscal year, and shall be deemed to be appropriations made and allocated in that fiscal year in which the deficiencies resulting in the outstanding balance were incurred.

(3) For purposes of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, of the amount appropriated pursuant to subdivision (a), one hundred seventy-one million nine hundred thirty-seven thousand dollars ($171,937,000) shall be applied to the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts, pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, for the 2013–14 fiscal year, and shall be deemed to be appropriations made and allocated in that fiscal year in which the deficiencies resulting in the outstanding balance were incurred.

(4) For purposes of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, of the amount appropriated pursuant to subdivision (a), thirty-one million five hundred eleven thousand dollars ($31,511,000) shall be applied to the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts, pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, for the 2014–15 fiscal year, and shall be deemed to be appropriations made and allocated in that fiscal year in which the deficiencies resulting in the outstanding balance were incurred.

(5) For purposes of Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, of the amount appropriated pursuant to subdivision (a), six hundred thirty-three thousand dollars ($633,000) shall be applied to the outstanding balance of the minimum funding obligation to school districts and community college districts, pursuant to Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, for the 2016–17 fiscal year, and shall be deemed to be appropriations made and allocated in that fiscal year in which the deficiencies resulting in the outstanding balance were incurred.

41580.

 (a) The sum of two hundred million dollars ($200,000,000) is hereby appropriated from the General Fund to the Superintendent for transfer by the Controller to Section A of the State School Fund for allocation by the Superintendent to establish the College Readiness Block Grant in the manner and for the purposes set forth in this section.

(b) The College Readiness Block Grant is hereby established for the purposes of providing California’s high school pupils, particularly unduplicated pupils as defined in Sections 42238.01 and 42238.02, additional supports to increase the number of pupils who enroll at institutions of higher education and complete an undergraduate degree within four years.

(c) The Superintendent shall allocate an equal amount per unduplicated pupil enrolled in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, during the 2015–16 fiscal year to school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools. A school district, county office of education, or charter school serving at least one unduplicated pupil in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, during the 2015–16 fiscal year shall receive a total allocation of not less than seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000). A school district, county office of education, or charter school is eligible for an allocation pursuant to this subdivision only for unduplicated pupils, as defined in Sections 42238.01 and 42238.02, attending a school that is currently accredited or in the process of obtaining accreditation from the Accrediting Commission for Schools, Western Association of Schools and Colleges. These funds are available for expenditure or encumbrance through the 2018–19 fiscal year.

(d) Block grant funds apportioned to eligible local educational agencies shall be used for activities that directly support pupil access and successful matriculation to institutions of higher education. Eligible activities may include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Providing teachers, administrators, and counselors with professional development opportunities to improve pupil A–G course completion rates, pupil college-going rates, and college readiness of pupils, including providing for the development of honors and Advanced Placement courses.

(2) Beginning or increasing counseling services to pupils and their families regarding college admission requirements and financial aid programs.

(3) Developing or purchasing materials that support college readiness, including materials that support high performance on assessments required for admittance to a postsecondary educational institution.

(4) Developing comprehensive advising plans to support pupil completion of A–G course requirements.

(5) Implementing collaborative partnerships between high schools and postsecondary educational institutions that support pupil transition to postsecondary education, including, but not limited to, strengthening existing partnerships with the University of California and the California State University to establish early academic outreach and college preparatory programs.

(6) Providing subsidies to unduplicated pupils, as defined in Sections 42238.01 and 42238.02, to pay fees for taking Advanced Placement examinations.

(7) Expanding access to coursework or other opportunities to satisfy A–G course requirements to all pupils, including, but not necessarily limited to, pupils enrolled in schools identified by the department as high schools with 75 percent or greater enrollment of unduplicated pupils, pursuant to subdivision (g). These opportunities may include, but shall not be limited to, new or expanded partnerships with other secondary or postsecondary educational institutions.

(e) As a condition for receiving funds under this article, a school district, county office of education, or charter school shall develop a plan describing how the funds will increase or improve services for unduplicated pupils to ensure college readiness. The plan shall include information regarding how it aligns with the school district’s local control and accountability plan required pursuant to Section 52060, the county superintendent of schools’ local control and accountability plan required pursuant to Section 52066, or the charter school’s local control and accountability plan required pursuant to Section 47605 or 47605.6 and Section 47606.5. The plan shall also include a description of the extent to which all pupils within the school district, county office of education, or charter school, particularly unduplicated pupils, as defined in Sections 42238.01 and 42238.02, will have access to A–G courses approved by the University of California. In order to ensure community and stakeholder input, the plan shall be discussed at a regularly scheduled meeting by the governing board of the school district, county board of education, or governing body of the charter school and adopted at a subsequent regularly scheduled meeting.

(f) As a condition for receiving funds under this article, grant recipients shall report to the Superintendent by January 1, 2017, on how they will measure the impact of the funds received on their unduplicated pupils’ access and successful matriculation to institutions of higher education, as identified within their plan. The department shall compile the information reported pursuant to this subdivision and submit a report to the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature on or before April 30, 2017, and shall update the state board on the contents of that report at a regularly scheduled meeting of the state board.

(g) The Superintendent shall annually post on the department’s internet website a list of each school with a percentage of unduplicated pupils in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, of at least 75 percent of the school’s total enrollment in grades 9 to 12, inclusive.

(h) For purposes of making the computations required by Section 8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, the appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall be deemed to be “General Fund revenues appropriated for school districts,” as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 41202, for the 2015–16 fiscal year, and included within the “total allocations to school districts and community college districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes appropriated pursuant to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision (e) of Section 41202, for the 2015–16 fiscal year.

42238.02.

 (a) The amount computed pursuant to this section shall be known as the school district and charter school local control funding formula.

(b) (1) For purposes of this section “unduplicated pupil” means a pupil enrolled in a school district or a charter school who is either classified as an English learner, eligible for a free or reduced-price meal, or is a foster youth. A pupil shall be counted only once for purposes of this section if any of the following apply:

(A) The pupil is classified as an English learner and is eligible for a free or reduced-price meal.

(B) The pupil is classified as an English learner and is a foster youth.

(C) The pupil is eligible for a free or reduced-price meal and is classified as a foster youth.

(D) The pupil is classified as an English learner, is eligible for a free or reduced-price meal, and is a foster youth.

(2) Under procedures and timeframes established by the Superintendent, commencing with the 2013–14 fiscal year, a school district or charter school shall annually submit its enrolled free and reduced-price meal eligibility, foster youth, and English learner pupil-level records for enrolled pupils to the Superintendent using the California Longitudinal Pupil Achievement Data System.

(3) (A) Commencing with the 2013–14 fiscal year, a county office of education shall review and validate certified aggregate English learner, foster youth, and free or reduced-price meal eligible pupil data for school districts and charter schools under its jurisdiction to ensure the data is reported accurately. The Superintendent shall provide each county office of education with appropriate access to school district and charter school data reports in the California Longitudinal Pupil Achievement Data System for purposes of ensuring data reporting accuracy.

(B) The Controller shall include the instructions necessary to enforce paragraph (2) in the audit guide required by Section 14502.1. The instructions shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, procedures for determining if the English learner, foster youth, and free or reduced-price meal eligible pupil counts are consistent with the school district’s or charter school’s English learner, foster youth, and free or reduced-price meal eligible pupil records.

(4) The Superintendent shall make the calculations pursuant to this section using the data submitted by local educational agencies, including charter schools, through the California Longitudinal Pupil Achievement Data System. Under timeframes and procedures established by the Superintendent, school districts and charter schools may review and revise their submitted data on English learner, foster youth, and free or reduced-price meal eligible pupil counts to ensure the accuracy of data reflected in the California Longitudinal Pupil Achievement Data System.

(5) The Superintendent shall annually compute the percentage of unduplicated pupils for each school district and charter school by dividing the enrollment of unduplicated pupils in a school district or charter school by the total enrollment in that school district or charter school pursuant to all of the following:

(A) For the 2013–14 fiscal year, divide the sum of unduplicated pupils for the 2013–14 fiscal year by the sum of the total pupil enrollment for the 2013–14 fiscal year.

(B) For the 2014–15 fiscal year, divide the sum of unduplicated pupils for the 2013–14 and 2014–15 fiscal years by the sum of the total pupil enrollment for the 2013–14 and 2014–15 fiscal years.

(C) For the 2015–16 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, divide the sum of unduplicated pupils for the current fiscal year and the two prior fiscal years by the sum of the total pupil enrollment for the current fiscal year and the two prior fiscal years.

(D) (i) For purposes of the quotients determined pursuant to subparagraphs (B) and (C), the Superintendent shall use a school district’s or charter school’s enrollment of unduplicated pupils and total pupil enrollment in the 2014–15 fiscal year instead of the enrollment of unduplicated pupils and total pupil enrollment in the 2013–14 fiscal year if doing so would yield an overall greater percentage of unduplicated pupils.

(ii) It is the intent of the Legislature to review each school district and charter school’s enrollment of unduplicated pupils for the 2013–14 and 2014–15 fiscal years and provide one-time funding, if necessary, for a school district or charter school with higher enrollment of unduplicated pupils in the 2014–15 fiscal year as compared to the 2013–14 fiscal year.

(6) The data used to determine the percentage of unduplicated pupils shall be final once that data is no longer used in the current fiscal year calculation of the percentage of unduplicated pupils. This paragraph does not apply to a change that is the result of an audit that has been appealed pursuant to Section 41344.

(c) Commencing with the 2013–14 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, the Superintendent shall annually calculate a local control funding formula grant for each school district and charter school in the state pursuant to this section.

(d) The Superintendent shall compute a grade span adjusted base grant equal to the total of the following amounts:

(1) For the 2013–14 fiscal year, a base grant of:

(A) Six thousand eight hundred forty-five dollars ($6,845) for average daily attendance in kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive.

(B) Six thousand nine hundred forty-seven dollars ($6,947) for average daily attendance in grades 4 to 6, inclusive.

(C) Seven thousand one hundred fifty-four dollars ($7,154) for average daily attendance in grades 7 and 8.

(D) Eight thousand two hundred eighty-nine dollars ($8,289) for average daily attendance in grades 9 to 12, inclusive.

(2) In each year the grade span adjusted base grants in paragraph (1) shall be adjusted by the percentage change in the annual average value of the Implicit Price Deflator for State and Local Government Purchases of Goods and Services for the United States, as published by the United States Department of Commerce for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the prior fiscal year. This percentage change shall be determined using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year compared with the annual average value of the same deflator for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the second preceding fiscal year, using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year, as reported by the Department of Finance.

(3) (A) The Superintendent shall compute an additional adjustment to the kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, base grant as adjusted for inflation pursuant to paragraph (2) equal to 10.4 percent. The additional grant shall be calculated by multiplying the kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, base grant, as adjusted by paragraph (2), by 10.4 percent.

(B) Until paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 42238.03 is effective, as a condition of the receipt of funds in this paragraph, a school district shall make progress toward maintaining an average class enrollment of not more than 24 pupils for each schoolsite in kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, unless a collectively bargained alternative annual average class enrollment for each schoolsite in those grades is agreed to by the school district, pursuant to the following calculation:

(i) Determine a school district’s average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, in the prior year. For the 2013–14 fiscal year, this amount shall be the average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, in the 2012–13 fiscal year.

(ii) Determine a school district’s proportion of total need pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 42238.03.

(iii) Determine the percentage of the need calculated in clause (ii) that is met by funding provided to the school district pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 42238.03.

(iv) Determine the difference between the amount computed pursuant to clause (i) and an average class enrollment of not more than 24 pupils.

(v) Calculate a current year average class enrollment adjustment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, equal to the adjustment calculated in clause (iv) multiplied by the percentage determined pursuant to clause (iii).

(C) School districts that have an average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, of 24 pupils or less for each schoolsite in the 2012–13 fiscal year, shall be exempt from the requirements of subparagraph (B) so long as the school district continues to maintain an average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, of not more than 24 pupils, unless a collectively bargained alternative ratio is agreed to by the school district.

(D) Upon full implementation of the local control funding formula, as a condition of the receipt of funds in this paragraph, all school districts shall maintain an average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, of not more than 24 pupils for each schoolsite in kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, unless a collectively bargained alternative ratio is agreed to by the school district.

(E) The average class enrollment requirement for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, established pursuant to this paragraph shall not be subject to waiver by the state board pursuant to Section 33050 or by the Superintendent.

(F) The Controller shall include the instructions necessary to enforce this paragraph in the audit guide required by Section 14502.1. The instructions shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, procedures for determining if the average class enrollment for each schoolsite for kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, exceeds 24 pupils, or an alternative average class enrollment for each schoolsite pursuant to a collectively bargained alternative ratio. The procedures for determining average class enrollment for each schoolsite shall include criteria for employing sampling.

(4) The Superintendent shall compute an additional adjustment to the base grant for grades 9 to 12, inclusive, as adjusted for inflation pursuant to paragraph (2), equal to 2.6 percent. The additional grant shall be calculated by multiplying the base grant for grades 9 to 12, inclusive, as adjusted by paragraph (2), by 2.6 percent.

(e) The Superintendent shall compute a supplemental grant add-on equal to 20 percent of the base grants as specified in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d), as adjusted by paragraphs (2) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (d), for each school district’s or charter school’s percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b). The supplemental grant shall be calculated by multiplying the base grants as specified in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1), as adjusted by paragraphs (2) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (d), by 20 percent and by the percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in that school district or charter school. The supplemental grant shall be expended in accordance with the regulations adopted pursuant to Section 42238.07.

(f) (1) The Superintendent shall compute a concentration grant add-on equal to 50 percent of the base grants as specified in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d), as adjusted by paragraphs (2) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (d), for each school district’s or charter school’s percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent of the school district’s or charter school’s total enrollment. The concentration grant shall be calculated by multiplying the base grants as specified in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d), as adjusted by paragraphs (2) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (d), by 50 percent and by the percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent of the total enrollment in that school district or charter school.

(2) (A) For a charter school physically located in only one school district, the percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent used to calculate concentration grants shall not exceed the percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent of the school district in which the charter school is physically located. For a charter school physically located in more than one school district, the charter school’s percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent used to calculate concentration grants shall not exceed that of the school district with the highest percentage of unduplicated pupils calculated pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) in excess of 55 percent of the school districts in which the charter school has a school facility. The concentration grant shall be expended in accordance with the regulations adopted pursuant to Section 42238.07.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph and subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) of Section 42238.03, a charter school shall report its physical location to the department under timeframes established by the department. For a charter school authorized by a school district, the department shall include the authorizing school district in the department’s determination of physical location. For a charter school authorized on appeal pursuant to subdivision (k) of Section 47605, the department shall include the sponsoring school district in the department’s determination of physical location. The reported physical location of the charter school shall be considered final as of the second principal apportionment for that fiscal year. For purposes of this paragraph, the percentage of unduplicated pupils of the school district associated with the charter school pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be considered final as of the second principal apportionment for that fiscal year.

(g) The Superintendent shall compute an add-on to the total sum of a school district’s or charter school’s base, supplemental, and concentration grants equal to the amount of funding a school district or charter school received from funds allocated pursuant to the Targeted Instructional Improvement Block Grant program, as set forth in Article 6 (commencing with Section 41540) of Chapter 3.2, for the 2012–13 fiscal year, as that article read on January 1, 2013. A school district or charter school shall not receive a total funding amount from this add-on greater than the total amount of funding received by the school district or charter school from that program in the 2012–13 fiscal year. The amount computed pursuant to this subdivision shall reflect the reduction specified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 42238.03.

(h) (1) The Superintendent shall compute an add-on to the total sum of a school district’s or charter school’s base, supplemental, and concentration grants equal to the amount of funding a school district or charter school received from funds allocated pursuant to the Home-to-School Transportation program, as set forth in former Article 2 (commencing with Section 39820) of Chapter 1 of Part 23.5, former Article 10 (commencing with Section 41850) of Chapter 5, and the Small School District Transportation program, as set forth in former Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 42290), as those articles read on January 1, 2013, for the 2012–13 fiscal year. A school district or charter school shall not receive a total funding amount from this add-on greater than the total amount received by the school district or charter school for those programs in the 2012–13 fiscal year. The amount computed pursuant to this subdivision shall reflect the reduction specified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 42238.03.

(2) If a home-to-school transportation joint powers agency, established pursuant to Article 1 (commencing with Section 6500) of Chapter 5 of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code for purposes of providing pupil transportation, received an apportionment directly from the Superintendent from any of the funding sources specified in paragraph (1) for the 2012–13 fiscal year, the joint powers agency may identify the member local educational agencies and transfer entitlement to that funding to any of those member local educational agencies by reporting to the Superintendent, on or before September 30, 2015, the reassignment of a specified amount of the joint powers agency’s 2012–13 fiscal year entitlement to the member local educational agency. Commencing with the 2015–16 fiscal year, the Superintendent shall compute an add-on to the total sum of a school district’s or charter school’s base, supplemental, and concentration grants equal to the amount of the entitlement to funding transferred by the joint powers agency to the member school district or charter school.

(i) (1) The sum of the local control funding formula rates computed pursuant to subdivisions (c) to (f), inclusive, shall be multiplied by:

(A) For school districts, the average daily attendance of the school district in the corresponding grade level ranges computed pursuant to Section 42238.05, excluding the average daily attendance computed pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 42238.05 for purposes of the computation specified in subdivision (d).

(B) For charter schools, the total current year average daily attendance in the corresponding grade level ranges.

(2) The amount computed pursuant to Article 4 (commencing with Section 42280) shall be added to the amount computed pursuant to paragraphs (1) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (d), as multiplied by subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1), as appropriate.

(j) The Superintendent shall adjust the sum of each school district’s or charter school’s amount determined in subdivisions (g) to (i), inclusive, pursuant to the calculation specified in Section 42238.03, less the sum of the following:

(1) (A) For school districts, the property tax revenue received pursuant to Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 75) and Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 95) of Part 0.5 of Division 1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(B) For charter schools, the in-lieu property tax amount provided to a charter school pursuant to Section 47635.

(2) The amount, if any, received pursuant to Part 18.5 (commencing with Section 38101) of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(3) The amount, if any, received pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 16140) of Part 1 of Division 4 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

(4) Prior years’ taxes and taxes on the unsecured roll.

(5) Fifty percent of the amount received pursuant to Section 41603.

(6) The amount, if any, received pursuant to the Community Redevelopment Law (Part 1 (commencing with Section 33000) of Division 24 of the Health and Safety Code), less any amount received pursuant to Section 33401 or 33676 of the Health and Safety Code that is used for land acquisition, facility construction, reconstruction, or remodeling, or deferred maintenance and that is not an amount received pursuant to Section 33492.15, or paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of Section 33607.5, or Section 33607.7 of the Health and Safety Code that is allocated exclusively for educational facilities.

(7) The amount, if any, received pursuant to Sections 34177, 34179.5, 34179.6, 34183, and 34188 of the Health and Safety Code.

(8) Revenue received pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) of Section 36 of Article XIII of the California Constitution.

(k) A school district shall annually transfer to each of its charter schools funding in lieu of property taxes pursuant to Section 47635.

(l) (1) This section shall not be interpreted to authorize a school district that receives funding on behalf of a charter school pursuant to Section 47651 to redirect this funding for another purpose unless otherwise authorized in law pursuant to paragraph (2) or pursuant to an agreement between the charter school and its chartering authority.

(2) A school district that received funding on behalf of a locally funded charter school in the 2012–13 fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 42605, Section 42606, and subdivision (b) of Section 47634.1, as those sections read on January 1, 2013, or a school district that was required to pass through funding to a conversion charter school in the 2012–13 fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 42606, as that section read on January 1, 2013, may annually redirect for another purpose a percentage of the amount of the funding received on behalf of that charter school. The percentage of funding that may be redirected shall be determined pursuant to the following computation:

(A) (i) Determine the sum of the need fulfilled for that charter school pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 42238.03 in the then current fiscal year for the charter school.

(ii) Determine the sum of the need fulfilled in every fiscal year before the then current fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 42238.03 adjusted for changes in average daily attendance pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 42238.03 for the charter school.

(iii) Subtract the amount computed pursuant to paragraphs (1) to (3), inclusive, of subdivision (a) of Section 42238.03 from the amount computed for that charter school under the local control funding formula entitlement computed pursuant to subdivision (i) of this section.

(iv) Compute a percentage by dividing the sum of the amounts computed pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) by the amount computed pursuant to clause (iii).

(B) Multiply the percentage computed pursuant to subparagraph (A) by the amount of funding the school district received on behalf of the charter school in the 2012–13 fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 42605, Section 42606, and subdivision (b) of Section 47634.1, as those sections read on January 1, 2013.

(C) The maximum amount that may be redirected shall be the lesser of the amount of funding the school district received on behalf of the charter school in the 2012–13 fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 42605, Section 42606, and subdivision (b) of Section 47634.1, as those sections read on January 1, 2013, or the amount computed pursuant to subparagraph (B).

(3) Commencing with the 2013–14 fiscal year, a school district operating one or more affiliated charter schools shall provide each affiliated charter school schoolsite with no less than the amount of funding the schoolsite received pursuant to the charter school block grant in the 2012–13 fiscal year.

(m) Any calculations in law that are used for purposes of determining if a local educational agency is an excess tax school entity or basic aid school district, including, but not limited to, this section and Sections 42238.03, 41544, 47632, 47660, 47663, 48310, and 48359.5, and Section 95 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, shall be made exclusive of the revenue received pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) of Section 36 of Article XIII of the California Constitution.

(n) The funds apportioned pursuant to this section and Section 42238.03 shall be available to implement the activities required pursuant to Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 52059.5) of Chapter 6.1 of Part 28 of Division 4.

(o) A school district that does not receive an apportionment of state funds pursuant to this section, as implemented pursuant to Section 42238.03, excluding funds apportioned pursuant to the requirements of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 42238.03, shall be considered a “basic aid school district” or an “excess tax entity.”

44212.

 (a)  The Regents of the University of California, the Trustees of the California State University, the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges, and the Association of Independent California Colleges and Universities shall each appoint a representative to serve as an ex officio member without a vote in proceedings of the commission.

(b) The ex officio members shall not vote in the proceedings of the commission or in any of its committees or subcommittees, except, by a majority vote of the commission, ex officio members may be permitted to vote in committees or subcommittees in order to establish a quorum or as otherwise determined by majority vote of the commission.

44253.10.

 (a) A teacher with a basic teaching credential may be assigned to provide specially designed content instruction delivered in English, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 44253.2, to limited-English-proficient pupils only if both of the following conditions are met:

(1) The teacher, as of January 1, 1999, is a permanent employee of a school district, county office of education, or school administered under the authority of the Superintendent, or was previously a permanent employee and then was employed in a school district within 39 months of the previous permanent status, or has been employed in a school district with an average daily attendance of not more than 250 for at least two years.

(2) The teacher completes 45 clock hours of staff development in methods of specially designed content instruction delivered in English before January 1, 2008. The extension of the date by which a teacher is required to complete this staff development shall not be construed as authorizing teachers to teach limited-English-proficient pupils without a certificate issued pursuant to this section or Sections 44253.3 and 44253.4.

(b) (1) The commission, in consultation with the Superintendent, shall establish guidelines for the provision of staff development pursuant to this section. The commission and the Superintendent shall use their best efforts to establish these guidelines as soon as possible, but not later than January 1, 1996. Staff development pursuant to this section shall be consistent with the commission’s guidelines.

(2) To ensure the highest standards of program quality and effectiveness, the guidelines shall include quality standards for the persons who train others to perform staff development training and for those who provide the training. The guidelines may require that teachers who qualify to provide instruction pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) include a portion, within the total 45 clock hours of training provided pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a), in English language development.

(3) The guidelines for training to meet the requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) may provide for 20 hours, or fewer hours as the commission may specify, of training in any aspect of English language development or specially designed content instruction delivered in English.

(4) The guidelines shall require that the staff development offered pursuant to this section be aligned to the teacher preparation leading to the issuance of a certificate pursuant to Section 44253.3 and any amendments made to that section. This alignment, however, shall not result in any increase in the number of hours of staff development necessary to meet the requirements of this section.

(5) The guidelines and standards established by the commission to implement this section shall require and maintain compliance with any requirements mandated by federal law for purposes of assuring continued federal financial assistance.

(6) The commission shall review staff development programs in relation to the guidelines and standards established pursuant to this section. The review shall include all programs offered pursuant to this section except programs previously approved pursuant to subdivision (c). If the commission finds that a program meets the applicable guidelines and standards, the commission shall forward a report of its findings to the chief executive officer of the sponsoring school district, county office of education, or regionally accredited college or university. If the commission finds that a program does not meet the applicable guidelines or standards, or both, the report of the commission shall specify the areas of noncompliance and the time period in which a second review shall occur. If a second review of a program by the commission reveals a pattern of continued noncompliance with the applicable guidelines or standards, or both, the sponsoring agency shall not offer the program to teachers who have not already enrolled in it. The effective date for commission approval of staff development programs not currently approved as of January 1, 2000, shall be on or before January 1, 2002, except for persons already enrolled in programs by January 1, 2002.

(7) By December 4, 2007, the commission shall report to the Legislature on the status of the 45-hour and the 90-hour alternative programs, including the strengths and weaknesses of the process and programs. In preparing the report, the commission shall include a summary of its review pursuant to paragraph (6) of the staff development programs.

(c) The staff development may be sponsored by any school district, county office of education, or regionally accredited college or university that meets the standards included in the guidelines established pursuant to subdivision (b) or any organization that meets those standards and is approved by the commission. Any equivalent three semester unit or four quarter unit class may be taken by the teacher at a regionally accredited college or university to satisfy the staff development requirement described in either subdivision (a) or (d), or both. Once the commission has made a determination that a college or university class is equivalent, no further review of the class shall be required pursuant to paragraph (6) of subdivision (b), regardless of the date of the initial review.

(d) (1) A teacher who completes the staff development described in subdivision (a) shall be awarded a certificate of completion of staff development in methods of specially designed content instruction delivered in English.

(2) A teacher who completes the staff development described in subdivision (a) may provide specially designed content instruction delivered in English, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 44253.2, and instruction for English language development, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 44253.2, in any departmentalized teaching assignment consistent with the authorization of the teacher’s basic credential. This authorization also applies to teachers who completed the required staff development before January 1, 2000.

(3) A teacher who completes the staff development described in subdivision (a) shall not be assigned to provide content instruction delivered in the pupil’s primary language, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 44253.2.

(4) A teacher who completes the staff development described in subdivision (a) may be assigned to provide instruction for English language development, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 44253.2, in a self-contained classroom under either of the following circumstances:

(A) The teacher has taught for at least nine years in California public schools, certifies that the teacher has had experience or training in teaching limited-English-proficient pupils, and authorizes verification by the entity that issues the certificate of completion. The teacher shall be awarded a certificate of completion in methods of instruction for English language development in a self-contained classroom.

(B) The teacher has taught for less than nine years in California public schools, or has taught for at least nine years in California public schools but is unable to certify that the teacher has had experience or training in teaching limited-English-proficient pupils, but has, within three years of completing the staff development described in subdivision (a), completed an additional 45 hours of staff development, including specially designed content instruction delivered in English and English language development training, as set forth in the guidelines developed pursuant to subdivision (b). Upon completion of this additional staff development, the teacher shall be awarded a certificate of completion in methods of instruction for English language development in a self-contained classroom.

(e) During the period in which a teacher is pursuing the training specified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) or subdivision (d), or both, including the period for the assessment and awarding of the certificate, the teacher may be provisionally assigned to provide instruction for English language development, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 44253.2, or to provide specially designed content instruction delivered in English, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 44253.2.

(f) (1) A teacher who completes the staff development with any provider specified in subdivision (c), and who meets the requirements of subdivision (a) or (d) for a certificate of completion of staff development in methods of specially designed content instruction delivered in English or English language development in a self-contained classroom, or both, shall be issued the certificate or certificates.

(2) A teacher who completes a staff development program in methods of specially designed content instruction delivered in English or English language development in a self-contained classroom, or both, who has been determined by the commission to meet the applicable guidelines and standards pursuant to paragraph (6) of subdivision (b), shall receive a certificate or certificates of completion from the commission upon submitting an application, a staff development verification form to be furnished by the commission, and payment of a fee to be set by the commission, not to exceed forty-five dollars ($45).

(3) A person who is enrolled in, or who has completed, a staff development program not approved by the commission before January 1, 2002, may, until January 1, 2003, apply to any of the following agencies for the certificate or certificates, but the teacher shall be issued the certificate or certificates by only one of these agencies:

(A) The school district in which the teacher is a permanent employee.

(B) The county office of education in the county in which the teacher is an employee for an agency specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a).

(C) Any school district or county office of education that provides staff development pursuant to subdivision (c). Before issuing a certificate or certificates based on an equivalent class or classes, as provided for in subdivision (c), the issuing agency shall determine if the class or classes meet the guidelines established pursuant to subdivision (b).

(4) Any school district or county office of education that issues a certificate of completion shall forward a copy of the certificate to the commission within 90 days of issuing the certificate.

(5) (A) An agency that issues a certificate or certificates of completion may charge the teacher requesting the certificate or certificates of completion a fee that will cover the actual costs of the agency in issuing, forwarding to the commission a copy of, and paying any fee charged by the commission for receiving and servicing, the certificate or certificates of completion.

(B) The commission may charge the agency that forwards a copy of a certificate or certificates of completion a one-time fee to cover the actual costs to the commission to file the copy or copies, and to issue duplicates when requested by the teacher. The fee shall not exceed an amount equal to one-half the fee the commission charges for issuing a credential.

(g) The certificate of completion is valid in all California public schools. A teacher who has been issued a certificate of completion may be assigned indefinitely to provide the instructional services named on the certificate in any school district, county office of education, or school administered under the authority of the Superintendent.

(h) The governing board of each school district shall make reasonable efforts to provide limited-English-proficient pupils in need of English language development instruction with teachers who hold appropriate credentials, language development specialist certificates, or cross-cultural language and academic development certificates that authorize English language development instruction. However, any teacher awarded a certificate or certificates of completion shall be deemed certificated and competent to provide the services listed on that certificate of completion. A teacher who completes staff development pursuant to this section may use those hours of staff development to meet the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 44277.

(i) Any teacher completing staff development pursuant to this section shall be credited with three semester units or four quarter units for each block of 45 hours of staff development completed for the purpose of meeting the requirements set forth in subdivision (b) of Section 44253.3.

(j) Any school district may use funds allocated to it for the purposes of Chapter 3.1 (commencing with Section 44681) to provide staff development pursuant to this section.

44328.

 (a) Unless the commission determines that substantial evidence exists that a person is unqualified to teach, upon the completion of successful service as a district intern pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 44325, and upon the recommendation of the school district governing board, the commission shall award preliminary credentials to district interns in the same manner as applicants recommended for credentials by institutions that operate approved programs of professional preparation.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 44225, paragraphs (3) to (6), inclusive, of subdivision (b) of Section 44259, paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subdivision (c) of Section 44259, and Sections 44261, 44265, and 44335, upon recommendation by the governing board, district interns shall be issued preliminary credentials upon the completion of successful service as a teacher pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 44325, unless the governing board recommends, and the commission finds substantial evidence, that the person is not qualified to teach. Pursuant to Article 11 (commencing with Section 44380), teachers participating in an induction program pursuant to Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 44279.1) are no longer eligible for funding under the district intern program.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 44261, the preliminary credential awarded to a district intern holding a district intern credential to teach bilingual education classes shall be a basic teaching credential with a bilingual-crosscultural language and academic development emphasis. Notwithstanding Section 44265, the preliminary credential awarded to a district intern who holds a district intern credential to teach special education pupils shall be a special education specialist instruction credential that authorizes the holder to teach special education pupils.

(d) It is the intent of the Legislature that institutions of higher education that operate approved programs of professional preparation work cooperatively with school districts that offer district intern programs for a special education specialist credential to apply the regular education coursework and fieldwork from the special education district intern program toward earning a multiple or single subject teaching credential through the institution.

44468.

 (a) An internship program, established pursuant to Article 7.5 (commencing with Section 44325) of Chapter 2 or this article, that is accredited by the commission shall provide interns who meet entrance criteria, and who are accepted to a multiple subject teaching credential program, a single subject teaching credential program, or a level 1 education specialist credential program that provides instruction to individuals with mild to moderate disabilities, the opportunity to choose an early program completion option, culminating in a five-year preliminary teaching credential. The early program completion option shall be made available to interns who meet the following requirements:

(1) Pass a written assessment that assesses knowledge of teaching foundations, is adopted for this purpose by the commission, and includes all of the following:

(A) Human development as it relates to teaching and learning aligned with the state content and performance standards for pupils adopted by the state board.

(B) Techniques to address learning differences including working with pupils with special needs.

(C) Techniques to address working with English learners to provide access to the curriculum.

(D) Reading instruction as set forth in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 44259.

(E) The assessment of pupil progress based upon the state content and performance standards for pupils adopted by the state board and planning intervention based on the assessment.

(F) Classroom management techniques.

(G) Methods of teaching the subject fields.

(2) (A) Pass the teaching performance assessment as set forth in Section 44320.2.

(B) An intern participating in the early completion option may take the teaching performance assessment only one time as part of the early completion option. An intern who takes the teaching performance assessment but is not successful may complete the internship program. Scores on this assessment shall be used by the internship program in providing the individualized professional development plan for interns that emphasizes preparation in areas where additional growth is warranted and waiving preparation in areas where the candidate has demonstrated competence. The intern shall retake and pass the teaching performance assessment at the end of the internship in order to be considered for recommendation by the internship program to the commission.

(3) Pass the reading instruction competence assessment described in Section 44283, if required for the intern’s credential.

(4) Meet the requirements for teacher fitness as set forth in Sections 44339, 44340, and 44341.

(b) An intern who elects to use the early completion option must first pass the assessment required pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) in order to qualify to take the teaching performance assessment required pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a).

(c) An intern who passes the assessments described in subdivision (a) and is recommended by the internship program to the commission is eligible for a five-year preliminary multiple subject teaching credential, single subject teaching credential, or level 1 education specialist credential that authorizes instruction to individuals with mild to moderate disabilities.

(d) The commission shall issue a professional clear multiple or single subject teaching credential to an applicant whose employing school district documents, in a manner prescribed by the commission, that the applicant has fulfilled the following requirements:

(1) Holds a preliminary five-year teaching credential issued by the commission.

(2) Completes one of the following in accordance with the determination of the employing school district based upon the experience and individual needs of the applicant:

(A) A program of beginning teacher support and assessment established pursuant to Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 44279.1) of Chapter 2, including the California formative assessment and support system for teachers.

(B) An alternative program of beginning teacher induction that the commission determines, in conjunction with the Superintendent, meets state standards for teacher induction and includes the California formative assessment and support system for teachers or an alternative assessment deemed to meet the standards.

(3) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (2), an applicant may choose to complete the California formative assessment and support system for teachers or the equivalent at a faster pace as determined by the program of beginning teacher support and assessment established pursuant to Article 4.5 (commencing with Section 44279.1) of Chapter 2.

45113.

 (a) The governing board of a school district shall prescribe written rules and regulations, governing the personnel management of the classified service, which shall be printed and made available to employees in the classified service, the public, and those concerned with the administration of this section, whereby these employees are designated as permanent employees of the school district after serving a prescribed period of probation that shall not exceed six months or 130 days of paid service, whichever is longer. A permanent employee who accepts a promotion and fails to complete the probationary period for that promotional position, shall be employed in the classification from which the employee was promoted.

(b) An employee designated as a permanent employee shall be subject to disciplinary action only for cause as prescribed by rule or regulation of the governing board of the school district, but the governing board’s determination of the sufficiency of the cause for disciplinary action shall be conclusive.

(c) The governing board of a school district shall adopt rules of procedure for disciplinary proceedings that shall contain a provision for informing the employee by written notice of the specific charges against the employee, a statement of the employee’s right to a hearing on those charges, and the time within which the hearing may be requested that shall be not less than five days after service of the notice to the employee, and a card or paper, the signing and filing of which shall constitute a demand for hearing, and a denial of all charges. The burden of proof shall remain with the governing board of the school district, and any rule or regulation to the contrary is void.

(d) Disciplinary action shall not be taken for any cause that arose before the employee’s becoming permanent, nor for any cause that arose more than two years preceding the date of the filing of the notice of cause unless the cause was concealed or not disclosed by the employee when it could be reasonably assumed that the employee should have disclosed the facts to the employing school district.

(e) This section shall not be construed to prohibit the governing board of a school district, pursuant to the terms of an agreement with an employee organization under Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, from delegating its authority to determine whether sufficient cause exists for disciplinary action against classified employees, excluding peace officers as defined in Section 830.32 of the Penal Code, to an impartial third-party hearing officer. However, the governing board of the school district shall retain authority to review the determination under the standards set forth in Section 1286.2 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(f) (1) A governing board of a school district shall delegate its authority to a judge, as defined in Section 44990, to determine whether sufficient cause exists for disciplinary action against a classified employee involving allegations of egregious misconduct, as defined in Section 44932, and involving a minor, as defined in Section 44990. The judge’s ruling shall be binding upon all parties.

(2) A judge authorized under this subdivision to conduct a hearing involving allegations as described in Section 44010 or 44011 of this code, or as described in Sections 11165.2 to 11165.6, inclusive, of the Penal Code, shall conduct that hearing in accordance with Article 3.3 (commencing with Section 44990) of Chapter 4 and Section 49077 of this code.

(3) The term “representative of the respondent,” within the meaning of Article 3.3 (commencing with Section 44990) of Chapter 4, shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, an exclusive labor representative.

(g) This section applies only to school districts not incorporating the merit system as outlined in Article 6 (commencing with Section 45240).

(h) To the extent that this section as amended by Assembly Bill 1353 of the 2019–20 Regular Session conflicts with a provision of a collective bargaining agreement entered into by a public school employer and an exclusive bargaining representative before January 1, 2020, pursuant to Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, the changes made to this section by Assembly Bill 1353 of the 2019–20 Regular Session shall not apply to the school district until expiration or renewal of that collective bargaining agreement.

45500.

 (a) The Classified School Employee Summer Assistance Program is hereby established.

(b) The program shall provide a participating classified employee up to one dollar ($1) for each one dollar ($1) that the classified employee has elected to have withheld from the classified employee’s monthly paychecks pursuant to this section.

(c) A local educational agency may elect to participate in the program. A participating local educational agency shall notify classified employees, by January 1 during a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, that the local educational agency has elected to participate in the program for the next school year. Once a local educational agency elects to participate in the program and notifies classified employees pursuant to this subdivision, the local educational agency is prohibited from reversing its decision to participate in the program for the next school year beginning after the end of a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section.

(d) (1) A classified employee who elects to participate in the program shall notify the local educational agency, in writing, by March 1 during a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, on a form developed by the department that the classified employee wishes to participate in the program for the applicable school year. The classified employee shall specify the amount to be withheld from their monthly paychecks during the applicable school year and whether they choose to have the amounts withheld paid out during the summer recess period in either one or two payments. A participating classified employee may elect to have up to 10 percent of the classified employee’s monthly pay withheld during the applicable school year.

(2) A classified employee is eligible to participate in the program if the classified employee has been employed with the local educational agency for at least one year at the time the classified employee elects to participate in the program.

(3) A classified employee is eligible to participate in the program if the classified employee is employed by the local educational agency in the employee’s regular assignment for fewer than 11 months out of a 12-month period. For purposes of determining a classified employee’s total months employed by the local educational agency, the employing local educational agency shall exclude any hours worked by the classified employee outside of their regular assignment.

(4) (A) A classified employee is not eligible to participate in the program if the classified employee’s regular annual pay received directly from the local educational agency is more than sixty-two thousand four hundred dollars ($62,400) for an entire school year at the time of enrollment. For purposes of determining a classified employee’s regular annual pay received directly from the local educational agency, the employing local educational agency shall exclude any pay received by the classified employee during the previous summer recess period.

(B) For purposes of this section, “summer recess period” means the period that regular class sessions are not being held by a local educational agency during the months of June, July, and August. Pay earned by a classified employee with limited employment during the months of June, July, or August that is not for the summer session shall not be excluded pursuant to this paragraph.

(e) A local educational agency that elects to participate in the program shall notify the department in writing, by April 1 during a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, on a form developed by the department that it has elected to participate in the program. The local educational agency shall specify the number of classified employees that have elected to participate in the program and the total estimated amount to be withheld from participating classified employee paychecks for the applicable school year.

(f) The department shall notify participating local educational agencies in writing, by May 1 during a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, of the estimated amount of state match funding that a participating classified employee can expect to receive as a result of participating in the program. If the funding provided for purposes of this section is insufficient to provide one dollar ($1) for each one dollar ($1) that has been withheld from participating classified employee monthly paychecks, the department shall notify local educational agencies of the expected prorated amount of state match funds that a participating classified employee can expect to receive as a result of participating in the program.

(g) Participating local educational agencies shall notify participating classified employees, by June 1 during a fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, the amount of estimated state match funds that a participating classified employee can expect to receive as a result of participating in the program. After receiving that notification, a classified employee may withdraw their election to participate in the program or reduce the amount to be withheld from their paycheck pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) by notifying the employing local educational agency no later than 30 days after the start of school instruction for the applicable school year.

(h) The local educational agency shall deposit the amounts withheld from participating classified employee monthly paychecks in accordance with the choices made by each participating classified employee pursuant to subdivision (d) in a separate account.

(i) (1) A classified employee that separates from employment with a local educational agency during the applicable school year may request from the local educational agency any pay withheld from their paycheck pursuant to this section.

(2) A classified employee, due to economic or personal hardship, may request from the local educational agency any pay withheld from their paycheck pursuant to this section.

(3) A classified employee who requests any pay withheld by the local educational agency pursuant to paragraph (1) or (2) shall not be entitled to receive any state match funds provided pursuant to this section.

(j) Participating local educational agencies shall request payment from the department, on or before July 31 following the end of a school year during which the program was operative, on a form developed by the department, for the amount of classified employee pay withheld from the monthly paychecks of participating classified employees and placed in a separate account pursuant to subdivision (h).

(k) The department shall apportion funds to participating local educational agencies within 30 days of receiving a request for payment by the participating local educational agency pursuant to subdivision (j). The apportionment shall be determined for each local educational agency by the department on the basis of the amount that has been withheld from the monthly paychecks of participating classified employees and placed in a separate account pursuant to subdivision (h).

(l) If the total amount requested by participating local educational agencies exceeds the amount appropriated for purposes of this section, the department shall prorate the amount apportioned to participating local educational agencies accordingly, based on the amounts requested pursuant to subdivision (j).

(m) The participating local educational agency shall pay participating classified employees the amounts withheld in accordance with the classified employee’s choices, plus the amount apportioned by the department that is attributable to the amount withheld from that classified employee’s paychecks during the applicable school year. This amount shall be paid to the participating classified employee during the summer recess period, in either one or two payments, in accordance with the classified employee’s option pursuant to subdivision (d).

(n) The state match funding received by participating classified employees pursuant to this section shall not be considered compensation for purposes of determining retirement benefits for the California Public Employees’ Retirement System or the California State Teachers’ Retirement System.

(o) (1) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the program shall be funded pursuant to Section 85 of Chapter 51 of the Statutes of 2019.

(2) For the 2020–21 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, the operation of this section shall be contingent upon an appropriation in the annual Budget Act or another statute.

(p) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Local educational agency” means a school district or county office of education.

(2) “Program” means the Classified School Employee Summer Assistance Program.

(3) “Regular assignment” means a classified employee’s employment during the academic school year, excluding the summer recess period.

46600.

 (a) (1) The governing boards of two or more school districts may enter into an agreement, for a term not to exceed five school years, for the interdistrict attendance of pupils who are residents of the school districts. The agreement may provide for the admission to a school district other than the school district of residence of a pupil who requests a permit to attend a school district of proposed enrollment that is a party to the agreement and that maintains schools and classes in transitional kindergarten, kindergarten, or any of grades 1 to 12, inclusive, to which the pupil requests admission. Once a pupil in transitional kindergarten, kindergarten, or any of grades 1 to 12, inclusive, is enrolled in a school pursuant to this chapter, the pupil shall not have to reapply for an interdistrict transfer, and the governing board of the school district of enrollment shall allow the pupil to continue to attend the school in which the pupil is enrolled, except as specified in paragraphs (2) and (4).

(2) The agreement shall stipulate the terms and conditions under which interdistrict attendance shall be permitted or denied. The agreement may contain standards for reapplication agreed to by the school district of residence and the school district of enrollment that differ from the requirements prescribed by paragraph (1). The agreement may stipulate terms and conditions established by the school district of residence and the school district of enrollment under which the permit may be revoked.

(3) The designee of the superintendent of the school district of residence shall issue an individual permit verifying the school district’s approval, pursuant to policies of the governing board of the school district and terms of the agreement for the transfer. A permit shall be valid upon concurring endorsement by the designee of the governing board of the school district of proposed enrollment. The stipulation of the terms and conditions under which the permit may be revoked is the responsibility of the school district of enrollment.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), a school district of residence or school district of enrollment shall not rescind existing transfer permits for pupils after June 30 following the completion of grade 10, or for pupils in grade 11 or 12.

(b) A pupil who has been determined by personnel of either the school district of residence or the school district of proposed enrollment to have been the victim of an act of bullying, as defined in subdivision (r) of Section 48900, committed by a pupil of the school district of residence shall, at the request of the parent, be given priority for interdistrict attendance.

(c) In addition to the requirements of subdivision (e) of Section 48915.1, and regardless of whether an agreement exists or a permit is issued pursuant to this section, any school district may admit a pupil expelled from another school district in which the pupil continues to reside.

(d) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, and regardless of whether an agreement exists or a permit is issued pursuant to this section, a school district of residence shall not prohibit the transfer of a pupil who is a child of an active military duty parent to a school district of proposed enrollment if the school district of proposed enrollment approves the application for transfer.

(2) A school district of residence shall approve an intradistrict transfer request for a victim of an act of bullying unless the requested school is at maximum capacity, in which case the school district shall accept an intradistrict transfer request for a different school in the school district. Notwithstanding any other law, and regardless of whether an agreement exists or a permit is issued pursuant to this section, if the school district of residence has only one school offering the grade level of the victim of an act of bullying and therefore there is no option for an intradistrict transfer, the victim of an act of bullying may apply for an interdistrict transfer and the school district of residence shall not prohibit the transfer if the school district of proposed enrollment approves the application for transfer.

(3) A school district of proposed enrollment that elects to accept an interdistrict transfer pursuant to this subdivision shall accept all pupils who apply to transfer under this subdivision until the school district is at maximum capacity. A school district of proposed enrollment shall ensure that pupils admitted under this subdivision are selected through an unbiased process that prohibits an inquiry into or evaluation or consideration of whether or not a pupil should be enrolled based on academic or athletic performance, physical condition, proficiency in English, family income, or any of the individual characteristics set forth in Section 220, including, but not limited to, race or ethnicity, gender, gender identity, gender expression, and immigration status.

(4) (A) For purposes of this subdivision, “active military duty parent” means a parent with full-time military duty status in the active uniformed service of the United States, including members of the National Guard and the State Military Reserve on active duty orders pursuant to Chapter 1209 (commencing with Section 12301) and Chapter 1211 (commencing with Section 12401) of Part II of Subtitle E of Title 10 of the United States Code.

(B) For purposes of this subdivision, a “victim of an act of bullying” means a pupil that has been determined to have been a victim of bullying by an investigation pursuant to the complaint process described in Section 234.1 and the bullying was committed by any pupil in the school district of residence, and the parent of the pupil has filed a written complaint regarding the bullying with the school, school district personnel, or a local law enforcement agency.

(5) (A) Upon request of the parent or guardian on behalf of a pupil eligible for transfer pursuant to this subdivision, a school district of enrollment shall provide transportation assistance to a pupil who is eligible for free or reduced-price meals.

(B) A school district of enrollment may provide transportation assistance to any pupil admitted under this subdivision.

(C) It is the intent of the Legislature that the amount of transportation assistance provided to a pupil pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) not exceed the supplemental grant received, if any, for the pupil pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 42238.02.

47604.33.

 (a) Each charter school shall annually prepare and submit the following reports to its chartering authority and the county superintendent of schools, or only to the county superintendent of schools if the county board of education is the chartering authority:

(1) On or before July 1, a preliminary budget. For a charter school in its first year of operation, the information submitted pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 47605 satisfies this requirement.

(2) On or before July 1, a local control and accountability plan and an annual update to the local control and accountability plan required pursuant to Section 47606.5.

(3) On or before December 15, an interim financial report. This report shall reflect changes through October 31.

(4) On or before March 15, a second interim financial report. This report shall reflect changes through January 31.

(5) On or before September 15, a final unaudited report for the full prior year.

(b) The chartering authority shall use any financial or other information it obtains from the charter school, including, but not limited to, the reports required by this section, to perform the duties described in subdivision (a) of Section 47604.32, including monitoring the fiscal condition of the charter school.

(c) The cost of performing the duties required by this section shall be funded with supervisorial oversight fees collected pursuant to Section 47613.

47605.

 (a) (1) Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a petition for the establishment of a charter school within a school district may be circulated by one or more persons seeking to establish the charter school. A petition for the establishment of a charter school shall identify a single charter school that will operate within the geographic boundaries of that school district. A charter school may propose to operate at multiple sites within the school district if each location is identified in the charter school petition. The petition may be submitted to the governing board of the school district for review after either of the following conditions is met:

(A) The petition is signed by a number of parents or legal guardians of pupils that is equivalent to at least one-half of the number of pupils that the charter school estimates will enroll in the charter school for its first year of operation.

(B) The petition is signed by a number of teachers that is equivalent to at least one-half of the number of teachers that the charter school estimates will be employed at the charter school during its first year of operation.

(2) A petition that proposes to convert an existing public school to a charter school that would not be eligible for a loan pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 41365 may be circulated by one or more persons seeking to establish the charter school. The petition may be submitted to the governing board of the school district for review after the petition is signed by not less than 50 percent of the permanent status teachers currently employed at the public school to be converted.

(3) A petition shall include a prominent statement that a signature on the petition means that the parent or legal guardian is meaningfully interested in having their child or ward attend the charter school, or in the case of a teacher’s signature, means that the teacher is meaningfully interested in teaching at the charter school. The proposed charter shall be attached to the petition.

(4) After receiving approval of its petition, a charter school that proposes to expand operations to one or more additional sites or grade levels shall request a material revision to its charter and shall notify the chartering authority of those additional locations or grade levels. The chartering authority shall consider whether to approve those additional locations or grade levels at an open, public meeting. If the additional locations or grade levels are approved pursuant to the standards and criteria described in subdivision (c), they shall be a material revision to the charter school’s charter.

(5) (A) A charter school that established one site outside the boundaries of the school district, but within the county in which that school district is located before January 1, 2020, may continue to operate that site until the charter school submits a request for the renewal of its charter petition. To continue operating the site, the charter school shall do either of the following:

(i) First, before submitting the request for the renewal of the charter petition, obtain approval in writing from the school district where the site is operating.

(ii) Submit a request for the renewal of the charter petition pursuant to Section 47607 to the school district in which the charter school is located.

(B) If a Presidential declaration of a major disaster or emergency is issued in accordance with the federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 5121 et seq.) for an area in which a charter schoolsite is located and operating, the charter school, for not more than five years, may relocate that site outside the area subject to the Presidential declaration if the charter school first obtains the written approval of the school district where the site is being relocated to.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), if a charter school was relocated from December 31, 2016, to December 31, 2019, inclusive, due to a Presidential declaration of a major disaster or emergency in accordance with the federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 5121 et seq.), that charter school shall be allowed to return to its original campus location in perpetuity.

(D) A charter school located on a federally recognized California Indian reservation or rancheria or operated by a federally recognized California Indian tribe shall be exempt from the provisions of this paragraph.

(E) The department shall regard as a continuing charter school for all purposes a charter school that was granted approval of its petition, that was providing educational services to pupils before October 1, 2019, and is authorized by a different chartering authority due to changes to this paragraph that took effect January 1, 2020.

(6) Commencing January 1, 2003, a petition to establish a charter school shall not be approved to serve pupils in a grade level that is not served by the school district of the governing board considering the petition, unless the petition proposes to serve pupils in all of the grade levels served by that school district.

(b) No later than 60 days after receiving a petition, in accordance with subdivision (a), the governing board of the school district shall hold a public hearing on the provisions of the charter, at which time the governing board of the school district shall consider the level of support for the petition by teachers employed by the school district, other employees of the school district, and parents. Following review of the petition and the public hearing, the governing board of the school district shall either grant or deny the charter within 90 days of receipt of the petition, provided, however, that the date may be extended by an additional 30 days if both parties agree to the extension. A petition is deemed received by the governing board of the school district for purposes of commencing the timelines described in this subdivision on the day the petitioner submits a petition to the district office, along with a signed certification that the petitioner deems the petition to be complete. The governing board of the school district shall publish all staff recommendations, including the recommended findings and, if applicable, the certification from the county superintendent of schools prepared pursuant to paragraph (8) of subdivision (c), regarding the petition at least 15 days before the public hearing at which the governing board of the school district will either grant or deny the charter. At the public hearing at which the governing board of the school district will either grant or deny the charter, petitioners shall have equivalent time and procedures to present evidence and testimony to respond to the staff recommendations and findings.

(c) In reviewing petitions for the establishment of charter schools pursuant to this section, the chartering authority shall be guided by the intent of the Legislature that charter schools are and should become an integral part of the California educational system and that the establishment of charter schools should be encouraged. The governing board of the school district shall grant a charter for the operation of a school under this part if it is satisfied that granting the charter is consistent with sound educational practice and with the interests of the community in which the school is proposing to locate. The governing board of the school district shall consider the academic needs of the pupils the school proposes to serve. The governing board of the school district shall not deny a petition for the establishment of a charter school unless it makes written factual findings, specific to the particular petition, setting forth specific facts to support one or more of the following findings:

(1) The charter school presents an unsound educational program for the pupils to be enrolled in the charter school.

(2) The petitioners are demonstrably unlikely to successfully implement the program set forth in the petition.

(3) The petition does not contain the number of signatures required by subdivision (a).

(4) The petition does not contain an affirmation of each of the conditions described in subdivision (e).

(5) The petition does not contain reasonably comprehensive descriptions of all of the following:

(A) (i) The educational program of the charter school, designed, among other things, to identify those whom the charter school is attempting to educate, what it means to be an “educated person” in the 21st century, and how learning best occurs. The goals identified in that program shall include the objective of enabling pupils to become self-motivated, competent, and lifelong learners.

(ii) The annual goals for the charter school for all pupils and for each subgroup of pupils identified pursuant to Section 52052, to be achieved in the state priorities, as described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060, that apply for the grade levels served, and specific annual actions to achieve those goals. A charter petition may identify additional school priorities, the goals for the school priorities, and the specific annual actions to achieve those goals.

(iii) If the proposed charter school will serve high school pupils, the manner in which the charter school will inform parents about the transferability of courses to other public high schools and the eligibility of courses to meet college entrance requirements. Courses offered by the charter school that are accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges may be considered transferable and courses approved by the University of California or the California State University as creditable under the “A to G” admissions criteria may be considered to meet college entrance requirements.

(B) The measurable pupil outcomes identified for use by the charter school. “Pupil outcomes,” for purposes of this part, means the extent to which all pupils of the charter school demonstrate that they have attained the skills, knowledge, and attitudes specified as goals in the charter school’s educational program. Pupil outcomes shall include outcomes that address increases in pupil academic achievement both schoolwide and for all pupil subgroups served by the charter school, as that term is defined in subdivision (a) of Section 52052. The pupil outcomes shall align with the state priorities, as described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060, that apply for the grade levels served by the charter school.

(C) The method by which pupil progress in meeting those pupil outcomes is to be measured. To the extent practicable, the method for measuring pupil outcomes for state priorities shall be consistent with the way information is reported on a school accountability report card.

(D) The governance structure of the charter school, including, but not limited to, the process to be followed by the charter school to ensure parental involvement.

(E) The qualifications to be met by individuals to be employed by the charter school.

(F) The procedures that the charter school will follow to ensure the health and safety of pupils and staff. These procedures shall require all of the following:

(i) That each employee of the charter school furnish the charter school with a criminal record summary as described in Section 44237.

(ii) The development of a school safety plan, which shall include the safety topics listed in subparagraphs (A) to (J), inclusive, of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 32282.

(iii) That the school safety plan be reviewed and updated by March 1 of every year by the charter school.

(G) The means by which the charter school will achieve a balance of racial and ethnic pupils, special education pupils, and English learner pupils, including redesignated fluent English proficient pupils, as defined by the evaluation rubrics in Section 52064.5, that is reflective of the general population residing within the territorial jurisdiction of the school district to which the charter petition is submitted. Upon renewal, for a charter school not deemed to be a local educational agency for purposes of special education pursuant to Section 47641, the chartering authority may consider the effect of school placements made by the chartering authority in providing a free and appropriate public education as required by the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (Public Law 101-476), on the balance of pupils with disabilities at the charter school.

(H) Admission policies and procedures, consistent with subdivision (e).

(I) The manner in which annual, independent financial audits shall be conducted, which shall employ generally accepted accounting principles, and the manner in which audit exceptions and deficiencies shall be resolved to the satisfaction of the chartering authority.

(J) The procedures by which pupils can be suspended or expelled from the charter school for disciplinary reasons or otherwise involuntarily removed from the charter school for any reason. These procedures, at a minimum, shall include an explanation of how the charter school will comply with federal and state constitutional procedural and substantive due process requirements that is consistent with all of the following:

(i) For suspensions of fewer than 10 days, provide oral or written notice of the charges against the pupil and, if the pupil denies the charges, an explanation of the evidence that supports the charges and an opportunity for the pupil to present the pupil’s side of the story.

(ii) For suspensions of 10 days or more and all other expulsions for disciplinary reasons, both of the following:

(I) Provide timely, written notice of the charges against the pupil and an explanation of the pupil’s basic rights.

(II) Provide a hearing adjudicated by a neutral officer within a reasonable number of days at which the pupil has a fair opportunity to present testimony, evidence, and witnesses and confront and cross-examine adverse witnesses, and at which the pupil has the right to bring legal counsel or an advocate.

(iii) Contain a clear statement that no pupil shall be involuntarily removed by the charter school for any reason unless the parent or guardian of the pupil has been provided written notice of intent to remove the pupil no less than five schooldays before the effective date of the action. The written notice shall be in the native language of the pupil or the pupil’s parent or guardian or, if the pupil is a foster child or youth or a homeless child or youth, the pupil’s educational rights holder, and shall inform the pupil, the pupil’s parent or guardian, or the pupil’s educational rights holder of the right to initiate the procedures specified in clause (ii) before the effective date of the action. If the pupil’s parent, guardian, or educational rights holder initiates the procedures specified in clause (ii), the pupil shall remain enrolled and shall not be removed until the charter school issues a final decision. For purposes of this clause, “involuntarily removed” includes disenrolled, dismissed, transferred, or terminated, but does not include suspensions specified in clauses (i) and (ii).

(K) The manner by which staff members of the charter schools will be covered by the State Teachers’ Retirement System, the Public Employees’ Retirement System, or federal social security.

(L) The public school attendance alternatives for pupils residing within the school district who choose not to attend charter schools.

(M) The rights of an employee of the school district upon leaving the employment of the school district to work in a charter school, and of any rights of return to the school district after employment at a charter school.

(N) The procedures to be followed by the charter school and the chartering authority to resolve disputes relating to provisions of the charter.

(O) The procedures to be used if the charter school closes. The procedures shall ensure a final audit of the charter school to determine the disposition of all assets and liabilities of the charter school, including plans for disposing of any net assets and for the maintenance and transfer of pupil records.

(6) The petition does not contain a declaration of whether or not the charter school shall be deemed the exclusive public employer of the employees of the charter school for purposes of Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code.

(7) The charter school is demonstrably unlikely to serve the interests of the entire community in which the school is proposing to locate. Analysis of this finding shall include consideration of the fiscal impact of the proposed charter school. A written factual finding under this paragraph shall detail specific facts and circumstances that analyze and consider the following factors:

(A) The extent to which the proposed charter school would substantially undermine existing services, academic offerings, or programmatic offerings.

(B) Whether the proposed charter school would duplicate a program currently offered within the school district and the existing program has sufficient capacity for the pupils proposed to be served within reasonable proximity to where the charter school intends to locate.

(8) The school district is not positioned to absorb the fiscal impact of the proposed charter school. A school district satisfies this paragraph if it has a qualified interim certification pursuant to Section 1240 and the county superintendent of schools, in consultation with the County Office Fiscal Crisis and Management Assistance Team, certifies that approving the charter school would result in the school district having a negative interim certification pursuant to Section 1240, has a negative interim certification pursuant to Section 1240, or is under state receivership. Charter schools proposed in a school district satisfying one of these conditions shall be subject to a rebuttable presumption of denial.

(d) (1) Charter schools shall meet all statewide standards and conduct the pupil assessments required pursuant to Section 60605 and any other statewide standards authorized in statute or pupil assessments applicable to pupils in noncharter public schools.

(2) Charter schools shall, on a regular basis, consult with their parents, legal guardians, and teachers regarding the charter school’s educational programs.

(e) (1) In addition to any other requirement imposed under this part, a charter school shall be nonsectarian in its programs, admission policies, employment practices, and all other operations, shall not charge tuition, and shall not discriminate against a pupil on the basis of the characteristics listed in Section 220. Except as provided in paragraph (2), admission to a charter school shall not be determined according to the place of residence of the pupil, or of that pupil’s parent or legal guardian, within this state, except that an existing public school converting partially or entirely to a charter school under this part shall adopt and maintain a policy giving admission preference to pupils who reside within the former attendance area of that public school.

(2) (A) A charter school shall admit all pupils who wish to attend the charter school.

(B) If the number of pupils who wish to attend the charter school exceeds the charter school’s capacity, attendance, except for existing pupils of the charter school, shall be determined by a public random drawing. Preference shall be extended to pupils currently attending the charter school and pupils who reside in the school district except as provided for in Section 47614.5. Preferences, including, but not limited to, siblings of pupils admitted or attending the charter school and children of the charter school’s teachers, staff, and founders identified in the initial charter, may also be permitted by the chartering authority on an individual charter school basis. Priority order for any preference shall be determined in the charter petition in accordance with all of the following:

(i) Each type of preference shall be approved by the chartering authority at a public hearing.

(ii) Preferences shall be consistent with federal law, the California Constitution, and Section 200.

(iii) Preferences shall not result in limiting enrollment access for pupils with disabilities, academically low-achieving pupils, English learners, neglected or delinquent pupils, homeless pupils, or pupils who are economically disadvantaged, as determined by eligibility for any free or reduced-price meal program, foster youth, or pupils based on nationality, race, ethnicity, or sexual orientation.

(iv) In accordance with Section 49011, preferences shall not require mandatory parental volunteer hours as a criterion for admission or continued enrollment.

(C) In the event of a drawing, the chartering authority shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate the growth of the charter school and shall not take any action to impede the charter school from expanding enrollment to meet pupil demand.

(3) If a pupil is expelled or leaves the charter school without graduating or completing the school year for any reason, the charter school shall notify the superintendent of the school district of the pupil’s last known address within 30 days, and shall, upon request, provide that school district with a copy of the cumulative record of the pupil, including report cards or a transcript of grades, and health information. If the pupil is subsequently expelled or leaves the school district without graduating or completing the school year for any reason, the school district shall provide this information to the charter school within 30 days if the charter school demonstrates that the pupil had been enrolled in the charter school. This paragraph applies only to pupils subject to compulsory full-time education pursuant to Section 48200.

(4) (A) A charter school shall not discourage a pupil from enrolling or seeking to enroll in the charter school for any reason, including, but not limited to, academic performance of the pupil or because the pupil exhibits any of the characteristics described in clause (iii) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2).

(B) A charter school shall not request a pupil’s records or require a parent, guardian, or pupil to submit the pupil’s records to the charter school before enrollment.

(C) A charter school shall not encourage a pupil currently attending the charter school to disenroll from the charter school or transfer to another school for any reason, including, but not limited to, academic performance of the pupil or because the pupil exhibits any of the characteristics described in clause (iii) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2). This subparagraph shall not apply to actions taken by a charter school pursuant to the procedures described in subparagraph (J) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (c).

(D) The department shall develop a notice of the requirements of this paragraph. This notice shall be posted on a charter school’s internet website. A charter school shall provide a parent or guardian, or a pupil if the pupil is 18 years of age or older, a copy of this notice at all of the following times:

(i) When a parent, guardian, or pupil inquires about enrollment.

(ii) Before conducting an enrollment lottery.

(iii) Before disenrollment of a pupil.

(E) (i) A person who suspects that a charter school has violated this paragraph may file a complaint with the chartering authority.

(ii) The department shall develop a template to be used for filing complaints pursuant to clause (i).

(5) Notwithstanding any other law, a charter school in operation as of July 1, 2019, that operates in partnership with the California National Guard may dismiss a pupil from the charter school for failing to maintain the minimum standards of conduct required by the Military Department.

(f) The governing board of a school district shall not require an employee of the school district to be employed in a charter school.

(g) The governing board of a school district shall not require a pupil enrolled in the school district to attend a charter school.

(h) The governing board of a school district shall require that the petitioner or petitioners provide information regarding the proposed operation and potential effects of the charter school, including, but not limited to, the facilities to be used by the charter school, the manner in which administrative services of the charter school are to be provided, and potential civil liability effects, if any, upon the charter school and upon the school district. The description of the facilities to be used by the charter school shall specify where the charter school intends to locate. The petitioner or petitioners also shall be required to provide financial statements that include a proposed first-year operational budget, including startup costs, and cashflow and financial projections for the first three years of operation. If the school is to be operated by, or as, a nonprofit public benefit corporation, the petitioner shall provide the names and relevant qualifications of all persons whom the petitioner nominates to serve on the governing body of the charter school.

(i) In reviewing petitions for the establishment of charter schools within the school district, the governing board of the school district shall give preference to petitions that demonstrate the capability to provide comprehensive learning experiences to pupils identified by the petitioner or petitioners as academically low achieving pursuant to the standards established by the department under Section 54032, as that section read before July 19, 2006.

(j) Upon the approval of the petition by the governing board of the school district, the petitioner or petitioners shall provide written notice of that approval, including a copy of the petition, to the applicable county superintendent of schools, the department, and the state board.

(k) (1) (A) (i) If the governing board of a school district denies a petition, the petitioner may elect to submit the petition for the establishment of a charter school to the county board of education. The petitioner shall submit the petition to the county board of education within 30 days of a denial by the governing board of the school district. At the same time the petition is submitted to the county board of education, the petitioner shall also provide a copy of the petition to the school district. The county board of education shall review the petition pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c). If the petition submitted on appeal contains new or different material terms, the county board of education shall immediately remand the petition to the governing board of the school district for reconsideration, which shall grant or deny the petition within 30 days. If the governing board of the school district denies a petition after reconsideration, the petitioner may elect to resubmit the petition for the establishment of a charter school to the county board of education.

(ii) The county board of education shall review the appeal petition pursuant to subdivision (c). If the denial of the petition was made pursuant to paragraph (8) of subdivision (c), the county board of education shall also review the school district’s findings pursuant to paragraph (8) of subdivision (c).

(iii) As used in this subdivision, “material terms” of the petition means the signatures, affirmations, disclosures, documents, and descriptions described in subdivisions (a), (b), (c), and (h), but shall not include minor administrative updates to the petition or related documents due to changes in circumstances based on the passage of time related to fiscal affairs, facilities arrangements, or state law, or to reflect the county board of education as the chartering authority.

(B) If the governing board of a school district denies a petition and the county lacks an independent county board of education, the petitioner may elect to submit the petition for the establishment of a charter school to the state board. The state board shall review the petition pursuant to this paragraph. If the denial of a charter petition is reversed by the state board, the state board shall designate the governing board of the school district in which the charter school is located as the chartering authority.

(2) If the county board of education denies a petition, the petitioner may appeal that denial to the state board.

(A) The petitioner shall submit the petition to the state board within 30 days of a denial by the county board of education. The petitioner shall include the findings and documentary record from the governing board of the school district and the county board of education and a written submission detailing, with specific citations to the documentary record, how the governing board of the school district or the county board of education, or both, abused their discretion. The governing board of the school district and county board of education shall prepare the documentary record, including transcripts of the public hearing at which the governing board of the school district and county board of education denied the charter, at the request of the petitioner. The documentary record shall be prepared by the governing board of the school district and county board of education no later than 10 business days after the request of the petitioner is made. At the same time the petition and supporting documentation is submitted to the state board, the petitioner shall also provide a copy of the petition and supporting documentation to the school district and the county board of education.

(B) If the appeal contains new or different material terms, as defined in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), the state board shall immediately remand the petition to the governing board of the school district to which the petition was submitted for reconsideration. The governing board of the school district shall grant or deny the petition within 30 days. If the governing board of the school district denies a petition after reconsideration, the petitioner may elect to resubmit the petition to the state board.

(C) Within 30 days of receipt of the appeal submitted to the state board, the governing board of the school district or county board of education may submit a written opposition to the state board detailing, with specific citations to the documentary record, how the governing board of the school district or the county board of education did not abuse its discretion in denying the petition. The governing board of the school district or the county board of education may submit supporting documentation or evidence from the documentary record that was considered by the governing board of the school district or the county board of education.

(D) The state board’s Advisory Commission on Charter Schools shall hold a public hearing to review the appeal and documentary record. Based on its review, the Advisory Commission on Charter Schools shall submit a recommendation to the state board whether there is sufficient evidence to hear the appeal or to summarily deny review of the appeal based on the documentary record. If the Advisory Commission on Charter Schools does not submit a recommendation to the state board, the state board shall consider the appeal, and shall either hear the appeal or summarily deny review of the appeal based on the documentary record at a regular public meeting of the state board.

(E) The state board shall either hear the appeal or summarily deny review of the appeal based on the documentary record. If the state board hears the appeal, the state board may affirm the determination of the governing board of the school district or the county board of education, or both of those determinations, or may reverse only upon a determination that there was an abuse of discretion. If the denial of a charter petition is reversed by the state board, the state board shall designate, in consultation with the petitioner, either the governing board of the school district or the county board of education in which the charter school is located as the chartering authority.

(3) A charter school for which a charter is granted by either the county board of education or the state board based on an appeal pursuant to this subdivision shall qualify fully as a charter school for all funding and other purposes of this part.

(4) A charter school that receives approval of its petition from a county board of education or from the state board on appeal shall be subject to the same requirements concerning geographic location to which it would otherwise be subject if it received approval from the chartering authority to which it originally submitted its petition. A charter petition that is submitted to either a county board of education or to the state board shall meet all otherwise applicable petition requirements, including the identification of the proposed site or sites where the charter school will operate.

(5) Upon the approval of the petition by the county board of education, the petitioner or petitioners shall provide written notice of that approval, including a copy of the petition, to the governing board of the school district in which the charter school is located, the department, and the state board.

(6) If either the county board of education or the state board fails to act on a petition within 180 days of receipt, the decision of the governing board of the school district to deny the petition shall be subject to judicial review.

(l) (1) Teachers in charter schools shall hold the Commission on Teacher Credentialing certificate, permit, or other document required for the teacher’s certificated assignment. These documents shall be maintained on file at the charter school and are subject to periodic inspection by the chartering authority. A governing body of a direct-funded charter school may use local assignment options authorized in statute and regulations for the purpose of legally assigning certificated teachers, in accordance with all of the requirements of the applicable statutes or regulations in the same manner as a governing board of a school district. A charter school shall have authority to request an emergency permit or a waiver from the Commission on Teacher Credentialing for individuals in the same manner as a school district.

(2) By July 1, 2020, all teachers in charter schools shall obtain a certificate of clearance and satisfy the requirements for professional fitness pursuant to Sections 44339, 44340, and 44341.

(3) The Commission on Teacher Credentialing shall include in the bulletins it issues pursuant to subdivision (k) of Section 44237 to provide notification to local educational agencies of any adverse actions taken against the holders of any commission documents, notice of any adverse actions taken against teachers employed by charter schools and shall make this bulletin available to all chartering authorities and charter schools in the same manner in which it is made available to local educational agencies.

(m) A charter school shall transmit a copy of its annual, independent financial audit report for the preceding fiscal year, as described in subparagraph (I) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (c), to its chartering authority, the Controller, the county superintendent of schools of the county in which the charter school is sited, unless the county board of education of the county in which the charter school is sited is the chartering authority, and the department by December 15 of each year. This subdivision does not apply if the audit of the charter school is encompassed in the audit of the chartering authority pursuant to Section 41020.

(n) A charter school may encourage parental involvement, but shall notify the parents and guardians of applicant pupils and currently enrolled pupils that parental involvement is not a requirement for acceptance to, or continued enrollment at, the charter school.

(o) The requirements of this section shall not be waived by the state board pursuant to Section 33050 or any other law.

47605.1.

 (a) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, a charter school that is granted a charter from the governing board of a school district or county office of education after July 1, 2002, and commences providing educational services to pupils on or after July 1, 2002, shall locate in accordance with the geographic and site limitations of this part.

(2) Notwithstanding any other law, a charter school that is granted a charter by the state board after July 1, 2002, and commences providing educational services to pupils on or after July 1, 2002, based on the denial of a petition by the governing board of a school district or county board of education, as described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (j) of Section 47605, may locate only within the geographic boundaries of the chartering entity that initially denied the petition for the charter.

(3) A charter school that receives approval of its charter from a governing board of a school district, a county office of education, or the state board before July 1, 2002, but does not commence operations until after January 1, 2003, shall be subject to the geographic limitations of this part, in accordance with subdivision (d).

(b) This section is not intended to affect the admission requirements contained in subdivision (d) of Section 47605.

(c) (1) A charter school may establish one resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility within the jurisdiction of the school district where the charter school is physically located if the following conditions are met:

(A) The facility is used exclusively for the educational support of pupils who are enrolled in nonclassroom-based independent study of the charter school.

(B) The charter school provides its primary educational services in, and a majority of the pupils it serves are residents of, the county in which the charter school is authorized.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (5) to (9), inclusive, a charter school shall not establish a resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility in any other location than the one authorized in paragraph (1).

(3) A charter school shall notify the charter school’s chartering authority of the name and physical location of any resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility operated by that charter school.

(4) Notwithstanding Section 33050 or any other law, the state board shall not waive the restrictions listed in this subdivision.

(5) (A) A charter school that was operating a resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility outside the jurisdiction of the school district where the charter school is physically located before January 1, 2020, may continue to operate the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility until the charter school submits a request for the renewal of its charter petition. To continue operating the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility, the charter school, before submitting the request to the charter school’s chartering authority for the renewal of the charter petition, shall first obtain approval in writing from the school district where the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility is operating.

(B) The department shall regard as a continuing charter school for all purposes a nonclassroom-based charter school that was granted approval of its petition, that was providing educational services to pupils before October 1, 2019, and is authorized by a different chartering authority due to changes to this subdivision by the addition of this paragraph that took effect January 1, 2020.

(6) A countywide charter school approved by a county office of education that is operating a resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility in a county other than the county in which the countywide charter school is authorized before January 1, 2020, may continue to operate that resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility until the countywide charter school submits a request for the renewal of its charter petition. To continue operating the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility, the countywide charter school, before submitting the request to the countywide charter school’s chartering authority for the renewal of the charter petition, shall obtain approval in writing from the county office of education where the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility is operating.

(7) If a Presidential declaration of a major disaster or emergency is issued in accordance with the federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 5121 et seq.) for an area in which a charter school is operating a resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility, the charter school, for not more than five years, may relocate the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility outside the area subject to the Presidential declaration if the charter school first obtains the written approval of the school district where the resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility is being relocated to.

(8) A charter school may establish additional resource centers, meetings spaces, or other satellite facilities within the jurisdiction of the charter school’s chartering authority only if both of the following are met:

(A) The charter school is physically located within the boundaries of the charter school’s chartering authority.

(B) The charter school has obtained written approval from the charter school’s chartering authority for each additional resource center, meeting space, or other satellite facility.

(9) (A) Notwithstanding paragraph (5), a charter school that operates a resource center located in a school district outside of the boundaries of the charter school’s authorizing school district may continue to operate the existing resource center if all of the following conditions are met:

(i) The charter school operating the resource center is authorized by, and physically located in, a school district adjacent to a school district with an enrollment of at least 500,000 pupils.

(ii) The charter school operating the resource center was established before January 1, 2009.

(iii) The resource center is physically located in a school district with an enrollment of at least 500,000 pupils and was established before January 1, 2011.

(iv) The resource center serves a pupil population of which at least 50 percent of the pupils are currently or formerly on probation or were formerly incarcerated individuals.

(B) A charter school described in this paragraph shall not establish a new resource center outside of the boundaries of the charter school’s authorizing school district.

(d) (1) For a charter school that was granted approval of its charter before July 1, 2002, and provided educational services to pupils before July 1, 2002, this section only applies to new educational services or schoolsites established or acquired by the charter school on or after July 1, 2002.

(2) For a charter school that was granted approval of its charter before July 1, 2002, but did not provide educational services to pupils before July 1, 2002, this section only applies upon the expiration of a charter that is in existence on January 1, 2003.

(3) Notwithstanding other implementation timelines in this section, by June 30, 2005, or upon the expiration of a charter that is in existence on January 1, 2003, whichever is later, all charter schools shall be required to comply with this section for schoolsites at which educational services are provided to pupils before or after July 1, 2002, regardless of whether the charter school initially received approval of its charter school petition before July 1, 2002. To achieve compliance with this section, a charter school shall be required to receive approval of a charter petition in accordance with this section and Section 47605.

(4) This section is not intended to affect the authority of a governmental entity to revoke a charter that is granted on or before the effective date of this section.

(e) A charter school that submits its petition directly to a county board of education, as authorized by Section 47605.5 or 47605.6, may establish charter school operations only within the geographical boundaries of the county in which that county board of education has jurisdiction.

(f) Notwithstanding any other law, the jurisdictional limitations set forth in this section do not apply to a charter school that provides instruction exclusively in partnership with any of the following:

(1) The federal Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. Sec. 3101 et seq.).

(2) Federally affiliated Youth Build programs.

(3) Federal job corps training or instruction provided pursuant to a memorandum of understanding with the federal provider.

(4) The California Conservation Corps or local conservation corps certified by the California Conservation Corps pursuant to Sections 14507.5 or 14406 of the Public Resources Code.

(5) Instruction provided to juvenile court school pupils pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 42238.18 or pursuant to Section 1981 for individuals who are placed in a residential facility.

47605.3.

 Notwithstanding subdivision (e) of Section 47605, a charter school with a schoolsite physically located in the attendance area of a public elementary school in which 50 percent or more of the pupil enrollment is eligible for free or reduced price meals may give a preference in admissions to pupils who are currently enrolled in that public elementary school and to pupils who reside in the elementary school attendance area where the charter schoolsite is located. This section is not intended to affect the requirement contained in subdivision (e) of Section 47605 that a public school converting partially or entirely to a charter school adopt and maintain a policy that gives an admission preference to pupils who reside within the former attendance area of that public school.

47605.7.

 (a) A petition for the establishment of a charter school shall not be denied based on the actual or potential costs of serving individuals with exceptional needs, as that term is defined pursuant to Section 56026.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), this section shall not be construed to prevent a school district from meeting its obligation to ensure that the proposed charter school will meet the needs of individuals with exceptional needs in accordance with state and federal law, nor shall it be construed to limit or alter the reasons for denying a petition for the establishment of a charter school pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 47605.

47606.

 (a) A school district may convert all of its schools to charter schools under this part only if it meets all of the following conditions:

(1) Fifty percent of the teachers within the school district sign the charter petition.

(2) The charter petition contains all of the requirements set forth in subdivisions (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of Section 47605 and a provision that specifies alternative public school attendance arrangements for pupils residing within the school district who choose not to attend charter schools.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (c) of Section 47605, the districtwide charter petition shall be approved only by joint action of the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the State Board of Education.

47606.5.

 (a) On or before July 1, 2015, and each year thereafter, the governing body of a charter school shall hold a public hearing to adopt a local control and accountability plan using a template adopted by the state board. The governing body of a charter school shall update the goals and annual actions to achieve those goals identified in the charter petition pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 47605 or subparagraph (A) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) of Section 47605.6, as applicable, using the template for the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan adopted by the state board pursuant to Section 52064 and shall include all of the following:

(1) A review of the progress toward the goals included in the charter, an assessment of the effectiveness of the specific actions described in the charter toward achieving the goals, and a description of changes to the specific actions the charter school will make as a result of the review and assessment.

(2) A listing and description of the expenditures for the fiscal year implementing the specific actions included in the charter as a result of the reviews and assessment required by paragraph (1).

(b) For purposes of the review required by subdivision (a), a governing body of a charter school may consider qualitative information, including, but not limited to, findings that result from school quality reviews conducted pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 52052 or any other reviews.

(c) To the extent practicable, data reported pursuant to this section shall be reported in a manner consistent with how information is reported on the California School Dashboard maintained by the department pursuant to Section 52064.5.

(d) The charter school shall consult with teachers, principals, administrators, other school personnel, parents, and pupils in developing the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan.

(e) The governing body of a charter school shall hold at least one public hearing to solicit the recommendations and comments of members of the public regarding the specific actions and expenditures proposed to be included in the local control and accountability plan or annual update to the local control and accountability plan. The agenda for the public hearing shall be posted at least 72 hours before the public hearing, and the local control and accountability plan or annual update to the local control and accountability plan shall be made available for public inspection at each site operated by the charter school.

(f) The governing body of a charter school may adopt revisions to a local control and accountability plan during the period the local control and accountability plan is in effect. The governing body of a charter school may only adopt a revision to a local control and accountability plan if it follows the process to adopt a local control and accountability plan pursuant to this section and the revisions are adopted in a public meeting.

(g) Pursuant to Section 47604.33, the charter school shall submit the adopted or revised local control and accountability plan pursuant to this section to its chartering authority and the county superintendent of schools, or only to the county superintendent of schools if the county board of education is the chartering authority.

(h) The charter school shall prominently post on the home page of the internet website of the charter school any local control and accountability plan adopted by the governing body of the charter school, and any updates or revisions to a local control and accountability plan approved by the governing body of the charter school.

47607.

 (a) (1) A charter may be granted pursuant to Sections 47605, 47605.5, 47605.6, and 47606 for a period not to exceed five years.

(2) A chartering authority may grant one or more subsequent renewals pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c) and Section 47607.2. Notwithstanding subdivisions (b) and (c) and Section 47607.2, a chartering authority may deny renewal pursuant to subdivision (e).

(3) A charter school that, concurrently with its renewal, proposes to expand operations to one or more additional sites or grade levels shall request a material revision to its charter. A material revision of the provisions of a charter petition may be made only with the approval of the chartering authority. A material revision of a charter is governed by the standards and criteria described in Section 47605.

(4) The findings of paragraphs (7) and (8) of subdivision (c) of Section 47605 shall not be used to deny a renewal of an existing charter school, but may be used to deny a proposed expansion constituting a material revision.

(5) The chartering authority may inspect or observe any part of the charter school at any time.

(b) Renewals and material revisions of charters are governed by the standards and criteria described in Section 47605, and shall include, but not be limited to, a reasonably comprehensive description of any new requirement of charter schools enacted into law after the charter was originally granted or last renewed.

(c) (1) As an additional criterion for determining whether to grant a charter renewal, the chartering authority shall consider the performance of the charter school on the state and local indicators included in the evaluation rubrics adopted pursuant to Section 52064.5.

(2) (A) The chartering authority shall not deny renewal for a charter school pursuant to this subdivision if either of the following apply for two consecutive years immediately preceding the renewal decision:

(i) The charter school has received the two highest performance levels schoolwide on all the state indicators included in the evaluation rubrics adopted pursuant to Section 52064.5 for which it receives performance levels.

(ii) For all measurements of academic performance, the charter school has received performance levels schoolwide that are the same or higher than the state average and, for a majority of subgroups performing statewide below the state average in each respective year, received performance levels that are higher than the state average.

(iii) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii), a charter school eligible for technical assistance pursuant to Section 47607.3 shall not qualify for renewal under this paragraph.

(iv) A charter school that meets the criteria established by this paragraph and subdivision (a) of Section 47607.2 shall not qualify for treatment under this paragraph.

(B) The chartering authority that granted the charter may renew a charter pursuant to this paragraph for a period of between five and seven years.

(C) A charter school that satisfies the criteria in subparagraph (A) shall only be required to update the petition to include a reasonably comprehensive description of any new requirement of charter schools enacted into law after the charter was originally granted or last renewed and as necessary to reflect the current program offered by the charter school.

(3) For purposes of this section and Section 47607.2, “measurements of academic performance” means indicators included in the evaluation rubrics adopted pursuant to Section 52064.5 that are based on statewide assessments in the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress system, or any successor system, the English Language Proficiency Assessments for California, or any successor system, and the college and career readiness indicator.

(4) For purposes of this section and Section 47607.2, “subgroup” means numerically significant pupil subgroups as defined in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 52052.

(5) To qualify for renewal under clause (i) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2), subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 47607.2, or paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 47607.2, the charter school shall have schoolwide performance levels on at least two measurements of academic performance per year in each of the two consecutive years immediately preceding the renewal decision. To qualify for renewal under clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2), subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 47607.2, or paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 47607.2, the charter school shall have performance levels on at least two measurements of academic performance for at least two subgroups. A charter school without sufficient performance levels to meet these criteria shall be considered under subdivision (b) of Section 47607.2.

(6) For purposes of this section and Section 47607.2, if the dashboard indicators are not yet available for the most recently completed academic year before renewal, the chartering authority shall consider verifiable data provided by the charter school related to the dashboard indicators, such as data from the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress, or any successor system, for the most recent academic year.

(7) Paragraph (2) and subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section 47607.2 shall not apply to a charter school that is eligible for alternate methods for calculating the state and local indicators pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 52064.5. In determining whether to grant a charter renewal for such a charter school, the chartering authority shall consider, in addition to the charter school’s performance on the state and local indicators included in the evaluation rubrics adopted pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 52064.5, the charter school’s performance on alternative metrics applicable to the charter school based on the pupil population served. The chartering authority shall meet with the charter school during the first year of the charter school’s term to mutually agree to discuss alternative metrics to be considered pursuant to this paragraph and shall notify the charter school of the alternative metrics to be used within 30 days of this meeting. The chartering authority may deny a charter renewal pursuant to this paragraph only upon making written findings, setting forth specific facts to support the findings, that the closure of the charter school is in the best interest of pupils.

(d) (1) At the conclusion of the year immediately preceding the final year of the charter school’s term, the charter school authorizer may request, and the department shall provide, the following aggregate data reflecting pupil enrollment patterns at the charter school:

(A) The cumulative enrollment for each school year of the charter school’s term. For purposes of this chapter, cumulative enrollment is defined as the total number of pupils, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and pupil subgroups, who enrolled in school at any time during the school year.

(B) For each school year of the charter school’s term, the percentage of pupils enrolled at any point between the beginning of the school year and census day who were not enrolled at the conclusion of that year, and the average results on the statewide assessments in the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress system, or any successor system, for any such pupils who were enrolled in the charter school the prior school year.

(C) For each school year of the charter school’s term, the percentage of pupils enrolled the prior school year who were not enrolled as of census day for the school year, except for pupils who completed the grade that is the highest grade served by the charter school, and the average results on the statewide assessments in the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress system, or any successor system, for any such pupils.

(2) When determining whether to grant a charter renewal, the chartering authority shall review data provided pursuant to paragraph (1), any data that may be provided to chartering authorities by the department, and any substantiated complaints that the charter school has not complied with subparagraph (J) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 47605 or with subparagraph (J) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) of Section 47605.6.

(3) As part of its determination of whether to grant a charter renewal based on the criterion established pursuant to subdivision (c) and subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section 47607.2, the chartering authority may make a finding that the charter school is not serving all pupils who wish to attend and, upon making such a finding, specifically identify the evidence supporting the finding.

(e) Notwithstanding subdivision (c) and subdivisions (a) and (b) of Section 47607.2, the chartering authority may deny renewal of a charter school upon a finding that the school is demonstrably unlikely to successfully implement the program set forth in the petition due to substantial fiscal or governance factors, or is not serving all pupils who wish to attend, as documented pursuant to subdivision (d). The chartering authority may deny renewal of a charter school under this subdivision only after it has provided at least 30 days’ notice to the charter school of the alleged violation and provided the charter school with a reasonable opportunity to cure the violation, including a corrective action plan proposed by the charter school. The chartering authority may deny renewal only by making either of the following findings:

(1) The corrective action proposed by the charter school has been unsuccessful.

(2) The violations are sufficiently severe and pervasive as to render a corrective action plan unviable.

(f) A charter may be revoked by the chartering authority if the chartering authority finds, through a showing of substantial evidence, that the charter school did any of the following:

(1) Committed a material violation of any of the conditions, standards, or procedures set forth in the charter.

(2) Failed to meet or pursue any of the pupil outcomes identified in the charter.

(3) Failed to meet generally accepted accounting principles, or engaged in fiscal mismanagement.

(4) Violated any law.

(g) Before revocation, the chartering authority shall notify the charter school of any violation of this section and give the school a reasonable opportunity to remedy the violation, unless the chartering authority determines, in writing, that the violation constitutes a severe and imminent threat to the health or safety of the pupils.

(h) Before revoking a charter for failure to remedy a violation pursuant to subdivision (f), and after expiration of the school’s reasonable opportunity to remedy without successfully remedying the violation, the chartering authority shall provide a written notice of intent to revoke and notice of facts in support of revocation to the charter school. No later than 30 days after providing the notice of intent to revoke a charter, the chartering authority shall hold a public hearing, in the normal course of business, on the issue of whether evidence exists to revoke the charter. No later than 30 days after the public hearing, the chartering authority shall issue a final decision to revoke or decline to revoke the charter, unless the chartering authority and the charter school agree to extend the issuance of the decision by an additional 30 days. The chartering authority shall not revoke a charter, unless it makes written factual findings supported by substantial evidence, specific to the charter school, that support its findings.

(i) (1) If a school district is the chartering authority and it revokes a charter pursuant to this section, the charter school may appeal the revocation to the county board of education within 30 days following the final decision of the chartering authority.

(2) The county board of education may reverse the revocation decision if the county board of education determines that the findings made by the chartering authority under subdivision (h) are not supported by substantial evidence. The school district may appeal the reversal to the state board.

(3) If the county board of education does not issue a decision on the appeal within 90 days of receipt, or the county board of education upholds the revocation, the charter school may appeal the revocation to the state board.

(4) The state board may reverse the revocation decision if the state board determines that the findings made by the chartering authority under subdivision (h) are not supported by substantial evidence. The state board may uphold the revocation decision of the school district if the state board determines that the findings made by the chartering authority under subdivision (h) are supported by substantial evidence.

(j) (1) If a county board of education is the chartering authority and the county board of education revokes a charter pursuant to this section, the charter school may appeal the revocation to the state board within 30 days following the decision of the chartering authority.

(2) The state board may reverse the revocation decision if the state board determines that the findings made by the chartering authority under subdivision (h) are not supported by substantial evidence.

(k) If the revocation decision of the chartering authority is reversed on appeal, the agency that granted the charter shall continue to be regarded as the chartering authority.

(l) During the pendency of an appeal filed under this section, a charter school whose revocation proceedings are based on paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (f) shall continue to qualify as a charter school for funding and for all other purposes of this part, and may continue to hold all existing grants, resources, and facilities, in order to ensure that the education of pupils enrolled in the school is not disrupted.

(m) Immediately following the decision of a county board of education to reverse a decision of a school district to revoke a charter, all of the following shall apply:

(1) The charter school shall qualify as a charter school for funding and for all other purposes of this part.

(2) The charter school may continue to hold all existing grants, resources, and facilities.

(3) Any funding, grants, resources, and facilities that had been withheld from the charter school, or that the charter school had otherwise been deprived of use, as a result of the revocation of the charter, shall be immediately reinstated or returned.

(n) A final decision of a revocation or appeal of a revocation pursuant to subdivision (f) shall be reported to the chartering authority, the county board of education, and the department.

(o) The requirements of this section shall not be waived by the state board pursuant to Section 33050 or any other law.

47607.3.

 (a) Using an evaluation rubric adopted by the state board pursuant to Section 52064.5, and beginning with the 2020–21 school year, for any charter school for which one or more pupil subgroups identified pursuant to Section 52052 meet the criteria established pursuant to subdivision (g) of Section 52064.5 in two or more years, the county superintendent of schools in which the charter school is located shall provide technical assistance focused on building the charter school’s capacity to develop and implement actions and services responsive to pupil and community needs, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

(1) Assisting the charter school to identify its strengths and weaknesses in regard to the state priorities applicable to the charter school pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 47605. This shall include working collaboratively with the charter school to review performance data on the state and local indicators included in the California School Dashboard authorized by subdivision (f) of Section 52064.5 and other relevant local data, and to identify effective, evidence-based programs or practices that address any areas of weakness.

(2) Working collaboratively with the charter school to secure assistance from an academic, programmatic, or fiscal expert or team of experts to identify and implement effective programs and practices that are designed to improve performance in any areas of weakness identified by the charter school. The county superintendent of schools in which the charter school is located, in consultation with the charter school, may solicit another service provider, which may include, but is not limited to, a school district, county office of education, or charter school, to act as a partner to the charter school in need of technical assistance.

(3) Obtaining from the charter school timely documentation demonstrating that it has completed the activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2), or substantially similar activities, or has selected another service provider to work with the charter school to complete the activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2), or substantially similar activities, and ongoing communication with the chartering authority to assess the charter school’s progress in improving pupil outcomes.

(b) For purposes of this section, the geographic lead agency, as identified pursuant to Section 52073, or its designee, as identified in subdivision (d) of Section 52071, shall serve in the role of the county superintendent of schools for a charter school authorized by the county board of education.

(c) If the charter school meets the criteria established for school districts under paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 52072, the county superintendent of schools in the county which the charter school is located may request assistance from the California Collaborative for Educational Excellence. The California Collaborative for Educational Excellence may, after consulting with the Superintendent, and with the approval of the state board, provide advice and assistance to the charter school pursuant to Section 52074.

(d) A chartering authority shall consider for revocation any charter school to which the California Collaborative for Educational Excellence has provided advice and assistance pursuant to subdivision (c) and about which it has made either of the following findings, which shall be submitted to the chartering authority:

(1) That the charter school has failed, or is unable, to implement the recommendations of the California Collaborative for Educational Excellence.

(2) That the inadequate performance of the charter school, based upon an evaluation rubric adopted pursuant to Section 52064.5, is either so persistent or so acute as to require revocation of the charter.

(e) The chartering authority shall consider increases in pupil academic achievement for all pupil subgroups served by the charter school in determining whether to revoke the charter.

(f) A chartering authority shall comply with the hearing process described in subdivisions (g) and (h) of Section 47607 in revoking a charter. A charter school may not appeal a revocation of a charter made pursuant to this section.

(g) If the governing body of a charter school requests technical assistance, the chartering authority shall provide technical assistance consistent with paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a). If a charter school has not been identified for technical assistance pursuant to subdivision (a), the chartering authority may assess the charter school a fee not to exceed the cost of the service.

(h) A charter school shall accept the technical assistance provided pursuant to subdivision (a). For purposes of accepting technical assistance, a charter school may satisfy this requirement by providing the timely documentation to the county superintendent of schools of the county in which the charter school is located, and maintaining regular communication with the chartering authority.

(i) For a charter school that is eligible for alternate methods for calculating the state and local indicators pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 52064.5, technical assistance provided pursuant to subdivision (a) shall take into account the charter school’s performance on alternative metrics applicable to the charter school based on the pupil population served.

(j) This section shall not preclude a charter school from soliciting technical assistance from other entities at its own expense.

(k) For a charter school operating before July 1, 2020, subdivision (a) as it read on January 1, 2019, shall apply until June 30, 2022.

(l) The requirements of this section shall not be waived by the state board pursuant to Section 33050 or any other law.

47607.8.

 The department, in consultation with the state board, shall collect data to track implementation of Chapter 486 of the Statutes of 2019 (Assembly Bill 1505 of the 2019-20 Regular Session).

47611.5.

 (a) Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code shall apply to charter schools.

(b) A charter school charter shall contain a declaration regarding whether or not the charter school shall be deemed the exclusive public school employer of the employees at the charter school for the purposes of Section 3540.1 of the Government Code. If the charter school is not so deemed a public school employer, the school district where the charter is located shall be deemed the public school employer for the purposes of Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of the Government Code.

(c) If the charter of a charter school does not specify that it shall comply with those statutes and regulations governing public school employers that establish and regulate tenure or a merit or civil service system, the scope of representation for that charter school shall also include discipline and dismissal of charter school employees.

(d) The Public Employment Relations Board shall take into account the Charter Schools Act of 1992 (Part 26.8 (commencing with Section 47600)) when deciding cases brought before it related to charter schools.

(e) The approval or a denial of a charter petition by a granting agency pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 47605 shall not be controlled by collective bargaining agreements nor subject to review or regulation by the Public Employment Relations Board.

(f) By March 31, 2000, all existing charter schools must declare whether or not they shall be deemed a public school employer in accordance with subdivision (b), and that declaration shall not be materially inconsistent with the charter.

47612.7.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law and except as provided in subdivision (b), from January 1, 2020, to January 1, 2022, inclusive, the approval of a petition for the establishment of a new charter school, as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 47612.5, is prohibited.

(b) Subdivision (a) does not apply to a nonclassroom-based charter school that was granted approval of its petition and providing educational services to pupils before October 1, 2019, under either of the following circumstances:

(1) If Assembly Bill 1507 of the 2019–20 Regular Session amends Section 47605.1 and becomes operative on January 1, 2020, and the charter school is required to submit a petition to the governing board of a school district or county board of education in an adjacent county in which its existing resource center is located in order to comply with Section 47605.1, as amended by Assembly Bill 1507 of the 2019–20 Regular Session, or to retain current program offerings or enrollment.

(2) If a charter school is required to submit a petition to a school district or county board of education in which a resource center is located in order to comply with the court decision in Anderson Union High School District v. Shasta Secondary Home School (2016) 4 Cal.App.5th 262, or other relevant court ruling, and the petition is necessary to retain current program offerings or enrollment.

(c) A charter school authorized by a different chartering authority pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (b) shall be regarded by the department as a continuing charter school for all purposes.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 33050 or any other law, the state board shall not waive the restrictions described in this section.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2023, and as of that date is repealed.

48600.

 (a) The purpose of this article is to provide for the operation of 24-hour elementary schools, established pursuant to Article 27 (commencing with Section 940) of Chapter 2 of Part 1 of Division 2 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, for minors between the ages of 8 and 16 years and to provide for the attendance, maintenance, care, home supervision, guidance, observation, and education of minors attending the schools, and to provide the minors with that vocational, family and consumer sciences, mental, moral, physical, and other training that will tend to strengthen and develop them and enable them to become good and useful citizens. The staff of every 24-hour school shall make adjustments as rapidly as possible so that the period of time the child is away from ordinary community life is as brief as possible. They shall place the minors in properly licensed children’s institutions where they will be assured of suitable educational opportunities, and shall cooperate with child placement agencies to this end and to stimulate proper care of the minors by their parents.

(b) For purposes of this article, the county superintendent of schools has the primary authority to provide for the education and training of minors in 24-hour schools within the county.

48850.

 (a) (1) It is the intent of the Legislature to ensure that all pupils in foster care and those who are homeless, as defined by the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.), have a meaningful opportunity to meet the challenging state pupil academic achievement standards to which all pupils are held. In fulfilling their responsibilities to these pupils, educators, county placing agencies, care providers, advocates, and the juvenile courts shall work together to maintain stable school placements and to ensure that each pupil is placed in the least restrictive educational programs, and has access to the academic resources, services, and extracurricular and enrichment activities that are available to all pupils, including, but not necessarily limited to, interscholastic sports administered by the California Interscholastic Federation. In all instances, educational and school placement decisions shall be based on the best interests of the child and shall consider, among other factors, educational stability and the opportunity to be educated in the least restrictive educational setting necessary to achieve academic progress.

(2) A foster child who changes residences pursuant to a court order or decision of a child welfare worker or a homeless child or youth shall be immediately deemed to meet all residency requirements for participation in interscholastic sports or other extracurricular activities.

(3) (A) Pursuant to the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.), public schools, including charter schools, and county offices of education shall immediately enroll a homeless child or youth seeking enrollment except where the enrollment would be in conflict with subdivision (e) of Section 47605.

(B) The department and the State Department of Social Services shall identify representatives from the department, the State Department of Social Services, and other state agencies that have experience in homeless youth issues to develop policies and practices to support homeless children and youths and to ensure that child abuse and neglect reporting requirements do not create barriers to the school enrollment and attendance of homeless children or youths, including, but not limited to, ensuring that a pupil who is a homeless child or youth is not reported to law enforcement by school personnel if the sole reason for the report is the pupil’s homelessness. The selected representatives shall present the policies and practices to the Superintendent and the State Department of Social Services to be considered for implementation or dissemination, as appropriate.

(b) Every county office of education shall make available to agencies that place children in licensed children’s institutions information on educational options for children residing in licensed children’s institutions within the jurisdiction of the county office of education for use by the placing agencies in assisting parents and foster children to choose educational placements.

(c) For purposes of individuals with exceptional needs residing in licensed children’s institutions, making a copy of the annual service plan, prepared pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 56205, available to those special education local plan areas that have revised their local plans pursuant to Section 56836.03 shall meet the requirements of subdivision (b).

(d) For purposes of this section, “homeless child or youth” and “homeless children and youths” are defined in Section 11434a(2) of Title 42 of the United States Code.

49414.1.

 (a) For purposes of this section, the following apply:

(1) “Cannabis” has the same meaning as in Section 11018 of the Health and Safety Code. “Cannabis” includes cannabis products.

(2) “Cannabis products” has the same meaning as in Section 11018.1 of the Health and Safety Code.

(3) “Medicinal cannabis” excludes medicinal cannabis or cannabis products in a smokeable or vapeable form.

(b) Notwithstanding Sections 11357 and 11361 of the Health and Safety Code, the governing board of a school district, a county board of education, or the governing body of a charter school maintaining kindergarten or any of grades 1 to 12, inclusive, may adopt, at a regularly scheduled meeting of the governing board or body, a policy that allows a parent or guardian of a pupil to possess and administer medicinal cannabis at a schoolsite to the pupil who is a qualified patient pursuant to Article 2.5 (commencing with Section 11362.7) of Chapter 6 of Division 10 of the Health and Safety Code.

(c) The policy shall include, at a minimum, all of the following elements:

(1) The parent or guardian shall not administer the medicinal cannabis in a manner that disrupts the educational environment or exposes other pupils.

(2) After the parent or guardian administers the medicinal cannabis, the parent or guardian shall remove any remaining medicinal cannabis from the schoolsite.

(3) The parent or guardian shall sign in at the schoolsite before administering the medicinal cannabis.

(4) Before administering the medicinal cannabis, the parent or guardian shall provide to an employee of the school a valid written medical recommendation for medicinal cannabis for the pupil to be kept on file at the school.

(d) For purposes of confidentiality and disclosure, pupil records collected in accordance with a policy adopted pursuant to subdivision (b) for the purpose of administering medicinal cannabis to a pupil shall be treated as medical records and shall be subject to all provisions of state and federal law that govern the confidentiality and disclosure of medical records.

(e) The governing board of a school district, a county board of education, or the governing body of a charter school that adopts a policy pursuant to subdivision (b) may amend or rescind the policy at a regularly scheduled meeting of the governing board or body for any reason, including, but not limited to, if the school district, county office of education, or charter school is at risk of, or has lost, federal funding as a result of the policy.

(f) The governing board of a school district, a county board of education, or the governing body of a charter school that adopts a policy pursuant to subdivision (b) may amend or rescind the policy at a special meeting in compliance with Section 54956 of the Government Code if both of the following conditions are met:

(1) Exigent circumstances necessitate an immediate change to the policy adopted pursuant to subdivision (b).

(2) At the meeting the governing board or body will address the intent to amend or rescind the policy adopted pursuant to subdivision (b).

(g) This section does not require the staff of a school district, county office of education, or charter school to administer medicinal cannabis.

51220.

 The adopted course of study for grades 7 to 12, inclusive, shall offer courses in the following areas of study:

(a) English, including knowledge of and appreciation for literature, language, and composition, and the skills of reading, listening, and speaking.

(b) (1) Social sciences, drawing upon the disciplines of anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology, designed to fit the maturity of the pupils. Instruction shall provide a foundation for understanding the history, resources, development, and government of California and the United States of America; instruction in our American legal system, the operation of the juvenile and adult criminal justice systems, and the rights and duties of citizens under the criminal and civil law and the State and Federal Constitutions; the development of the American economic system, including the role of the entrepreneur and labor; the relations of persons to their human and natural environment; eastern and western cultures and civilizations; human rights issues, with particular attention to the study of the inhumanity of genocide, slavery, and the Holocaust; and contemporary issues.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, genocide may include the Armenian Genocide. The “Armenian Genocide” means the torture, starvation, and murder of 1,500,000 Armenians, which included death marches into the Syrian desert, by the rulers of the Ottoman Turkish Empire and the exile of more than 500,000 innocent people during the period from 1915 to 1923, inclusive.

(c) World language or languages, beginning not later than grade 7, designed to develop a facility for understanding, speaking, reading, and writing the particular language.

(d) Physical education, with emphasis given to physical activities that are conducive to health and to vigor of body and mind, as required by Section 51222.

(e) Science, including the physical and biological aspects, with emphasis on basic concepts, theories, and processes of scientific investigation and on the place of humans in ecological systems, and with appropriate applications of the interrelation and interdependence of the sciences.

(f) Mathematics, including instruction designed to develop mathematical understandings, operational skills, and insight into problem-solving procedures.

(g) Visual and performing arts, including dance, music, theater, and visual arts, with emphasis upon development of aesthetic appreciation and the skills of creative expression.

(h) Applied arts, including instruction in the areas of consumer education, family and consumer sciences education, industrial arts, general business education, or general agriculture.

(i) Career technical education designed and conducted for the purpose of preparing youth for gainful employment in the occupations and in the numbers that are appropriate to the personnel needs of the state and the community served and relevant to the career desires and needs of the pupils.

(j) Automobile driver education, designed to develop a knowledge of the Vehicle Code and other laws of this state relating to the operation of motor vehicles, a proper acceptance of personal responsibility in traffic, a true appreciation of the causes, seriousness, and consequences of traffic accidents, and the knowledge and attitudes necessary for the safe operation of motor vehicles. A course in automobile driver education shall include education in the safe operation of motorcycles.

(k) Other studies as may be prescribed by the governing board.

51226.7.

 (a) The Instructional Quality Commission shall develop, and the state board shall adopt, modify, or revise, a model curriculum in ethnic studies to ensure quality courses of study in ethnic studies. The model curriculum shall be developed with participation from faculty of ethnic studies programs at universities and colleges with ethnic studies programs and a group of representatives of local educational agencies, a majority of whom are kindergarten to grade 12, inclusive, teachers who have relevant experience or education background in the study and teaching of ethnic studies.

(b) The model curriculum shall be written as a guide to allow school districts to adapt their courses to reflect the pupil demographics in their communities. The model curriculum shall include examples of courses offered by local educational agencies that have been approved as meeting the A–G admissions requirements of the University of California and the California State University, including, to the extent possible, course outlines for those courses.

(c) On or before December 31, 2020, the Instructional Quality Commission shall submit the model curriculum to the state board for adoption, and the state board shall adopt the model curriculum on or before March 31, 2021.

(d) The Instructional Quality Commission shall provide a minimum of 45 days for public comment before submitting the model curriculum to the state board.

(e) Beginning in the school year following the adoption of the model curriculum pursuant to this section, each school district or charter school maintaining any of grades 9 to 12, inclusive, that does not otherwise offer a standards-based ethnic studies curriculum is encouraged to offer to all otherwise qualified pupils a course of study in ethnic studies based on the model curriculum. A school district or charter school that elects to offer a course of study in ethnic studies pursuant to this subdivision shall offer the course as an elective in the social sciences or English language arts and shall make the course available in at least one year during a pupil’s enrollment in grades 9 to 12, inclusive.

(f) It is the intent of the Legislature that local educational agencies submit course outlines for ethnic studies for approval as A–G courses.

51747.3.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, a local educational agency, including, but not limited to, a charter school, may not claim state funding for the independent study of a pupil, whether characterized as home study or otherwise, if the local educational agency has provided any funds or other thing of value to the pupil or his or her parent or guardian that the local educational agency does not provide to pupils who attend regular classes or to their parents or guardians. A charter school may not claim state funding for the independent study of a pupil, whether characterized as home study or otherwise, if the charter school has provided any funds or other thing of value to the pupil or his or her parent or guardian that a school district could not legally provide to a similarly situated pupil of the school district, or to his or her parent or guardian.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of Section 47605 or any other law, community school and independent study average daily attendance shall be claimed by school districts, county superintendents of schools, and charter schools only for pupils who are residents of the county in which the apportionment claim is reported, or who are residents of a county immediately adjacent to the county in which the apportionment claim is reported.

(c) The Superintendent shall not apportion funds for reported average daily attendance, through full-time independent study, of pupils who are enrolled in school pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 48204.

(d) In conformity with Provisions 25 and 28 of Item 6110–101–001 of Section 2.00 of the Budget Act of 1992, this section is applicable to average daily attendance reported for apportionment purposes beginning July 1, 1992. The provisions of this section are not subject to waiver by the state board, by the Superintendent, or under any provision of Part 26.8 (commencing with Section 47600).

52064.

 (a) On or before March 31, 2014, the state board shall adopt a template for a local control and accountability plan and an annual update to the local control and accountability plan for the following purposes:

(1) For use by school districts to meet the requirements of Sections 52060 to 52063, inclusive.

(2) For use by county superintendents of schools to meet the requirements of Sections 52066 to 52069, inclusive.

(3) For use by charter schools to meet the requirements of Section 47606.5.

(b) On or before January 31, 2020, the template adopted by the state board shall require the inclusion of all of the following information:

(1) A description of the annual goals, for all pupils and each subgroup of pupils identified pursuant to Section 52052, to be achieved for each of the state priorities identified in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 47605, subparagraph (A) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) of Section 47605.6, subdivision (d) of Section 52060, or subdivision (d) of Section 52066, as applicable, and for any additional local priorities identified by the governing board of the school district, the county board of education, or in the charter school petition. For purposes of this article, a subgroup of pupils identified pursuant to Section 52052 shall be a numerically significant pupil subgroup as specified in subdivision (a) of Section 52052.

(2) A description of the specific actions the school district, county office of education, or charter school will take during each year of the local control and accountability plan to achieve the goals identified in paragraph (1). The specific actions shall not supersede the provisions of existing local collective bargaining agreements, if any, within the jurisdiction of the school district, county office of education, or charter school.

(3) One or more summary tables listing and describing the budgeted expenditures for the ensuing fiscal year implementing each specific action included in the local control and accountability plan, including expenditures for the ensuing fiscal year that will serve unduplicated pupils, as defined in Section 42238.02, and pupils redesignated as fluent English proficient. The summary table or tables shall include both of the following:

(A) The total overall expenditures for all specific actions included in the local control and accountability plan, broken down by personnel and nonpersonnel expenditures.

(B) The subtotals of expenditures for each specific action included in the local control and accountability plan broken down into the following categories:

(i) Funds apportioned under the local control funding formula pursuant to Section 42238.02.

(ii) All other state funds.

(iii) All local funds.

(iv) All federal funds.

(4) One or more summary tables listing and describing the specific actions and budgeted expenditures in paragraph (3) that contribute to the demonstration that the school district, county office of education, or charter school will increase or improve services for unduplicated pupils in proportion to the increase in funds apportioned on the basis of the number and concentration of unduplicated pupils, consistent with regulations adopted by the state board pursuant to Section 42238.07, grouped as follows:

(A) Specific actions and budgeted expenditures provided to all pupils on a districtwide, countywide, or charterwide basis.

(B) Specific actions and budgeted expenditures that are targeted only to one or more unduplicated pupil subgroups. For these specific actions, the description shall specify the unduplicated pupil subgroup or subgroups that are targeted by each specific action and, if not provided at all schools, the school or schools where the specific action is provided.

(C) Only for school districts and county offices of education that operate more than one schoolsite, specific actions and budgeted expenditures provided to all pupils on a schoolwide basis, but only at schools serving certain grade spans or only at one or more schools. For these specific actions, the description shall specify the school or schools at which the specific action is provided.

(5) An estimate of the funds to be apportioned in the ensuing fiscal year on the basis of the number and concentration of unduplicated pupils and calculation of the percent the school district, county office of education, or charter school will increase or improve services for unduplicated pupils in proportion to the increase in funds apportioned on the basis of the number and concentration of unduplicated pupils, consistent with regulations adopted by the state board pursuant to Section 42238.07.

(6) A demonstration that the school district, county office of education, or charter school will increase or improve services for unduplicated pupils in the ensuing fiscal year in proportion to the increase in funds apportioned on the basis of the number and concentration of unduplicated pupils, consistent with regulations adopted by the state board pursuant to Section 42238.07.

(7) A review of the progress toward the goals included in the existing local control and accountability plan, a review of any changes in the applicability of the goals, an assessment of the effectiveness of the specific actions described in the existing local control and accountability plan toward achieving the goals, a description of changes to the specific actions and related expenditures the school district, county office of education, or charter school will make as a result of the review and assessment, and an update on progress implementing the specific actions in the current fiscal year, including estimated actual expenditures for the specific actions.

(8) A plan summary that includes general information about the school district, county office of education, or charter school and highlights of the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan, including reflections on annual performance on the California School Dashboard authorized in Section 52064.5 and other local data.

(c) If possible, the templates identified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) for use by county superintendents of schools shall allow a county superintendent of schools to develop a single local control and accountability plan that would also satisfy the requirements of Section 48926.

(d) (1) The template for the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan shall, to the greatest extent practicable, use language that is understandable and accessible to parents. The state board shall include instructions for school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools to complete the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan consistent with the requirements of this section. The state board may include more technical language in the instructions.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), the state board shall not require school districts, county offices of education, or charter schools to provide any information in addition to the information required pursuant to subdivision (b).

(3) The state board may require the inclusion of additional information in the template in order to meet requirements of federal law.

(e) (1) The process of developing and annually updating the local control and accountability plan should support school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools in comprehensive strategic planning, accountability, and improvement across the state priorities and any locally identified priorities through meaningful engagement with local stakeholders.

(2) In developing the template for the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan, the state board shall ensure that school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools track and report their progress annually on all state priorities, including the applicable metrics specified within each state priority and, for charter schools, in accordance with Section 47606.5.

(3) The instructions developed by the state board pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) shall specify that school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools should prioritize the focus of the goals, specific actions, and related expenditures included within the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan within one or more state priorities. The instructions shall further specify that school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools should consider their performance on the state and local indicators, including their locally collected and reported data for the local indicators, that are included in the California School Dashboard authorized in Section 52064.5 in determining whether and how to prioritize the goals, specific actions, and related expenditures included within the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan.

(4) The instructions developed by the state board pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) shall specify that school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools that have a numerically significant English learner pupil subgroup shall include specific actions in the local control and accountability plan related to, at a minimum, the language acquisition programs, as defined in Section 306, provided to pupils and professional development activities specific to English learners.

(f) (1) Except as provided in subdivision (g), the state board shall adopt the template pursuant to the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code). The state board may adopt emergency regulations for purposes of implementing this section. The adoption of emergency regulations shall be deemed an emergency and necessary for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety, or general welfare.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the state board may adopt or revise the template in accordance with the requirements of the Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act (Article 9 (commencing with Section 11120) of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code). When adopting the template pursuant to the requirements of the Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act, the state board shall present the template at a regular meeting and may only take action to adopt the template at a subsequent regular meeting. This paragraph shall become inoperative on January 31, 2019.

(g) Notwithstanding subdivision (f), revisions of the template for the local control and accountability plan and annual update to the local control and accountability plan necessary to implement Assembly Bill 1808 and Assembly Bill 1840 of the 2017–18 Regular Session shall not be subject to the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code). The state board may make necessary revisions to the template in accordance with the requirements of the Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act (Article 9 (commencing with Section 11120) of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code).

(h) Revisions to a template shall be approved by the state board by January 31 before the fiscal year during which the template is to be used by a school district, county superintendent of schools, or charter school.

(i) In developing the template, the state board shall take steps to minimize duplication of effort at the local level to the greatest extent possible. The adoption of a template or evaluation rubric by the state board shall not create a requirement for a governing board of a school district, a county board of education, or a governing body of a charter school to submit a local control and accountability plan to the state board, unless otherwise required by federal law. The Superintendent shall not require a local control and accountability plan to be submitted by a governing board of a school district or the governing body of a charter school to the state board. The state board may adopt a template or evaluation rubric that would authorize a school district or a charter school to submit to the state board only the sections of the local control and accountability plan required by federal law.

(j) Notwithstanding any other law, the templates developed by the state board pursuant to this section, as it read on June 30, 2018, shall continue in effect until the state board adopts a new template pursuant to subdivision (b) on or before January 31, 2020, except that the state board may adopt revisions to those templates pursuant to subdivision (g) that are necessary to implement Assembly Bill 1808 of the 2017–18 Regular Session or meet federal requirements.

52064.5.

 (a) On or before October 1, 2016, the state board shall adopt evaluation rubrics for all of the following purposes:

(1) To assist a school district, county office of education, or charter school in evaluating its strengths, weaknesses, and areas that require improvement.

(2) To assist a county superintendent of schools, the department, or a chartering authority in identifying school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools in need of technical assistance pursuant to Section 52071, 52071.5, or 47607.3, as applicable, and the specific priorities upon which the technical assistance should be focused.

(3) To assist the Superintendent in identifying school districts and county offices of education for which intervention pursuant to Section 52072 or 52072.5, as applicable, is warranted.

(b) The evaluation rubrics shall reflect a holistic, multidimensional assessment of school district and individual schoolsite performance and shall include all of the state priorities described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060.

(c) As part of the evaluation rubrics, the state board shall adopt state and local indicators to measure school district and individual schoolsite performance in regard to each of the state priorities described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060. No later than January 31, 2021, local indicators shall reflect school-level data to the extent the department collects or otherwise has access to relevant and reliable school-level data for all schools statewide.

(d) The state board may adopt alternate methods for calculating the state and local indicators described in subdivision (c) for alternative schools, as described in subdivision (d) of Section 52052, if appropriate to more fairly evaluate the performance of these schools or of a specific category of these schools. Alternate methods may include an individual pupil growth model.

(e) (1) As part of the evaluation rubrics, the state board shall adopt standards for school district and individual schoolsite performance and expectations for improvement in regard to each of the state priorities described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060. The standards shall be based on the state and local indicators specified in subdivision (c).

(2) No later than January 31, 2020, the standards for local indicators shall, at a minimum, ensure that the governing board of a school district, the county board of education, and the governing body of a charter school review any data to be publicly reported for the local indicators in conjunction with the adoption of a local control and accountability plan pursuant to Section 52062, 52068, or 47606.5, as applicable. No later than January 31, 2021, the standards for local indicators for which the department collects or otherwise has access to relevant and reliable school-level data for all schools statewide shall, to the extent practicable, be based on objective criteria, which may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the extent of any disparities across schoolsites within a school district or county office of education or performance relative to statewide data.

(f) The department, in collaboration with, and subject to the approval of, the executive director of the state board, shall develop and maintain the California School Dashboard, a Web-based system for publicly reporting performance data on the state and local indicators included in the evaluation rubrics.

(g) As part of the evaluation rubrics, the state board shall adopt performance criteria for local educational agency assistance and intervention pursuant to Sections 47607.3, 52071, 52071.5, 52072, and 52072.5. The criteria shall be based on performance by pupil subgroups either across two or more of the state and local indicators specified in subdivision (c) or across two or more of the state priorities described in subdivision (d) of Section 52060 and subdivision (d) of Section 52066.

52065.

 (a) The superintendent of a school district shall do both of the following:

(1) Prominently post on the homepage of the internet website of the school district any local control and accountability plan approved by the governing board of the school district, and any updates or revisions to a local control and accountability plan approved by the governing board of the school district.

(2) Prominently post all local control and accountability plans submitted by charter schools that were authorized by the school district, or links to those plans, on the internet website of the school district.

(b) A county superintendent of schools shall do all of the following:

(1) Prominently post on the home page of the internet website of the county office of education any local control and accountability plan approved by the county board of education, and any updates or revisions to a local control and accountability plan approved by the county board of education.

(2) Prominently post all local control and accountability plans submitted by school districts and charter schools, or links to those plans, on the internet website of the county office of education.

(3) Transmit or otherwise make available to the Superintendent all local control and accountability plans submitted to the county superintendent of schools by school districts and charter schools, and the local control and accountability plan approved by the county board of education.

(c) The Superintendent shall post links to all local control and accountability plans approved by the governing boards of school districts, county boards of education, and the governing bodies of charter schools, on the internet website of the department.

56836.40.

 (a) For any fiscal year in which moneys are appropriated for purposes of this section, the Superintendent shall make the following computations to determine the amount of funding for each school district for the special education early intervention preschool grant:

(1) For each school district, determine the total number of preschool children with exceptional needs residing in that school district using prior year December special education data.

(2) The sum of the totals determined pursuant to paragraph (1) is the total statewide number of preschool children with exceptional needs for the applicable fiscal year.

(3) Calculate a per pupil special education early intervention preschool grant by dividing the amount appropriated in the annual Budget Act for purposes of this section by the total statewide number of preschool children with exceptional needs calculated in paragraph (2).

(4) Calculate the special education early intervention preschool grant for each school district by multiplying the per pupil grant calculated in paragraph (3) by the total number of preschool children with exceptional needs in paragraph (1).

(5) The Superintendent shall allocate the amount of funds calculated for each school district in paragraph (4) to the applicable school district.

(b) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds allocated pursuant to this section are unrestricted in nature.

(c) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) “Preschool child with exceptional needs” means a child between three and five years of age, inclusive, who has been identified as an individual with exceptional needs, as defined in Section 56026, and is receiving individualized education program services, except those enrolled in kindergarten or a transitional kindergarten program.

(2) “Transitional kindergarten” means the first year of a two-year kindergarten program that uses a modified kindergarten curriculum that is age and developmentally appropriate.

56477.

 (a) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, the department shall jointly convene with the State Department of Developmental Services and the State Department of Health Care Services one or more workgroups that include representatives from local educational agencies, appropriate county agencies, regional centers, and legislative staff. The workgroups shall convene for the following purposes:

(1) Improving transition of three-year-old children with disabilities from regional centers to local educational agencies, to help ensure continuity of services for young children and families.

(2) Improving coordination and expansion of access to available federal funds through the Medi-Cal Billing Option Program, the School-based Medi-Cal Administrative Activities Program, and medically necessary federal Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic, and Treatment benefits.

(b) On or before October 1, 2020, the workgroups shall provide the chairs of the relevant policy committees and budget subcommittees of the Legislature and the Department of Finance with recommendations for all of the following:

(1) Strategies to improve the state’s performance in meeting federal deadlines for transitioning three-year-old children from individualized family service plans administered by a regional center to individualized education programs administered by a local educational agency.

(2) Best practices for regional centers and local educational agencies to ensure every three-year-old child receives an uninterrupted continuum of support services.

(3) Program requirements and support services needed for the Medi-Cal Billing Option Program, the School-based Medi-Cal Administrative Activities Program, and medically necessary federal Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic, and Treatment benefits to ensure ease of use and access for local educational agencies and parity of eligible services throughout the state and country.

(c) Recommendations provided pursuant to this section shall include any specific changes needed to state regulations or statutes, need for approval of amendments to the state Medicaid plan or federal waivers, changes to the implementation of federal regulations, changes to state agency support and oversight, and associated staffing or funding needed to implement the recommendations.

60630.

 (a) The Superintendent shall prepare and submit, and subsequently post on the internet website of the department, an annual report to the state board containing an analysis of the results and test scores of the summative assessments administered pursuant to Section 60640. The Superintendent shall notify the state board and the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature that the annual report is available on the internet website of the department.

(b) The Superintendent shall post a periodic update on the implementation of the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress on the internet website of the department, and notify the state board and the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of the Legislature that the update is available on the internet website of the department.

60641.

 (a) The department shall ensure that local educational agencies comply with each of the following requirements:

(1) The achievement tests provided for in Section 60640 are scheduled to be administered to all pupils, inclusive of pupils enrolled in charter schools and exclusive of pupils exempted pursuant to Section 60640, during the period prescribed in subdivision (b) of Section 60640.

(2) For assessments that produce valid individual pupil results, the individual results of each pupil tested pursuant to Section 60640 shall be reported, in writing, to the parent or guardian of the pupil. The report shall include a clear explanation of the purpose of the test, the score of the pupil, and the intended use by the local educational agency of the test score. This subdivision does not require teachers or other local educational agency personnel to prepare individualized explanations of the test score of each pupil. It is the intent of the Legislature that this section does not preclude a school or school district from meeting the reporting requirement by the use of electronic media formats that secure the confidentiality of the pupil and the pupil’s results. State agencies or local educational agencies shall not use a comparison resulting from the scores and results of the California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress (CAASPP) assessments and the assessment scores and results from assessments that measured previously adopted content standards.

(3) (A) For assessments that produce valid individual pupil results, the individual results of each pupil tested pursuant to Section 60640 also shall be reported to the school and teachers of a pupil. The local educational agency shall include the test results of a pupil in the pupil’s records. However, except as provided in this section and Section 60607, personally identifiable pupil test results only may be released with the permission of either the pupil’s parent or guardian if the pupil is a minor, or the pupil if the pupil has reached the age of majority or is emancipated.

(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) and pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 60607, a pupil or the pupil’s parent or guardian may authorize the release of individual pupil results to a postsecondary educational institution for purposes of credit, placement, determination of readiness for college-level coursework, or admission.

(4) The districtwide, school-level, and grade-level results of the CAASPP in each of the grades designated pursuant to Section 60640, but not the score or relative position of any individually ascertainable pupil, shall be reported to the governing board of the school district at a regularly scheduled meeting, and the countywide, school-level, and grade-level results for classes and programs under the jurisdiction of the county office of education shall be similarly reported to the county board of education at a regularly scheduled meeting.

(b) The state board shall adopt regulations that outline a calendar for delivery and receipt of summative assessment results at the pupil, school, grade, district, county, and state levels. The calendar shall include delivery dates to the department and to local educational agencies. The calendar for delivery shall provide for the timely return of assessment results, and consider the amount of paper-and-pencil administered assessments and number of items requiring hand scoring. The calendar shall also ensure that individual assessment results are reported to local educational agencies within eight weeks of receipt by the contractor for scoring.

(c) Aggregated, disaggregated, or group scores or reports that include the results of the CAASPP assessments, inclusive of the reports developed pursuant to Section 60630, shall not be publicly reported to any party other than the school or local educational agency where the pupils were tested, if the aggregated, disaggregated, or group scores or reports are comprised of 10 or fewer individual pupil assessment results. Exclusive of the reports developed pursuant to Section 60630, in no case shall any group score or report be displayed that would deliberately or inadvertently make the score or performance of any individual pupil or teacher identifiable.

(d) The department shall ensure that pupils in grade 11, or parents or legal guardians of those pupils, may request results from grade 11 assessments administered as part of the CAASPP for purposes of determining credit, placement, or readiness for college-level coursework be released to a postsecondary educational institution.

66014.2.

 (a) In order to help prospective students and their families more accurately calculate the cost of attendance, each campus of the California State University shall, and each campus of the University of California is requested to, post all of the following on its internet website, on or before February 1, 2020, and on or before February 1 each year thereafter:

(1) (A) Information about the market cost of one- and two-bedroom apartments and of one-person bedrooms in private houses in the areas surrounding that campus where its students commonly reside.

(B) In reporting this information, the campus shall exercise due diligence, and shall consult bona fide and reliable sources of current information about local housing market costs, including, but not necessarily limited to, information received from students of that campus, local newspapers and bulletin boards, and internet websites on which notices regarding local rental vacancies are posted. The information posted pursuant to this section shall be posted in the same location on the campus internet website where the housing cost estimates for off-campus students are posted.

(2) Separate estimates of other cost-of-living categories, on the same internet web page, including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(A) The estimated cost of living at home or in a permanent residence, such as with a parent.

(B) The estimated cost of food.

(C) The estimated cost of transportation.

(D) The estimated cost of books and supplies.

(E) The estimated cost of miscellaneous expenses.

(F) The estimated cost of tuition.

(G) The estimated cost of mandatory student fees.

(H) A description of the data sources and methods used to calculate its estimates for each cost of living category.

(3) A statement emphasizing both of the following:

(A) All cost estimates reflect estimated costs for a typical student, but actual costs can vary considerably for individual students.

(B) The university strongly encourages prospective students and their families to consider how their own costs might differ from those given in the estimates, including by seeking out cost of attendance estimates from other sources and by considering whether they will face other costs that are not listed in the estimate categories or how their veteran status might affect costs.

(b) Each campus of the California State University shall, and each campus of the University of California is requested to, post the information described in subdivision (a) on the same internet web pages where it is required to post cost estimates of institutional housing and meal plans pursuant to Section 69503.6.

66022.5.

 (a) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Admission by exception” means the process by which a campus admits applicants who do not meet the eligibility requirements for admission to the segment, or guaranteed admission to a campus of the segment, but who demonstrate high potential for success and leadership in an academic or special talent program at the campus.

(2) “Campus” means a campus of the California State University or the University of California.

(3) “Special talent program” refers to a campus’ program that requires additional admissions review to determine the qualification of an applicant for admission into that program. Special talent programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, a campus’ athletic or fine arts programs.

(b) A campus shall not admit a student by admission by exception unless the student’s admission by exception has been approved, before the student’s enrollment, by a minimum of three senior campus administrators.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), a campus may admit, by admission by exception, a California resident who is receiving an institution-based scholarship to attend the campus or an applicant who is accepted by an educational opportunity program for admission to the campus.

(d) A campus that admits a student by admission by exception shall comply with both of the following:

(1) Document its employees who were involved in the evaluation of the student’s application for admission.

(2) Establish a policy that applies articulated standards to the campus’ admissions by exception decisions. The standards shall include minimum procedural requirements and shall include an explanation for choosing the standards that supports their application as fair and appropriate.

(e) A campus that admits a student by admission by exception into an athletics program shall establish a policy requiring the student to participate in the program for a minimum of one academic year.

(f) (1) Upon request, a campus shall report to the Legislature, pursuant to Section 9795 of the Government Code, any information that is required to be established or documented pursuant to this section.

(2) The campus shall submit information to the Legislature pursuant to paragraph (1) to the extent permitted by state and federal privacy laws, including, but not limited to, the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1232g).

(g) This section shall not be interpreted to prohibit the University of California from adopting policies that impose additional restrictions on or requirements for admission by exception.

(h) This section shall become operative commencing with admissions for the 2020–21 academic year.

66025.9.

 (a) The California State University and each community college district shall, and the University of California is requested to, with respect to each campus in their respective jurisdictions that administers a priority enrollment system, grant priority in that system for registration for enrollment to a foster youth, former foster youth, homeless youth, or former homeless youth.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Foster youth and former foster youth” means a person in California whose dependency was established or continued by the court on or after the youth’s 16th birthday and who is no older than 25 years of age at the commencement of the academic year.

(2) “Homeless youth and former homeless youth” means a student under 25 years of age, who has been verified, in the case of a former homeless youth, at any time during the 24 months immediately preceding the receipt of the youth’s application for admission by a postsecondary educational institution that is a qualifying institution pursuant to Section 69432.7, as a homeless child or youth, as defined in subsection (2) of Section 725 of the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11434a(2)), by at least one of the following:

(A) A homeless services provider, as that term is defined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (d) of Section 103577 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B) The director of a federal TRIO program or Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate Programs program, or a designee of that director.

(C) A financial aid administrator for an institution of higher education.

(D) A homeless and foster student liaison designated pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 67003.5.

(c) For purposes of this section, a student who is verified as a homeless youth as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) shall retain that status for a period of six years from the date of admission to the postsecondary educational institution.

66281.7.

 (a) It is the policy of the State of California, pursuant to Section 66251, that all persons, regardless of their sex, should enjoy freedom from discrimination of any kind, including, but not limited to, pregnancy discrimination as described in Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1681, et seq.), in the postsecondary educational institutions of the state.

(b) Each of the following requirements apply to postsecondary educational institutions in this state:

(1) A postsecondary educational institution, including the faculty, staff, or other employees of the institution, shall not do any of the following solely due to pregnancy or pregnancy-related issues:

(A) Require a graduate student to take a leave of absence or withdraw from the graduate program.

(B) Limit the student’s graduate studies.

(2) A postsecondary educational institution, including the faculty, staff, or other employees of the institution, shall reasonably accommodate pregnant graduate students so they may complete their graduate courses of study and research. Reasonable accommodation within the meaning of this subdivision may include, but is not necessarily limited to, allowances for the pregnant student’s health and safety, such as allowing the student to maintain a safe distance from hazardous substances, allowing the student to make up tests and assignments that are missed for pregnancy-related reasons, or allowing the student to take a leave of absence. Reasonable accommodation shall include excusing absences that are medically necessary, as required under Title IX.

(3) A graduate student who chooses to take a leave of absence because the graduate student is pregnant or has recently given birth shall be allowed a period consistent with the policies of the postsecondary educational institution, or a period of 12 additional months, whichever period is longer, to prepare for and take preliminary and qualifying examinations and an extension of at least 12 months toward normative time to degree while in candidacy for a graduate degree, unless a longer extension is medically necessary.

(4) A graduate student who is not the birth parent and who chooses to take a leave of absence because of the birth of the student’s child shall be allowed a period consistent with the policies of the postsecondary educational institution, or a period of one month, whichever period is longer, to prepare for and take preliminary and qualifying examinations, and an extension of at least one month toward normative time to degree while in candidacy for a graduate degree, unless a longer period or extension is medically necessary to care for the student’s partner or their child.

(5) An enrolled graduate student in good academic standing who chooses to take a leave of absence because the student is pregnant or has recently given birth shall return to the student program in good academic standing following a leave period consistent with the policies of the postsecondary educational institution or of up to one academic year, whichever period is longer, subject to the reasonable administrative requirements of the institution, unless there is a medical reason for a longer absence, in which case the student’s standing in the graduate program shall be maintained during that period of absence.

(6) An enrolled graduate student in good academic standing who is not the birth parent and who chooses to take a leave of absence because of the birth of the student’s child shall return to the student’s program in good academic standing following a leave period consistent with the policies of the postsecondary educational institution, or of up to one month, whichever period is longer, subject to the reasonable administrative requirements of the institution.

(c) Each postsecondary educational institution shall have a written policy for graduate students on pregnancy discrimination and procedures for addressing pregnancy discrimination complaints under Title IX or this section. A copy of this policy shall be made available to faculty, staff, and employees in their required training. This policy shall be made available to all graduate students attending orientation sessions at a postsecondary educational institution.

(d) Each public postsecondary educational institution shall notify pregnant and parenting students of the protections provided by Title IX through prominently posting a notice of the Title IX protections on the institution’s internet website.

(e) Each public postsecondary educational institution with an on-campus medical center shall provide notice of the protections provided by Title IX through the medical center to a student who requests information regarding policies or protections for students with children or pregnant students and when otherwise appropriate.

68120.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, no mandatory systemwide fees or tuition or mandatory campus-based fees of any kind shall be required or collected by the Regents of the University of California, the Board of Directors of the Hastings College of the Law, the Trustees of the California State University, the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges, or any campus of the University of California, the California State University, or the California Community Colleges from any surviving spouse or surviving child of a deceased person who met all of the following requirements:

(1) The deceased person was a resident of this state.

(2) The deceased person was employed by a public agency or was a contractor, or an employee of a contractor, performing services for a public agency, or was a firefighter employed by the federal government whose duty assignment involved the performance of firefighting services in this state.

(3) The deceased person’s principal duties consisted of active law enforcement service or active fire suppression and prevention. This section does not apply to a person whose principal duties were clerical, even if the person was subject to occasional call or was occasionally called upon to perform duties within the scope of active law enforcement or active fire suppression and prevention.

(4) The deceased person was killed in the performance of active law enforcement or active fire suppression and prevention duties, died as a result of an accident or an injury caused by external violence or physical force incurred in the performance of the person’s active law enforcement or active fire suppression and prevention duties, or died as a result of an industrial injury or illness arising out of and in the course of active law enforcement or fire suppression and prevention duties.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), a person who qualifies for the waiver of mandatory systemwide fees and tuition and mandatory campus-based fees under this section as a surviving child of a contractor, or of an employee of a contractor, who performed services for a public agency shall, in addition to the requirements set forth in subdivision (a), meet both of the following requirements:

(1) Enrollment as an undergraduate student at a campus of the University of California or the California State University or as a student at a community college campus.

(2) Documentation that the student’s annual income, including the value of any support received from a parent, does not exceed the maximum household income and asset level for an applicant for a Cal Grant B award, as set forth in Section 69432.7.

(c) As used in this section:

(1) “Contractor” or “employee of a contractor” does not include a security guard or security officer, as defined in Section 7582.1 of the Business and Professions Code.

(2) “Public agency” means the state or any city, county, city and county, district, or other local authority or public body of or within the state.

(3) “Spouse” has the same meaning as defined in Section 22171.

(4) “Surviving child” means either of the following:

(A) A surviving natural or adopted child of the deceased person.

(B) A surviving stepchild who meets both of the following requirements:

(i) The stepchild was living or domiciled with the deceased person at the time of the deceased person’s death.

(ii) The stepchild was claimed on the tax form most recently filed by the deceased person prior to that person’s death, or the stepchild received 50 percent or more of the stepchild’s support from that deceased person in the tax year immediately preceding the death of the deceased person, or both.

69617.

 (a) Subject to moneys appropriated by the Legislature for the purposes of this section, the Student Aid Commission shall administer the Golden State Teacher Grant Program. Under the program, the Student Aid Commission shall provide one-time grant funds of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) to each student enrolled on or after January 1, 2020, in a professional preparation program leading to a preliminary teaching credential, approved by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing, if the student commits to working in a high-need field at a priority school for four years after the student receives the teaching credential.

(b) The total number of one-time grant awards issued pursuant to this section shall not exceed 4,487.

(c) (1) A grant recipient shall agree to teach in a high-need field at a priority school for four years and shall have five years, upon completion of the recipient’s professional preparation program, to meet that obligation. Except as provided in paragraph (4), a grant recipient shall agree to repay the state five thousand dollars ($5,000) annually, up to full repayment of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000), for each year the recipient fails to do one or more of the following:

(A) Be enrolled in or have successfully completed a teacher preparation program approved by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing.

(B) While enrolled in the teacher preparation program, maintain good academic standing.

(C) Upon completion of the teacher preparation program, satisfy the state basic skills proficiency test requirement pursuant to Sections 44252 and 44252.5.

(D) Complete the required teaching service following completion of the recipient’s teacher preparation program.

(2) Nonperformance of the commitment to teach in a high-need field at a priority school for four years shall be certified by the State Department of Education.

(3) Nonperformance of the commitment to earn a preliminary teaching credential in a high-need field shall be certified by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing to the Student Aid Commission.

(4) Any exceptions to the requirement for repayment shall be defined by the Student Aid Commission, and may include, but shall not necessarily be limited to, counting a school year towards the required four-year teaching requirement if a grant recipient is unable to complete the school year when any of the following occur:

(A) The grant recipient has completed at least one-half of the school year.

(B) The employer deems the grant recipient to have fulfilled the grant recipient’s contractual requirements for the school year for the purposes of salary increases, probationary or permanent status, and retirement.

(C) The grant recipient was not able to teach due to the financial circumstances of the school district, including a decision to not reelect the employee for the next succeeding school year.

(D) The grant recipient has a condition covered under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (29 U.S.C. Sec. 2601 et seq.) or similar state law.

(E) The grant recipient was called or ordered to active duty status for more than 30 days as a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces of the United States.

(d) The Student Aid Commission may use up to 1.5 percent of funding appropriated for purposes of this section for outreach and administration.

(e) For purposes of this section, “high-need field” means any of the following:

(1) Bilingual education.

(2) Mathematics or science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM), including career technical education in STEM areas.

(3) Science.

(4) Special education.

(5) Multiple subject instruction.

(6) Other subjects as designated annually by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing based on an analysis of the availability of teachers in California pursuant to Section 44225.6.

(f) (1) A “priority school” means a school with a high percentage, as determined by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing in consultation with the State Department of Education, of teachers holding emergency-type permits, based on the most recent data available to the Commission on Teacher Credentialing and the State Department of Education. By January 1, 2020, the Commission on Teacher Credentialing shall publish a list of priority schools.

(2) For purposes of this section, “emergency-type permits” include, but not are limited to, any of the following:

(A) Provisional internships.

(B) Short-term staff permits.

(C) Credential waivers.

(D) Substitute permits.

76004.

 Notwithstanding Section 76001 or any other law:

(a) The governing board of a community college district may enter into a College and Career Access Pathways (CCAP) partnership with the governing board of a school district for the purpose of offering or expanding dual enrollment opportunities for pupils who may not already be college bound or who are underrepresented in higher education, with the goal of developing seamless pathways from high school, including continuation high school, to community college for career technical education or preparation for transfer, improving high school graduation rates, or helping high school pupils achieve college and career readiness.

(b) A participating community college district may enter into a CCAP partnership with a school district partner that is governed by a CCAP partnership agreement approved by the governing boards of both districts. As a condition of adopting a CCAP partnership agreement, the governing board of each district shall do both of the following:

(1) For career technical education pathways to be provided under the partnership, consult with, and consider the input of, the appropriate local workforce development board to determine the extent to which the pathways are aligned with regional and statewide employment needs. The governing board of each district shall have final decisionmaking authority regarding the career technical education pathways to be provided under the partnership.

(2) Present, take comments from the public on, and approve or disapprove the dual enrollment partnership agreement at an open public meeting of the governing board of the district.

(c) (1) The CCAP partnership agreement shall outline the terms of the CCAP partnership and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the total number of high school pupils to be served and the total number of full-time equivalent students projected to be claimed by the community college district for those pupils; the scope, nature, time, location, and listing of community college courses to be offered; and criteria to assess the ability of pupils to benefit from those courses. The CCAP partnership agreement shall also establish protocols for information sharing, in compliance with all applicable state and federal privacy laws, joint facilities use, and parental consent for high school pupils to enroll in community college courses. The protocols shall only require a high school pupil participating in a CCAP partnership to submit one parental consent form and principal recommendation for the duration of the pupil’s participation in the CCAP partnership.

(2) The CCAP partnership agreement shall identify a point of contact for the participating community college district and school district partner.

(3) A copy of the CCAP partnership agreement shall be filed with the office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges and with the department before the start of the CCAP partnership. The chancellor may void any CCAP partnership agreement it determines has not complied with the intent of the requirements of this section.

(d) A community college district participating in a CCAP partnership shall not provide physical education course opportunities to high school pupils pursuant to this section or any other course opportunities that do not assist in the attainment of at least one of the goals listed in subdivision (a).

(e) A community college district shall not enter into a CCAP partnership with a school district within the service area of another community college district, except where an agreement exists, or is established, between those community college districts authorizing that CCAP partnership.

(f) A high school pupil enrolled in a course offered through a CCAP partnership shall not be assessed any fee that is prohibited by Section 49011.

(g) (1) A community college district participating in a CCAP partnership may assign priority for enrollment and course registration to a pupil seeking to enroll in a community college course that is required for the pupil’s CCAP partnership program that is equivalent to the priority assigned to a pupil attending a middle college high school as described in Section 11300 and consistent with middle college high school provisions in Section 76001.

(2) Units completed by a pupil pursuant to a CCAP partnership agreement may count towards determining a pupil’s registration priority for enrollment and course registration at a community college.

(h) The CCAP partnership agreement shall certify that any community college instructor teaching a course on a high school campus has not been convicted of any sex offense as defined in Section 87010, or any controlled substance offense as defined in Section 87011.

(i) The CCAP partnership agreement shall certify that any community college instructor teaching a course at the partnering high school campus has not displaced or resulted in the termination of an existing high school teacher teaching the same course on that high school campus.

(j) The CCAP partnership agreement shall certify that a qualified high school teacher teaching a course offered for college credit at a high school campus has not displaced or resulted in the termination of an existing community college faculty member teaching the same course at the partnering community college campus.

(k) The CCAP partnership agreement shall include a plan by the participating community college district to ensure all of the following:

(1) A community college course offered for college credit at the partnering high school campus does not reduce access to the same course offered at the partnering community college campus.

(2) A community college course that is oversubscribed or has a waiting list shall not be offered in the CCAP partnership.

(3) Participation in a CCAP partnership is consistent with the core mission of the community colleges pursuant to Section 66010.4, and that pupils participating in a CCAP partnership will not lead to enrollment displacement of otherwise eligible adults in the community college.

(l) The CCAP partnership agreement shall certify that both the school district and community college district partners comply with local collective bargaining agreements and all state and federal reporting requirements regarding the qualifications of the teacher or faculty member teaching a CCAP partnership course offered for high school credit.

(m) The CCAP partnership agreement shall specify both of the following:

(1) Which participating district will be the employer of record for purposes of assignment monitoring and reporting to the county office of education.

(2) Which participating district will assume reporting responsibilities pursuant to applicable federal teacher quality mandates.

(n) The CCAP partnership agreement shall certify that any remedial course taught by community college faculty at a partnering high school campus shall be offered only to high school pupils who do not meet their grade level standard in math, English, or both on an interim assessment in grade 10 or 11, as determined by the partnering school district, and shall involve a collaborative effort between high school and community college faculty to deliver an innovative remediation course as an intervention in the pupil’s junior or senior year to ensure the pupil is prepared for college-level work upon graduation.

(o) (1) A community college district may limit enrollment in a community college course solely to eligible high school pupils if the course is offered at a high school campus, either in person or using an online platform, during the regular schoolday and the community college course is offered pursuant to a CCAP partnership agreement.

(2) For purposes of allowances and apportionments from Section B of the State School Fund, a community college district conducting a closed course on a high school campus pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be credited with those units of full-time equivalent students attributable to the attendance of eligible high school pupils.

(p) A community college district may allow a special part-time student participating in a CCAP partnership agreement established pursuant to this article to enroll in up to a maximum of 15 units per term if all of the following circumstances are satisfied:

(1) The units constitute no more than four community college courses per term.

(2) The units are part of an academic program that is part of a CCAP partnership agreement established pursuant to this article.

(3) The units are part of an academic program that is designed to award students both a high school diploma and an associate degree or a certificate or credential.

(q) The governing board of a community college district participating in a CCAP partnership agreement established pursuant to this article shall exempt special part-time students described in subdivision (p) from the fee requirements in Sections 76060.5, 76223, 76300, 76350, and 79121.

(r) A district shall not receive a state allowance or apportionment for an instructional activity for which the partnering district has been, or shall be, paid an allowance or apportionment.

(s) (1) The attendance of a high school pupil at a community college as a special part-time or full-time student pursuant to this section is authorized attendance for which the community college shall be credited or reimbursed pursuant to Section 48802 or 76002, provided that no school district has received reimbursement for the same instructional activity.

(2) For purposes of calculating classroom-based average daily attendance for classroom-based instruction apportionments, at least 80 percent of the instructional time offered by a charter school pursuant to an authorized CCAP partnership agreement shall be at the schoolsite, and the charter school shall require the attendance of a pupil for a minimum of 50 percent of the minimum instructional time required to be offered pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 47612.5, if the pupil is also a special part-time student enrolled in a community college pursuant to this section and the pupil will receive academic credit upon satisfactory completion of enrolled courses.

(t) (1) For each CCAP partnership agreement entered into pursuant to this section, the affected community college district and school district shall report annually to the office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges all of the following information:

(A) The total number of high school pupils by schoolsite enrolled in each CCAP partnership, aggregated by gender and ethnicity, and reported in compliance with all applicable state and federal privacy laws.

(B) The total number of community college courses by course category and type and by schoolsite enrolled in by CCAP partnership participants.

(C) The total number and percentage of successful course completions, by course category and type and by schoolsite, of CCAP partnership participants.

(D) The total number of full-time equivalent students generated by CCAP partnership community college district participants.

(E) The total number of full-time equivalent students served online generated by CCAP partnership community college district participants.

(2) On or before January 1, 2021, the chancellor shall prepare a summary report that includes an evaluation of the CCAP partnerships, an assessment of trends in the growth of special admits systemwide and by campus, and, based upon the data collected pursuant to this section, recommendations for program improvements, including, but not necessarily limited to, both of the following:

(A) Any recommended changes to the statewide cap on special admit full-time equivalent students to ensure that adults are not being displaced.

(B) Any recommendation concerning the need for additional student assistance or academic resources to ensure the overall success of the CCAP partnerships.

(3) The chancellor shall ensure that the number of full-time equivalent students generated by CCAP partnerships is reported pursuant to the reporting requirements in Section 76002.

(4) On or before July 31, 2020, the chancellor shall revise the special part-time student application process to allow a pupil to complete one application for the duration of the pupil’s attendance at a community college as a special part-time student participating in a CCAP partnership agreement.

(u) The annual report required by subdivision (t) shall also be transmitted to all of the following:

(1) The Legislature, in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code.

(2) The Director of Finance.

(3) The Superintendent.

(v) A community college district that violates this article, including, but not necessarily limited to, any restriction imposed by the board of governors pursuant to this article, shall be subject to the same penalty as may be imposed pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 78032.

(w) The statewide number of full-time equivalent students claimed as special admits shall not exceed 10 percent of the total number of full-time equivalent students claimed statewide.

(x) This section is not intended to affect a dual enrollment partnership agreement existing on the effective date of this section under which an early college high school, a middle college high school, or California Career Pathways Trust existing on the effective date of this section is operated. An early college high school, middle college high school, or California Career Pathways Trust partnership agreement existing on the effective date of this section shall not operate as a CCAP partnership unless it complies with this section.

(y) The governing body of a charter school may enter into a CCAP partnership agreement with the governing board of a community college district pursuant to this section. That CCAP partnership agreement shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section.

(z) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed.

78042.

 (a) A district shall seek approval to offer a baccalaureate degree program through the appropriate accreditation body.

(b) When seeking approval from the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges, a district shall maintain the primary mission of the California Community Colleges specified in paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 66010.4. The district, as part of the baccalaureate degree pilot program, shall have the additional mission to provide high-quality undergraduate education at an affordable price for students and the state.

(c) As a condition of eligibility for consideration to participate in the statewide baccalaureate degree pilot program, a district shall have a written policy that requires all potential students who wish to apply for a Board of Governors Fee Waiver pursuant to Section 76300 to complete and submit either a Free Application for Federal Student Aid or a California Dream Act application in lieu of completing the Board of Governors Fee Waiver application.

(d) A district shall not offer more than one baccalaureate degree program, as determined by the governing board of the district and approved by the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges, and subject to the following limitations:

(1) A district shall identify and document unmet workforce needs in the subject area of the baccalaureate degree to be offered and offer a baccalaureate degree at a campus in a subject area with unmet workforce needs in the local community or region of the district.

(2) A baccalaureate degree pilot program shall not offer a baccalaureate degree program or program curricula already offered by the California State University or the University of California.

(3) A district shall have the expertise, resources, and student interest to offer a quality baccalaureate degree in the chosen field of study.

(4) A district shall not offer more than one baccalaureate degree program within the district, which shall be limited to one campus within the district.

(5) A district shall notify a student who applies to the district’s baccalaureate degree pilot program that the student is required to commence the student’s baccalaureate degree by the beginning of the 2022–23 academic year, as specified in Section 78041.

(e) A district shall maintain separate records for students who are enrolled in courses classified in the upper division and lower division of a baccalaureate degree program. A student shall be reported as a community college student for enrollment in a lower division course and as a baccalaureate degree program student for enrollment in an upper division course.

(f) A governing board of a district seeking authorization to offer a baccalaureate degree pilot program shall submit all of the following for review by the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges and approval by the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges:

(1) Documentation of the district’s written policy required by subdivision (c).

(2) The administrative plan for the baccalaureate degree pilot program, including, but not limited to, the governing board of the district’s funding plan for its specific district.

(3) A description of the baccalaureate degree pilot program’s curriculum, faculty, and facilities.

(4) The enrollment projections for the baccalaureate degree pilot program.

(5) Documentation regarding unmet workforce needs specifically related to the proposed baccalaureate degree pilot program, and a written statement supporting the necessity of a four-year degree for that program.

(6) Documentation of consultation with the California State University and the University of California regarding collaborative approaches to meeting regional workforce needs.

(g) (1) On or before March 31, 2015, the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges shall develop, and adopt by regulation, a funding model for the support of the statewide baccalaureate degree pilot program that is based on a calculation of the number of full-time equivalent students enrolled in all district pilot programs.

(2) Funding for each full-time equivalent student shall be at a marginal cost calculation, as determined by the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges, that shall not exceed the community college credit instruction marginal cost calculation for a full-time equivalent student, as determined pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 84750.5.

(3) A student in a baccalaureate degree pilot program authorized by this article shall not be charged fees higher than the mandatory systemwide fees charged for baccalaureate degree programs at the California State University.

(4) Fees for coursework in a baccalaureate degree pilot program shall be consistent with Article 1 (commencing with Section 76300) of Chapter 2 of Part 47.

(5) A district shall, in addition to the fees charged pursuant to paragraph (4), charge a fee for upper division coursework in a baccalaureate degree pilot program of eighty-four dollars ($84) per unit.

(h) (1) The Legislative Analyst’s Office shall conduct both an interim and a final statewide evaluation of the statewide baccalaureate degree pilot program implemented pursuant to this article.

(2) The results of the interim evaluation shall be reported as a progress report, in writing, to the Legislature and the Governor on or before July 1, 2018. The interim evaluation shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(A) How many, and which specific, districts applied for a baccalaureate degree pilot program, and the baccalaureate degree pilot programs they applied for.

(B) Which potential four-year baccalaureate degrees were denied and why they were denied.

(C) Baccalaureate degree pilot program costs and the funding sources that were used to finance these programs.

(D) Current trends in workforce demands that require four-year degrees in the specific degree programs being offered through the statewide baccalaureate degree pilot program.

(E) Current completion rates, if available, for each cohort of students participating in a baccalaureate degree pilot program.

(F) Information on the impact of the baccalaureate degree pilot program on underserved and underprepared students.

(3) The results of the final evaluation shall be reported, in writing, to the Legislature and the Governor on or before February 1, 2020. The final evaluation shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(A) The number of new district baccalaureate degree pilot programs implemented, including information identifying the number of new programs, applicants, admissions, enrollments, and degree recipients.

(B) The extent to which the baccalaureate degree pilot programs established under this article fulfill identified workforce needs for new baccalaureate degree programs, including statewide supply and demand data that considers capacity at the California State University, the University of California, and in California’s independent colleges and universities.

(C) Information on the place of employment of students and the subsequent job placement of graduates.

(D) Baccalaureate degree program costs and the funding sources that were used to finance these programs, including a calculation of cost per degree awarded.

(E) The costs of the baccalaureate degree programs to students, the amount of financial aid offered, and student debt levels of graduates of the programs.

(F) Time-to-degree rates and completion rates for the baccalaureate degree pilot programs.

(G) The extent to which the programs established under this article are in compliance with the requirements of this article.

(H) Information on the impact of the baccalaureate degree pilot program on underserved and underprepared students.

(I) Recommendations on whether and how the statewide baccalaureate degree pilot program can or should be extended and expanded.

(4) A district shall submit the information necessary to conduct the evaluations required by paragraph (1), as determined by the Legislative Analyst’s Office, to the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges, who shall provide the information to the Legislative Analyst’s Office upon request.

(5) A report to be submitted pursuant to paragraph (2) or (3) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code.

78300.

 (a) The governing board of a community college district may, without the approval of the board of governors, establish and maintain community service classes in civic, vocational, literacy, health, family and consumer sciences, technical, and general education, including, but not limited to, classes in the fields of visual and performing arts, handicraft, science, literature, nature study, nature contacting, aquatic sports, and athletics. These classes shall be designed to provide instruction and to contribute to the physical, mental, moral, economic, or civic development of the individuals or groups enrolled in them.

(b) Community service classes shall be open for the admission of adults and of those minors who, in the judgment of the governing board, may profit from them.

(c) Governing boards shall not expend General Fund moneys to establish and maintain community service classes. Governing boards may charge students enrolled in community service classes a fee not to exceed the cost of maintaining community service classes, or may provide instruction in community service classes for remuneration by contract, or with contributions or donations of individuals or groups. The board of governors shall adopt guidelines defining the acceptable reimbursable costs for which a fee may be charged, and shall collect data and maintain uniform accounting procedures to ensure that General Fund moneys are not used for community service classes.

78401.

 (a) The governing board of a community college district may, with the approval of the board of governors, establish and maintain classes for adults for the purpose of providing instruction in civic, vocational, literacy, health, family and consumer sciences, technical, and general education.

(b) Classes for adults shall conform to any course of study and graduation requirements otherwise imposed by law or under the authority of law.

(c) Classes for adults shall be open for the admission of adults and of any minors who, in the judgment of the governing board, may be qualified for admission to them.

(d) The board of governors shall establish standards, including standards of attendance, curriculum, administration, and guidance and counseling service for classes for adults as a basis for the several apportionments of state funds provided for the support of these classes.

(e) The governing board of a community college district maintaining an adult school shall prescribe the requirements for the granting of diplomas.

(f) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, the Chancellor’s Office of the California Community Colleges and the State Department of Education shall coordinate so that students enrolled in classes established pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be assigned a statewide student identifier consistent with the identifiers assigned to pupils in K–12 education programs, if the student is not already identified by a social security number in a community college district’s data system. For a student who formerly attended a California public school in kindergarten or any of grades 1 to 12, inclusive, or participated in another adult education program, the same statewide student identifier utilized for that student in the past programs shall be assigned. The chancellor’s office shall collect and maintain the identifiers of adult school students in the Adult Education Program data system.

79020.

 Except as otherwise provided the community colleges shall continue in session or close on specified holidays as follows:

(a) The community colleges shall close on January 1st, the third Monday in January, commencing in the 1989–90 fiscal year, known as “Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,” February 12th known as “Lincoln Day,” the third Monday in February known as “Washington Day,” the last Monday in May known as “Memorial Day,” July 4th, the first Monday in September known as “Labor Day,” November 11th known as “Veterans Day,” that Thursday in November proclaimed by the President as “Thanksgiving Day,” and December 25th.

(b) Any contractual provision between any community college district and its employees in effect on the effective date of the act that adds this subdivision shall prevail over any conflict regarding Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day until the termination date of the contract or upon termination by mutual agreement of the parties, whichever occurs first.

(c) The Governor in appointing any other day for a public fast, thanksgiving, or holiday may provide whether the community colleges shall close on the day. If the Governor does not provide whether the community colleges shall close, they shall continue in session on all special or limited holidays appointed by the Governor, but shall close on all other days appointed by the Governor for a public fast, thanksgiving, or holiday.

(d) The community colleges shall close on every day appointed by the President as a public fast, thanksgiving, or holiday, unless it is a special or limited holiday.

(e) The community colleges shall continue in session on all legal holidays other than those designated by or pursuant to this section, and shall hold proper exercises commemorating the day.

(f) When any of the holidays on which the schools would be closed fall on Sunday, the community colleges shall close on the Monday following, except that (1) if Lincoln Day falls on a Sunday, the community colleges may observe this holiday on the preceding or following Friday, the following Monday, or the following Tuesday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a) where applicable, or (2) if Lincoln Day falls on a Monday, the community colleges may observe this holiday on the preceding or following Friday, that Monday, or the following Tuesday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a) where applicable.

(g) When any of the holidays on which the schools would be closed, except Lincoln Day, fall on Saturday, the community colleges shall close on the preceding Friday, and that Friday shall be declared a state holiday.

(h) If any holiday on which the community colleges are required to close pursuant to subdivision (a) occurs under federal law on a date different than the date specified in subdivision (a), the governing board of any community college district may close the community colleges of the district on the date recognized by federal law and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a).

(i) When Veterans Day would fall on Tuesday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the preceding Monday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a). When Veterans Day would fall on Wednesday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on either the preceding Monday or the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a). When Veterans Day would fall on Thursday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a).

(j) When Lincoln Day would fall on Tuesday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the preceding Monday, the preceding Friday, or the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a) where appropriate. When Lincoln Day would fall on Wednesday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the preceding Monday, the preceding Friday, or the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a). When Lincoln Day would fall on Thursday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the preceding Friday or the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a). When Lincoln Day falls on Saturday, the governing board of a community college district may close the colleges on the preceding Friday or the following Friday, and maintain classes on the date specified in subdivision (a) where appropriate.

(k) In addition to the holidays specified in subdivision (a), a community college may close on March 31, known as “Cesar Chavez Day,” if the governing board, pursuant to a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, agrees to close the community college for that purpose.

(l) In addition to the holidays specified in subdivision (a), a community college may close on the fourth Friday in September, known as “Native American Day,” if the governing board, pursuant to a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, agrees to close the community college for that purpose.

(m) In addition to the holidays specified in subdivision (a), Glendale Community College may close on April 24, known as “Armenian Genocide Remembrance Day,” if the governing board, pursuant to a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540) of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, agrees to close the community college for that purpose.

(n) This section shall not be interpreted as authorizing a community college district governing board to maintain community colleges in its district for a lesser number of days during the college year than the minimum established by law.

84750.4.

 (a) (1) The board of governors, in accordance with this section, and in consultation with institutional representatives of the California Community Colleges and statewide faculty and staff organizations, so as to ensure their participation in the development and review of policy proposals, shall develop criteria and standards for the purpose of making the annual budget request for the California Community Colleges to the Governor and the Legislature, and for the purpose of allocating the state general apportionment revenues.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section to adopt a formula for general purpose apportionments that encourages access for underrepresented students, provides additional funding in recognition of the need to provide additional support for low-income students, rewards colleges’ progress on improving student success metrics, and improves overall equity and predictability so that community college districts may more readily plan and implement instruction and programs.

(3) It is the intent of the Legislature to determine the amounts appropriated for purposes of this section through the annual Budget Act. This section shall not be construed as limiting the authority of either the Governor to propose, or the Legislature to approve, appropriations for the California Community Colleges programs or purposes.

(b) (1) Commencing with the 2018–19 fiscal year, and each fiscal year thereafter, the chancellor’s office shall annually calculate a base allocation, a supplemental allocation, and a student success allocation for each community college district in the state pursuant to this section. This calculation applies only to the allocation of credit revenue. Noncredit instruction, and instruction in career development and college preparation full-time equivalent students (FTES) shall be funded pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively, of subdivision (d) of Section 84750.5, as that section read on January 1, 2018.

(2) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the marginal funding rates for the base allocation, supplemental allocation, and student success allocation shall be set to align with the total computational revenue computed by the Department of Finance for community college apportionments as computed for purposes of the 2019–20 Budget Act, in the following manner, after accounting for funding for the hold harmless provisions in subdivisions (g) and (h):

(A) Seventy percent of the total computational revenue shall be distributed to the base allocation pursuant to subdivision (c) and subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d).

(B) Twenty percent of the total computational revenue shall be distributed to the supplemental allocation pursuant to subdivision (e).

(C) (i) Ten percent of the total computational revenue shall be distributed to the student success allocation pursuant to subdivision (f).

(ii) Of the funding distributed pursuant to clause (i), 75 percent shall be allocated for purposes of paragraph (1) of subdivision (f) and 25 percent shall be allocated for purposes of paragraph (2) of subdivision (f).

(3) It is the intent of the Legislature that the final rates set pursuant to paragraph (2) be established in statute for the 2020–21 fiscal year.

(c) For purposes of computing the base allocation, the marginal funding rate for credit revenue per FTES shall be as follows:

(1) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, three thousand seven hundred twenty-seven dollars ($3,727).

(2) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the rate set for this purpose pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b).

(3) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in paragraph (2) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(d) (1) The base allocation shall be computed for each community college district as follows:

(A) Each community college district shall receive a basic allocation based on the number of colleges and comprehensive centers in the community college district that is consistent with the basic allocation formula established by the board of governors pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 84750.5 as of the 2015–16 fiscal year.

(B) Unless otherwise specified in subparagraph (C), each community college district shall receive an allocation based on credit base revenues associated with funded FTES as computed pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) at the rate pursuant to subdivision (c).

(C) Notwithstanding the rate in subdivision (c), for community college districts that had higher rates used to calculate their 2017–18 general purpose apportionments, the following rates shall be used to calculate their base allocations:

(i) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, as follows:

(I) For Foothill-De Anza Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred forty-five dollars ($3,745).

(II) For Lake Tahoe Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand eight hundred eighteen dollars ($3,818).

(III) For Lassen Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred ninety-four dollars ($3,794).

(IV) For Marin Community College District, the rate shall be no less than four thousand two hundred sixty-one dollars ($4,261).

(V) For MiraCosta Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred thirty-four dollars ($3,734).

(VI) For San Francisco Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred fifty-six dollars ($3,756).

(VII) For San Jose-Evergreen Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred forty-four dollars ($3,744).

(VIII) For Santa Monica Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand seven hundred seventy-six dollars ($3,776).

(IX) For South Orange Community College District, the rate shall be no less than three thousand eight hundred twenty-six dollars ($3,826).

(X) For West Kern Community College District, the rate shall be no less than four thousand nine hundred thirty-four dollars ($4,934).

(ii) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the rates set for this purpose pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b).

(iii) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rates specified in clause (ii) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(2) To calculate the base allocation for each community college district, the chancellor’s office shall calculate the three-year rolling average comprised of funded FTES from the current year, the prior year, and the year prior to the prior year, as follows:

(A) Commencing with the 2018–19 fiscal year, the chancellor’s office shall compute the sum of annually funded credit FTES from the current year, the prior year, and the year prior to the prior year, and divide the sum by three.

(B) (i) In computing the three-year average pursuant to subparagraph (A), credit FTES associated with enrollment growth proposed in the annual Budget Act shall be excluded from the three-year average and shall instead be added to the computed three-year rolling average.

(ii) In computing the three-year average pursuant to subparagraph (A), credit FTES generated by students who meet the requirements of subdivision (a) of Section 84810.5 and special admit students pursuant to Sections 76002, 76003, and 76004 shall be excluded.

(C) The sum of a community college district’s computed three-year FTES rolling average and current year funded FTES growth shall be multiplied by a community college district’s applicable base allocation funding rate pursuant to subdivision (c), or subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1), as applicable, to compute a community college district’s base allocation.

(D) Community college districts are entitled to the restoration of any reductions in their base allocation due to decreases in FTES during the three years following the initial year of decrease if there is a subsequent increase in FTES.

(3) In addition to the amounts computed pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2), each community college district shall receive an allocation based on credit base revenues associated with funded FTES generated by students who meet the requirements of subdivision (a) of Section 84810.5 and special admit students pursuant to Sections 76002, 76003, and 76004. FTES generated by students who meet the requirements of subdivision (a) of Section 84810.5 and special admit students pursuant to Sections 76002, 76003, and 76004 shall be multiplied by a community college district’s applicable credit revenue rate computed for the 2017–18 fiscal year pursuant to Section 84750.5, as that section read on January 1, 2018, as adjusted for 2018–19 fiscal year cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments, and adjusted for the changes in the cost-of-living and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(4) The chancellor shall allocate any funding appropriated in the Budget Act for enrollment growth to support the following:

(A) First, for the stated percentage of enrollment growth in the Budget Act and consistent with the growth formula used by the board of governors in the 2015–16 fiscal year.

(B) Second, for the amount of uncapped growth attributable to increases in the amount of a community college district’s supplemental allocation.

(C) Third, for the amount of uncapped growth attributable to increases in the amount of a community college district’s student success allocation.

(e) Commencing with the 2018–19 fiscal year, a supplemental allocation shall be computed for each community college district based on the total points calculated for each community college district in accordance with all of the following:

(1) The marginal funding rate per point for computing a supplemental allocation shall be as follows:

(A) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, nine hundred nineteen dollars ($919).

(B) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the rate set for this purpose pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b).

(C) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in subparagraph (B) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(2) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who is a recipient of financial aid under the Federal Pell Grant program (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1070a) based on headcount data of students in the prior year.

(3) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who is granted an exemption from nonresident tuition pursuant to Section 68130.5, based on headcount data of students in the prior year.

(4) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who receives a fee waiver pursuant to Section 76300, based on headcount data of students in the prior year.

(5) For the purposes of calculating the supplemental allocation, the number of students shall be defined as the number of students served by the community college district.

(6) It is the intent of the Legislature that the annual Budget Act fully fund increases in the supplemental allocations computed under this section.

(f) Commencing with the 2018–19 fiscal year, a student success allocation shall be computed for each community college district based on the total points calculated for each community college district in accordance with all of the following:

(1) (A) (i) The marginal funding rate per point for computing student success allocation revenue shall be as follows:

(I) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, four hundred forty dollars ($440).

(II) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the rate set for this purpose pursuant to subparagraph (C) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b).

(III) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in subclause (II) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(ii) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, to calculate the student success allocation for each community college district, the chancellor’s office shall calculate a three-year rolling average for each metric described in this paragraph. To compute the three-year average for each metric, the chancellor’s office shall compute the sum of data for that metric from the prior year, the year prior to the prior year, and the year prior to the year prior to the prior year, and divide the sum by three.

(B) Each community college district shall be granted, for each student, points for one of the following, with the community college district receiving points based on the outcome that would generate the highest number of points and with the points counted only if the student was enrolled in the community college district in the academic year in which the award was granted:

(i) Three points for each chancellor’s office approved associate degree or approved baccalaureate degree granted, excluding an associate degree for transfer granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(ii) Four points for each chancellor’s office approved associate degree for transfer degree granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(iii) (I) Two points for each chancellor’s office approved credit certificate requiring 18 or more units granted, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(II) Chancellor’s office approved credit certificates requiring 16 or more units granted may be used to compute these points if the chancellor’s office adopts regulations authorizing the approval and issuance of certificates requiring 16 or more units.

(C) Each community college district shall be granted two points for each student who successfully completes both transfer-level mathematics and English courses within the student’s first academic year of enrollment, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(D) (i) Each community college district shall be granted one and one-half points for each student who successfully transfers to a four-year university, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(ii) The chancellor’s office may reduce a community college district’s transfer points if a community college district enters into, or expands, a transfer partnership with a private for-profit college that has not demonstrated a track record of providing its students with a baccalaureate degree that leads to a majority of the private for-profit college’s baccalaureate degree program students obtaining a regional living wage within one year of completing their degree program.

(iii) The chancellor’s office may reduce a community college district’s transfer points if a community college district enters into, or expands, a transfer partnership with a private for-profit college that does not meet the qualifications to offer its students federal financial aid.

(iv) (I) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, the data for this metric shall be compiled using publicly available data on transfer students to in-state private and out-of-state institutions, based upon the definition of transfer students reflected in the Transfer Volume to In-State Private and Out-of-State Baccalaureate Granting Institutions Report from the community college management information system as of January 1, 2019, publicly reported transfer data from the California State University, and publicly reported transfer data from the University of California.

(II) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, the data for this metric shall be based upon a student meeting the following criteria:

(ia) The student has an enrollment record in a community college district in the year prior to the prior year.

(ib) The student has completed 12 or more semester units, or the equivalent, systemwide through the end of the prior year.

(ic) The student does not have an enrollment record systemwide in the prior year.

(id) The student enrolled in a four-year university in the prior year.

(ie) The student has completed 12 or more semester units, or the equivalent, in the community college district in the year prior to the prior year.

(E) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who successfully completes nine or more career technical education units, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(F) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who obtains a regional living wage within one year of community college completion, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(2) (A) (i) Each community college district shall also be granted additional points for an equity component of the student success allocation. The marginal funding per point for the equity component of the student success allocation revenue shall be as follows:

(I) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, one hundred eleven dollars ($111).

(II) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, the rate set for this purpose pursuant to subparagraph (C) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b).

(III) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in subclause (II) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.

(ii) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, to calculate the equity component of the student success allocation for each community college district, the chancellor’s office shall calculate a three-year rolling average for each metric described in this paragraph. To compute the three-year average for each metric, the chancellor’s office shall compute the sum of data for that metric from the prior year, the year prior to the prior year, and the year prior to the year prior to the prior year, and divide the sum by three.

(B) Each community college district shall receive points for a student who received a fee waiver pursuant to Section 76300 and generated points for any of the metrics described in paragraph (1), based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A). For each student identified pursuant to this subparagraph, the community college district shall receive the number of points equal to the number of points that the community college was granted for that student for each of the metrics described in paragraph (1).

(C) (i) Each community college district shall receive points for a student who received financial aid under the Federal Pell Grant program (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1070a) and generated points for any of the metrics described in paragraph (1), based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(ii) Each community college district shall receive, for each student identified pursuant to clause (i), points for one of the following, with the community college district receiving points based on the outcome that would generate the highest number of points and with the points counted only if the student was enrolled in the community college district in the academic year in which the award was granted:

(I) Four and one-half points for each chancellor’s office approved associate degree or approved baccalaureate degree granted, excluding an associate degree for transfer granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(II) Six points for each chancellor’s office approved associate for transfer degree granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(III) Three points for each chancellor’s office approved credit certificate requiring 16 or more units granted, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(iii) Each community college district shall receive, for each student identified pursuant to clause (i), the number of points equal to the following:

(I) Three points for each student who successfully completes transfer-level mathematics and English courses within the student’s first academic year of enrollment, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(II) Two and one-quarter points for each student who successfully transfers to a four-year university, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(III) One and one-half points for each student who successfully completes nine or more career technical education units, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(IV) One and one-half points for each student who obtains a regional living wage within one year of community college completion, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).

(3) It is the intent of the Legislature that the annual Budget Act fully fund increases in the student success allocations computed under this section.

(g) To establish a hold harmless protection for community college districts pursuant to the funding allocation established in this section, a minimum funding level for all community college districts shall be computed as follows:

(1) For the 2018–19 and 2019–20 fiscal years, a level of funding to ensure that all community college districts receive at a minimum the total computational revenue the district received in the 2017–18 fiscal year, defined as a district’s final entitlement for general purpose apportionment based on FTES and the number of colleges and comprehensive centers the district operates.

(2) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, and each year thereafter, community college districts shall receive the higher of (A) the funding level determined by the formula established in this section, or (B) the level of funding determined by multiplying the community college district’s new FTES by the associated credit, noncredit, and career development and college preparation rate received by the district in the 2017–18 fiscal year. The level of funding shall be adjusted to include a basic allocation based on the number of colleges and comprehensive centers in the district consistent with the basic allocation rates used in the 2017–18 fiscal year.

(3) (A) From the 2019–20 fiscal year to the 2023–24 fiscal year, inclusive, for the San Francisco Community College District and the Compton Community College District, the rates for computing the hold harmless provisions pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be multiplied each year by the cost-of-living adjustment identified in the annual Budget Act and adjusted for increases to FTES. The level of funding for the San Francisco Community College District and the Compton Community College District shall be adjusted to include a basic allocation based on the number of colleges and comprehensive centers in the district consistent with the basic allocation rates used in the 2017–18 fiscal year multiplied by the 2018–19 fiscal year cost-of-living adjustment, and adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living in subsequent annual budget acts. The intent of these adjustments is to provide the San Francisco Community College District and the Compton Community College District with the greater of the amount that would have been calculated pursuant to the requirements of Section 84750.5, as that section read on January 1, 2018, adjusted for annual changes in the cost-of-living adjustment identified in the annual Budget Act and adjusted for increases in FTES, or the amount computed pursuant to the funding formula established in this section.

(B) For purposes of computing the FTES attributable to this paragraph and subdivision (d), for five fiscal years beginning in the 2017–18 fiscal year, the San Francisco Community College District shall be entitled to restoration of any reduction in apportionment revenue due to decreases in FTES, up to the level of attendance of FTES funded in the 2012–13 fiscal year, if there is a subsequent increase in FTES.

(C) (i) For purposes of computing the FTES attributable to this paragraph and subdivision (d), for five fiscal years beginning in the fiscal year the Compton Community College District is accredited under the governing authority of the Board of Trustees of the Compton Community College District, the board of governors shall provide allocations to the Compton Community College District in an amount not less than the total amount that the district would receive if the level of attendance of FTES was the same level of attendance as in the 2017–18 fiscal year. The amount shall be adjusted to reflect cost-of-living adjustments, deficits in apportionments, or both, as appropriate for the applicable fiscal years.

(ii) For purposes of computing the FTES attributable to this paragraph and subdivision (d), for five fiscal years beginning in the fiscal year the Compton Community College District is accredited under the governing authority of the Board of Trustees of the Compton Community College District, the Compton Community College District shall be entitled to restoration of any reduction in apportionment revenue due to decreases in FTES, up to the level of attendance of FTES funded in the 2017–18 fiscal year, if there is a subsequent increase in FTES.

(iii) In computing statewide entitlements to funding based upon the attendance of FTES, the Compton Community College District shall not be credited with more FTES than were actually enrolled and in attendance.

(4) (A) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, decreases in a community college district’s total revenue computed pursuant to the sum of subdivisions (d), (e), and (f), or computed pursuant to this subdivision shall result in the associated reduction beginning in the year following the initial year of decreases.

(B) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, a community college district’s total revenue computed pursuant to the sum of subdivisions (d), (e), and (f), or computed pursuant to this subdivision shall be no less than its 2017–18 general purpose apportionment funding computed pursuant to Section 84750.5 adjusted for the cost-of-living adjustments for fiscal years 2018–19 and 2019–20.

(h) For the fiscal years 2018–19 to 2021–22, inclusive, each community college district whose increase in 2017–18 general purpose apportionment funding computed pursuant to Section 84750.5, compared to apportionment funding computed pursuant to this section, is less than the year-over-year cost-of-living adjustments applicable to those fiscal years, shall receive discretionary resources in an amount needed to ensure that the community college district receives no less than its 2017–18 general purpose apportionment funding computed pursuant to Section 84750.5 adjusted for annual year-over-year cost-of-living adjustments.

(i) The board of governors shall develop the criteria and standards within the statewide minimum requirements established pursuant to this section.

(j) (1) Except as specifically provided in statute, regulations of the board of governors for determining and allocating the state general apportionment to the community college districts shall not require community college district governing boards to expend the allocated revenues in specified categories of operation.

(2) Except as otherwise provided by statute, current categorical programs providing direct services to students, including extended opportunity programs and services, and disabled student programs and services, shall continue to be funded separately through the annual Budget Act, and shall not be assumed under the budget formula otherwise specified by this section.

(k) It is the intent of the Legislature to allow for changes to the criteria and standards developed pursuant to subdivisions (a) and (h) in order to recognize increased operating costs and to improve instruction.

(l) Notwithstanding Subchapter 1 (commencing with Section 51000) of Chapter 2 of Division 6 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and Section 84751, the chancellor shall allocate the ongoing funds first appropriated to paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of provision (2) of Item 6870-101-0001 of Section 2.00 of the Budget Act of 2015 (Chapters 10 and 11 of the Statutes of 2015) to all community college districts, including districts that have offsetting local revenues that exceed the funding calculated pursuant to the district’s budget formula, on a per FTES basis by modifying each district’s budget formula pursuant to this section. Any revisions to the budget formula made for the purposes of this subdivision shall be made and reported consistent with the requirements of subdivision (i).

(m) (1) (A) The governing board of each community college district shall certify it will do all the following, no later than January 1, 2019:

(i) Adopt goals for the community college district that meet the following requirements:

(I) Are aligned with the systemwide goals identified in the Vision for Success, which were adopted by the Board of Governors of the California Community Colleges in 2017.

(II) Are measurable numerically.

(III) Specify the specific timeline for achievement.

(ii) For the meeting when the goals are considered for adoption, include in the written agenda an explanation of how the goals are consistent and aligned with the systemwide goals.

(iii) Submit the written item and summary of action to the chancellor’s office.

(B) The chancellor’s office shall make available guidance to assist governing boards of community college districts in meeting the requirements of this section. The funds apportioned to a community college district pursuant to this section, and for excess tax districts, the Student Equity and Achievement Program, shall be available to implement the activities required pursuant to this paragraph.

(2) Each community college district shall align its comprehensive plan pursuant to paragraph (9) of subdivision (b) of Section 70901 with the adopted local plan goals and align its budget with the comprehensive plan. The funds apportioned to a community college district pursuant to this section, and for excess tax districts, the Student Equity and Achievement Program, shall be available to implement the activities required pursuant to this paragraph.

(3) If a community college district is identified as needing further assistance to make progress towards achieving specified goals, the chancellor’s office, with the approval from the board of governors, may direct the community college district to use up to 1 percent of the district’s apportionments allocation on technical assistance and professional development to support efforts to meet the district’s efforts towards their goals.

(4) (A) The chancellor’s office shall develop processes to monitor the approval of new awards, certificates, and degree programs. The chancellor’s office shall also develop a process to monitor the number of students who transfer to for-profit postsecondary educational institutions and report on the growth of transfer to these institutions compared to four-year public postsecondary educational institutions.

(B) The chancellor’s office shall also develop minimum standards, in consultation with the oversight committee established pursuant to Section 84750.41, for the approval of certificates and awards that would count towards the funding formula pursuant to this section.

(C) The board of governors shall include instructions in the audit report required by Section 84040 related to the implementation of the funding formula pursuant to this section. The chancellor may require a community college district to repay any funding associated with an audit exception identified in a community college district’s audit report pursuant to this subparagraph.

(5) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code, on or before October 15, 2019, and each year thereafter, the chancellor’s office shall report to the Legislature, consistent with Section 9795 of the Government Code, on the course sections and FTES added at each community college that received apportionment growth funding in the prior fiscal year, including the number of course sections and if any course sections and FTES were added that are within the primary missions of the segment and those that are not within the primary missions of the segment.

(6) (A) On or before July 1, 2022, the chancellor’s office shall report to the Legislature and the Department of Finance, consistent with Section 9795 of the Government Code, a description on how community college districts are making progress on advancing the goals outlined in the system’s strategic vision plan.

(B) The requirement for submitting a report imposed under subparagraph (A) is inoperative on July 1, 2026, pursuant to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code.

(7) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, the chancellor’s office shall publicly post the data, by community college district, used to calculate the supplemental and student success allocations pursuant to subdivisions (e) and (f) on the internet website of the chancellor’s office. The chancellor’s office shall publicly post a preliminary version of the data for the most recently completed fiscal years by November 15 of each year, and a final version of that data by March 15 of each year.

(n) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “Career development and college preparation” means courses in programs that conform to the requirements of Section 84760.5.

(2) “Chancellor’s office” means the Office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges.

(3) “Primary missions of the segment” means credit courses and those noncredit courses specified in paragraphs (2) to (6), inclusive, of subdivision (a) of Section 84757.

87489.

 (a) For purposes of this section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “Faculty employees” means full-time and temporary community college faculty members.

(2) “Employment certification form” means the form used by the United States Department of Education to certify an individual’s employment at a public service organization for the purposes of the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program.

(3) “Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program” means the federal loan forgiveness program established pursuant to Section 685.219 of Title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(b) (1) The chancellor’s office shall develop materials designed to increase awareness of the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program, including at least all of the following:

(A) A one-page form letter, for use by community college districts to notify faculty employees who may be eligible for the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program, that briefly summarizes the program, provides information on what an eligible faculty employee is required to do in order to participate, and recommends that the faculty employee contact the faculty employee’s loan servicer or servicers for additional information.

(B) A detailed fact sheet describing the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program.

(C) A document containing answers to frequently asked questions about the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program.

(2) The chancellor’s office shall provide the materials described in paragraph (1) to each community college district for distribution to faculty employees.

(c) (1) A community college district shall annually provide to all faculty employees the materials described in subdivision (b) in written or electronic form.

(2) In addition to the materials provided annually pursuant to paragraph (1), a community college district shall provide a newly hired faculty employee with those same materials within 30 days of the faculty employee’s first day of employment by mail, by electronic mail, or during an in-person new employee orientation.

(d) (1) A community college district shall annually provide a faculty employee who is enrolled in the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program with notice of renewal and a copy of the employment certification form, with the employer portion of the form already completed.

(2) A community college district shall not unreasonably delay in completing the employer portion of the employment certification form.

(e) (1) For the purpose of qualifying for the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program, a community college district shall, in completing the employer portion of the employment certification form, credit a faculty employee with at least 3.35 hours worked for each hour of lecture or classroom time. This paragraph does not supersede any higher adjustment factor established by a collective bargaining agreement or employer policy in recognition of the amount of out-of-class work that is associated with instruction, including, but not limited to, performance of office hours.

(2) A community college district shall, in completing the employer portion of the employment certification form, credit a faculty employee with noninstructional assignments hour for hour with no adjustment factor.

94801.5.

 (a) An out-of-state private postsecondary educational institution shall register with the bureau, pay a fee pursuant to Section 94930.5, and comply with all of the following:

(1) The institution shall provide the bureau with all of the following information for consideration of initial registration by the bureau pursuant to paragraph (2).

(A) Evidence of institutional accreditation.

(B) Evidence that the institution is approved to operate in the state where the institution maintains its main administrative location.

(C) The agent for service of process consistent with Section 94943.5.

(D) A copy of the institution’s catalog and, if the institution uses enrollment agreements, a copy of a sample enrollment agreement.

(E) Whether or not the institution, or a predecessor institution under substantially the same control or ownership, had its authorization or approval revoked or suspended by a state or by the federal government, or, within five years before submission of the registration, was subject to an enforcement action by a state or by the federal government that resulted in the imposition of limits on enrollment or student aid, or is subject to such an action that is not final and that was ongoing at the time of submission of the registration.

(F) Whether or not the institution, or a controlling officer of, or a controlling interest or controlling investor in, the institution or in the parent entity of the institution, had been subject to any education, consumer protection, unfair business practice, fraud, or related enforcement action by a state or federal agency within five years before submitting the registration. If so, the institution shall provide the bureau a copy of the operative complaint with the registration.

(G) Whether or not the institution is currently on probation, show cause, or subject to other adverse action, or the equivalent thereof, by its accreditor or has had its accreditation revoked or suspended within the five years before submitting the registration.

(H) Whether or not the institution, within five years before submitting the registration, has settled, or been adjudged to have liability for, a civil complaint alleging the institution’s failure to provide educational services, including a complaint alleging a violation of Title IX of the federal Education Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-318) or a similar state law, or a complaint alleging a violation of a law concerning consumer protection, unfair business practice, or fraud, filed by a student or former student, an employee or former employee, or a public official, for more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). The institution shall provide the bureau a copy of the complaint filed by the plaintiff and a copy of the judgment or settlement agreement for any such judgment or settlement, and the bureau shall consider, pursuant to paragraph (2), all material terms and aspects of the settlement, including, for example, whether a student plaintiff remained enrolled or reenrolled at the institution.

(I) Any additional documentation the bureau deems necessary for consideration in the registration process.

(2) When considering whether to approve, deny, or condition initial registration based upon the information provided by an institution pursuant to paragraph (1), the bureau shall do all of the following:

(A) Not consider any individual submission made under paragraph (1) to be solely determinative of the institution’s eligibility for registration but, exercising its reasonable discretion, approve, reject, or condition registration based upon a review of all of the information provided to it under paragraph (1).

(B) Provide an institution with reasonable notice and opportunity to comment before the bureau regarding any determination to deny, condition, or reject initial registration before that determination becomes final. After the determination becomes final, the institution may seek review of the bureau’s decision through an action brought pursuant to Section 1085 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(C) Require the initial registration, if approved, to memorialize that the institution agrees, as a condition of its registration, to be bound by this section and that its registration may be rejected, conditioned, or revoked for failure to comply with this section, as provided by subdivision (b). The agreement shall be signed by a responsible officer of the institution.

(3) An institution that is registered with the bureau and enrolls a student residing in California shall report in writing to the bureau, within 30 days, the occurrence of any of the following:

(A) The institution has its authorization or approval revoked or suspended by a state or by the federal government, or has been subject to an enforcement action by a state or by the federal government that resulted in the imposition of limits on enrollment or student aid.

(B) The institution or a controlling officer of, or a controlling interest or controlling investor in, the institution or in the parent entity of the institution is subject to any education, consumer protection, unfair business practice, fraud, or related enforcement action by a state or federal agency. If so, the institution shall provide the bureau a copy of the operative complaint.

(C) The institution is currently on probation, show cause, or subject to other adverse action, or the equivalent thereof, by its accreditor or the accreditation of the institution is revoked or suspended.

(D) The institution settles, or is adjudged to have liability for, a civil complaint alleging the institution’s failure to provide educational services, including a complaint alleging a violation of Title IX of the federal Education Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-318) or a similar state law, or a complaint alleging a violation of a law concerning consumer protection, unfair business practice, or fraud, filed by a student or former student, an employee or former employee, or a public official, for more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). The institution shall provide to the bureau a copy of the complaint filed by the plaintiff and a copy of the judgment or settlement agreement for any such judgment or settlement, and the bureau shall consider, pursuant to subdivision (b), all material terms and aspects of the settlement, including, for example, whether a student plaintiff remained enrolled or reenrolled at the institution.

(4) The requirements of the Student Tuition Recovery Fund, established in Article 14 (commencing with Section 94923), and regulations adopted by the bureau related to the fund, for its students residing in California.

(5) The institution shall provide disclosures pursuant to the requirements for the Student Tuition Recovery Fund, established in Article 14 (commencing with Section 94923), and regulations adopted by the bureau related to the fund, for its students residing in California.

(b) (1) Upon receipt of any of the notifications in paragraph (3) of subdivision (a), the bureau shall, within 30 days of receiving the notice, request the institution to explain in writing why the institution should be permitted to continue to enroll California residents. If the bureau, after reviewing the information submitted in response to the request and after consultation with the Attorney General, issues a written finding that there is no immediate risk to California residents from the institution continuing to enroll new students, the institution shall be permitted, pending completion of a review by the bureau, to continue to enroll new students or the bureau may, in its discretion, limit enrollments.

(2) Any institution under review pursuant to paragraph (1) may have its registration revoked by the bureau if, after further review, the bureau issues a written finding that there is a substantial risk posed to California residents by the institution continuing to enroll California residents.

(3) An institution has the right to reasonable notice and opportunity to comment to and before the bureau regarding any determination to revoke registration or to limit enrollment before that determination becomes final. An institution may seek review of a bureau order limiting new student enrollment or revoking registration under this subdivision through an action brought pursuant to Section 1085 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(4) This subdivision shall not be construed as preventing the bureau from revoking an institution’s registration on any other grounds specified in this chapter. This section shall not be construed as prohibiting or impairing the ability of an institution registered pursuant to this section or eligible to register pursuant to this section from applying to be an approved institution pursuant to this chapter.

(c) This section does not apply to nonpublic higher education institutions that grant undergraduate degrees, graduate degrees, or both, that are formed as nonprofit corporations, and that are accredited by an agency recognized by the United States Department of Education.

(d) An institution described in subdivision (a) that fails to comply with this section is not authorized to operate in this state. Any institution whose registration is denied or revoked is authorized to reapply for registration after 12 months have elapsed from the date of the denial or revocation of registration.

(e) A registration with the bureau pursuant to this section is valid for five years.

(f) The bureau shall develop through emergency regulations effective on and after July 1, 2021, a registration form. The adoption of these regulations shall be deemed to be an emergency and necessary for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health and safety, or general welfare for purposes of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code. These emergency regulations shall become law through the regular rulemaking process by January 1, 2022.

(g) The bureau shall disclose on its internet website a list of institutions registered pursuant to this section through reasonable means and disclose a designated email address for California residents to send a complaint to the bureau about an institution registered pursuant to this section. Complaints received through this email address shall be investigated in the same manner as complaints received by the bureau for institutions approved to operate pursuant to this chapter, but bureau enforcement in response to such complaints against institutions registered pursuant to this section shall be governed by subdivision (b).

(h) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2022.

2170.

 (a) “Conditional voter registration” means a properly executed affidavit of registration that is delivered by the registrant to the county elections official during the 14 days immediately preceding an election or on election day and which may be deemed effective pursuant to this article after the elections official processes the affidavit, determines the registrant’s eligibility to register, and validates the registrant’s information, as specified in subdivision (c).

(b) In addition to other methods of voter registration provided by this code, an elector who is otherwise qualified to register to vote under this code and Section 2 of Article II of the California Constitution may complete a conditional voter registration and cast a provisional ballot, or nonprovisional ballot under subdivision (f), during the 14 days immediately preceding an election or on election day pursuant to this article.

(c) (1) A conditional voter registration shall be deemed effective if the county elections official is able to determine before or during the canvass period for the election that the registrant is eligible to register to vote and that the information provided by the registrant on the registration affidavit matches information contained in a database maintained by the Department of Motor Vehicles or the federal Social Security Administration.

(2) If the information provided by the registrant on the registration affidavit cannot be verified pursuant to paragraph (1) but the registrant is otherwise eligible to vote, the registrant shall be issued a unique identification number pursuant to Section 2150 and the conditional voter registration shall be deemed effective.

(d) The county elections official shall offer conditional voter registration and voting pursuant to this article, in accordance with all of the following procedures:

(1) The elections official shall provide conditional voter registration and voting pursuant to this article at all permanent and satellite offices of the county elections official and all polling places in the county.

(2) The elections official shall advise registrants that a conditional voter registration will be effective only if the registrant is determined to be eligible to register to vote for the election and the information provided by the registrant on the registration affidavit is verified pursuant to subdivision (c).

(3) The elections official shall conduct the receipt and handling of each conditional voter registration and offer and receive a corresponding ballot in a manner that protects the secrecy of the ballot and allows the elections official to process the registration, determine the registrant’s eligibility to register, and validate the registrant’s information before counting or rejecting the corresponding ballot.

(4) After receiving a conditional voter registration, the elections official shall process the registration, determine the registrant’s eligibility to register, and attempt to validate the registrant’s information.

(5) If a conditional registration is deemed effective, the elections official shall include the corresponding ballot in the official canvass.

(e) After receiving a conditional voter registration, the elections official shall provide a provisional ballot in accordance with the following procedures:

(1) If the elections office, satellite office, or polling place is equipped with an electronic poll book, or other means to determine the voter’s precinct, the elections official shall provide the voter with a ballot for the voter’s precinct if the ballot is available. The ballot may be cast by any means available at the elections office, satellite office, or polling place.

(2) If the elections official is unable to determine the voter’s precinct, or a ballot for the voter’s precinct is unavailable, the elections official shall provide the voter with a ballot and inform the voter that only the votes for the candidates and measures on which the voter would be entitled to vote in the voter’s assigned precinct may be counted pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (c) of Section 14310. The ballot may be cast by any means available at the elections office, satellite office, or polling place.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), if the elections official is able to determine the voter’s precinct, but a ballot for the voter’s precinct is unavailable, the elections official may inform the voter of the location of the voter’s polling place. A voter described in this paragraph shall not be required to vote at the voter’s polling place and may instead, at the voter’s choosing, cast a ballot pursuant to paragraph (2).

(4) This subdivision does not apply to elections conducted pursuant to Section 4005 or 4007.

(f) An elections official may offer a nonprovisional ballot to a registrant if the official does both of the following:

(1) Uses the statewide voter registration database developed in compliance with the requirements of the federal Help America Vote Act of 2002 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 20901 et seq.) to do all of the following before issuing the nonprovisional ballot:

(A) Verify that the registrant is deemed eligible to register to vote.

(B) Verify that the registrant has not voted in the state in that election.

(C) Verify that the registrant has not been included on a roster for that election in another county in the state that is not conducting elections pursuant to Section 4005.

(D) Update the voter’s record to indicate that the voter has voted in that election.

(2) If the registrant has been included on a roster for that election in that county, the official updates that roster to indicate that the voter has voted and shall not be issued another nonprovisional ballot for that election.

3019.

 (a) (1) Upon receiving a vote by mail ballot, the elections official shall compare the signature on the identification envelope with either of the following to determine if the signatures compare:

(A) The signature appearing on the voter’s affidavit of registration or any previous affidavit of registration of the voter.

(B) The signature appearing on a form issued by an elections official that contains the voter’s signature and that is part of the voter’s registration record.

(2) In comparing signatures pursuant to this section, the elections official may use facsimiles of voters’ signatures, provided that the method of preparing and displaying the facsimiles complies with the law.

(3) In comparing signatures pursuant to this section, an elections official may use signature verification technology. If signature verification technology determines that the signatures do not compare, the elections official shall visually examine the signatures and verify that the signatures do not compare.

(4) The variation of a signature caused by the substitution of initials for the first or middle name, or both, is not grounds for the elections official to determine that the signatures do not compare.

(b) If upon conducting the comparison of signatures pursuant to subdivision (a) the elections official determines that the signatures compare, the elections official shall deposit the ballot, still in the identification envelope, in a ballot container in the elections official’s office.

(c) If upon conducting the comparison of signatures pursuant to subdivision (a) the elections official determines that the signatures do not compare, the identification envelope shall not be opened and the ballot shall not be counted. The elections official shall write the cause of the rejection on the face of the identification envelope only after completing the procedures described in subdivision (d).

(d) (1) A minimum of eight days prior to the certification of the election, the elections official shall provide notice to all voters identified pursuant to subdivision (c) of the opportunity to verify their signatures no later than 5 p.m. two days prior to the certification of the election.

(2) The notice and instructions shall be in substantially the following form:

(3) The notice and instructions shall be translated in all languages required in that county by Section 203 of the federal Voting Rights Act of 1965 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10503).

(4) The elections official shall not reject a vote by mail ballot identified pursuant to subdivision (c) if each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(A) The voter delivers, in person, by mail, by fax, or by email, a signature verification statement signed by the voter and the elections official receives the statement no later than 5 p.m. two days prior to the certification of the election, or the voter, before the close of the polls on election day, completes and submits a signature verification statement to a polling place within the county or a ballot dropoff box.

(B) Upon receipt of the signature verification statement, the elections official shall compare the signature on the statement with the signature on file in the voter’s record.

(i) If upon conducting the comparison of signatures the elections official determines that the signatures compare, the elections official shall deposit the ballot, still in the identification envelope, in a ballot container in the elections official’s office.

(ii) If upon conducting the comparison of the signatures the elections official determines that the signatures do not compare, the identification envelope shall not be opened and the ballot shall not be counted. The elections official shall write the cause of the rejection on the face of the identification envelope.

(5) The signature verification statement shall be in substantially the following form and may be included on the same page as the notice and instructions specified in paragraph (2):

(6) An elections official shall include the vote by mail ballot signature verification statement and instructions provided in this subdivision on the elections official’s internet website and shall provide the elections official’s mailing address, email address, and facsimile transmission number on the internet web page containing the statement and instructions.

(7) If the elections official determines that the signatures compare, the official shall use the signature in the signature verification statement, even if returned untimely, to update the voter’s signature for future elections.

(e) (1) (A) Notwithstanding any other law, if an elections official determines that a voter has failed to sign the identification envelope, the elections official shall not reject the vote by mail ballot if the voter does any of the following:

(i) Signs the identification envelope at the office of the elections official during regular business hours no later than 5 p.m. two days prior to the certification of the election.

(ii) No later than 5 p.m. two days prior the certification of the election, completes and submits an unsigned ballot statement in substantially the following form:

(iii) Before the close of the polls on election day, completes and submits an unsigned ballot statement, in the form described in clause (ii), to a polling place within the county or a ballot dropoff box.

(B) A minimum of eight days prior to the certification of the election, the elections official shall provide notice and instructions to all voters identified pursuant to this subdivision of the opportunity to provide a signature no later than 5 p.m. two days prior to the certification of the election.

(C) If timely submitted, the elections official shall accept any completed unsigned ballot statement. Upon receipt of the unsigned ballot statement, the elections official shall compare the voter’s signature on the statement in the manner provided by this section.

(i) If the elections official determines that the signatures compare, the elections official shall attach the unsigned ballot statement to the identification envelope and deposit the ballot, still in the identification envelope, in a ballot container in the elections official’s office.

(ii) If the elections official determines that the signatures do not compare, the identification envelope shall not be opened and the elections official shall provide notice to the voter pursuant to subdivisions (c) and (d).

(D) An elections official may use methods other than those described in subparagraph (A) to obtain a voter’s signature on an unsigned identification envelope.

(2) Instructions shall accompany the unsigned ballot statement in substantially the following form:

(3) The notice and instructions shall be translated in all languages required in that county by Section 203 of the federal Voting Rights Act of 1965 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10503).

(4) An elections official shall include the unsigned ballot statement and instructions described in this subdivision on the elections official’s internet website and shall provide the elections official’s mailing address, email address, and facsimile transmission number on the internet web page containing the statement and instructions.

(f) A ballot shall not be removed from its identification envelope until the time for processing ballots. A ballot shall not be rejected for cause after the identification envelope has been opened.

3019.5.

 (a) A county elections official shall establish a free access system that allows a vote by mail voter to learn if the voter’s vote by mail ballot was counted and, if not, the reason why the ballot was not counted. For each election, the elections official shall make the free access system available to a vote by mail voter upon completion of the official canvass and for 30 days after completion of the official canvass.

(b) For purposes of establishing the free access system for vote by mail ballots required by subdivision (a), a county elections official may use the free access system for provisional ballots established by the county pursuant to Section 302 of the federal Help America Vote Act of 2002 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 21082).

(c) If a county elections official elects not to mail a county voter information guide to a voter pursuant to Section 13305, the elections official shall use any savings achieved to offset the costs associated with establishing the free access system for vote by mail ballots required by subdivision (a).

(d) When a county elections official updates the county’s election management system or voter look-up tool on the county’s internet website with new voter information, the elections official shall provide the updated information to the Secretary of State to update the information that the Secretary of State provides to the public.

6000.2.

 (a) A candidate for the office of the President of the United States shall provide to the Secretary of State proof, in substantially the following form, of meeting at least one of the criteria set forth in Section 6000.1:

(b) The candidate shall file the form set forth in subdivision (a) and any attached supporting documentation with the Secretary of State and specify the California qualified political party ballot on which the candidate seeks to appear on or before the 98th day before the presidential primary election.

6360.

 Nomination papers properly prepared, circulated, signed, and verified shall be left for examination with the county elections official of the county in which they are circulated at least 81 days prior to the presidential primary.

6581.

 Nomination papers properly prepared, circulated, signed, and verified shall be left for examination with the elections official of the county in which they are circulated at least 81 days prior to the presidential primary.

6781.

 Nomination papers properly prepared, circulated, signed, and verified shall be left for examination with the elections official of the county in which they are circulated at least 81 days prior to the presidential primary.

15620.

 (a) Following completion of the official canvass, any voter may, within five days thereafter but not later than 5 p.m. on the fifth day, file with the elections official responsible for conducting an election in the county wherein the recount is sought a written request for a recount of the votes cast for candidates for any office, for slates of presidential electors, or for or against any measure, if the office, slate, or measure is not voted on statewide. The request shall specify on behalf of which candidate, slate of electors, or position on a measure (affirmative or negative) it is filed.

(b) If an election is conducted in more than one county, the request for the recount may be filed by any voter within five days but not later than 5 p.m. on the fifth day, beginning on the 31st day after the election, with the elections official of, and the recount may be conducted within, any or all of the affected counties.

(c) For the purposes of this section, “completion of the official canvass” shall be presumed to be that time when the elections official signs the certified statement of the results of the election except that, in the case of a city election, if a city council canvasses the returns itself and does not order the elections official to conduct the canvass, “completion of the official canvass” shall be presumed to be that time when the governing body declares the persons elected or the measures approved or defeated.

1010.5.

 A communication between a patient and an educational psychologist, licensed under Chapter 13.5 (commencing with Section 4989.10) of Division 2 of the Business and Professions Code, shall be privileged to the same extent, and subject to the same limitations, as a communication between a patient and a psychotherapist described in subdivisions (c), (d), and (e) of Section 1010.

1038.2.

 As used in this article, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “Confidential communication” means all information, including, but not limited to, written and oral communication, transmitted between the victim and the human trafficking caseworker in the course of their relationship and in confidence by a means which, so far as the victim is aware, discloses the information to no third persons other than those who are present to further the interests of the victim in the consultation or those to whom disclosures are reasonably necessary for the transmission of the information or an accomplishment of the purposes for which the human trafficking caseworker is consulted and made with the victim’s knowledge and consent. “Confidential communication” includes all information regarding the facts and circumstances relating to all incidences of human trafficking, as well as all information about the children of the victim and the relationship of the victim to the human trafficker.

(b) “Holder of the privilege” means:

(1) The victim if the victim has no guardian or conservator.

(2) A guardian or conservator of the victim if the victim has a guardian or conservator.

(3) The personal representative of the victim if the victim is deceased.

(c) “Human trafficking caseworker” means a person working for a human trafficking victim service organization, whether financially compensated or not, for the purpose of rendering advice or assistance to victims of human trafficking, who meets the requirements of paragraph (1) or (2) and who also meets the requirements of paragraph (3), if applicable:

(1) Has an advanced degree or license, such as a master’s degree in counseling, social work, or a related field and at least one year of experience in a caseworker role working directly with victims of human trafficking.

(2) Has at least 40 hours of training as specified in this paragraph and is supervised by an individual who qualifies as a human trafficking caseworker under paragraph (1). The training, supervised by a person qualified under paragraph (1), shall include, but need not be limited to, the following areas:

(A) History of human trafficking.

(B) Civil and criminal law relating to human trafficking.

(C) Systems of oppression.

(D) Peer counseling techniques.

(E) Resources available to victims of human trafficking.

(F) Crisis intervention and counseling techniques.

(G) Role playing.

(H) Intersections of human trafficking and other crimes.

(I) Client and system advocacy.

(J) Referral services.

(K) Connecting to local, regional, and national human trafficking coalitions.

(L) Explaining privileged communications.

(3) If the caseworker has been employed by a human trafficking service organization for a period of less than six months, that caseworker is supervised by another human trafficking caseworker who has at least one year of experience working with human trafficking victims.

(d) “Human trafficking victim service organization” means a nongovernmental organization or entity that provides shelter, program, or other support services to victims of human trafficking and their children and that does all of the following:

(1) Employs staff that meet the requirements of a human trafficking caseworker as set forth in this section.

(2) Operates a telephone hotline, advertised to the public, for survivor crisis calls.

(3) Offers psychological support and peer counseling provided in accordance with this section.

(4) Makes staff available during normal business hours to assist victims of human trafficking who need shelter, programs, or other support services.

(e) “Victim” means a person who consults a human trafficking caseworker for the purpose of securing advice or assistance concerning a mental, physical, emotional, or other condition related to their experience as a victim of human trafficking.

3011.

 (a) In making a determination of the best interests of the child in a proceeding described in Section 3021, the court shall, among any other factors it finds relevant and consistent with Section 3020, consider all of the following:

(1) The health, safety, and welfare of the child.

(2) (A) A history of abuse by one parent or any other person seeking custody against any of the following:

(i) A child to whom the parent or person seeking custody is related by blood or affinity or with whom the parent or person seeking custody has had a caretaking relationship, no matter how temporary.

(ii) The other parent.

(iii) A parent, current spouse, or cohabitant, of the parent or person seeking custody, or a person with whom the parent or person seeking custody has a dating or engagement relationship.

(B) As a prerequisite to considering allegations of abuse, the court may require independent corroboration, including, but not limited to, written reports by law enforcement agencies, child protective services or other social welfare agencies, courts, medical facilities, or other public agencies or private nonprofit organizations providing services to victims of sexual assault or domestic violence. As used in this paragraph, “abuse against a child” means “child abuse and neglect” as defined in Section 11165.6 of the Penal Code and abuse against any of the other persons described in clause (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph (A) means “abuse” as defined in Section 6203.

(3) The nature and amount of contact with both parents, except as provided in Section 3046.

(4) The habitual or continual illegal use of controlled substances, the habitual or continual abuse of alcohol, or the habitual or continual abuse of prescribed controlled substances by either parent. Before considering these allegations, the court may first require independent corroboration, including, but not limited to, written reports from law enforcement agencies, courts, probation departments, social welfare agencies, medical facilities, rehabilitation facilities, or other public agencies or nonprofit organizations providing drug and alcohol abuse services. As used in this paragraph, “controlled substances” has the same meaning as defined in the California Uniform Controlled Substances Act (Division 10 (commencing with Section 11000) of the Health and Safety Code).

(5) (A) When allegations about a parent pursuant to paragraphs (2) or (4) have been brought to the attention of the court in the current proceeding, and the court makes an order for sole or joint custody to that parent, the court shall state its reasons in writing or on the record. In these circumstances, the court shall ensure that any order regarding custody or visitation is specific as to time, day, place, and manner of transfer of the child as set forth in subdivision (c) of Section 6323.

(B) This paragraph does not apply if the parties stipulate in writing or on the record regarding custody or visitation.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the court shall not consider the sex, gender identity, gender expression, or sexual orientation of a parent, legal guardian, or relative in determining the best interests of the child.

17306.1.

 (a) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, the department shall implement a revised local child support agency funding methodology that was developed in consultation with the California Child Support Directors Association. The methodology shall consist of both of the following components in the 2019–20 fiscal year:

(1) Casework operations, which consists of a statewide standard case-to-staff ratio, the respective labor costs for each local child support agency, and an operating expense and equipment complement based on a percentage of staffing costs. The department shall propose a specific ratio informed by the working sessions described in subdivision (c) and as part of the required update to the Legislature required by subdivision (d).

(2) Call center operations, which consists of a standard statewide ratio of calls to call center agents, the respective labor costs for each local child support agency, and an operating expense and equipment complement based on a percentage of staffing costs.

(b) Any increased state costs that result, either directly or indirectly, from implementation of the funding methodology described in subdivision (a) shall be implemented to the extent of an appropriation of funds in the annual Budget Act.

(c) (1) The Department of Child Support Services shall convene a series of stakeholder working sessions to develop the ongoing methodology, which shall take effect in the 2020–21 fiscal year. There shall be at least three working sessions during the summer and fall of 2019, beginning as early as possible after July 1, 2019.

(2) The working sessions shall include, but not be limited to, representatives from the Child Support Directors Association, the Legislative Analyst’s Office, the Department of Finance, consultants from the Assembly and Senate Health and Human Services budget subcommittees, any other interested Legislative consultants, antipoverty advocates, advocacy organizations representing custodial and noncustodial parents, including fathers’ rights advocates, impacted families, and any other interested advocates or stakeholders for the child support program.

(3) The working sessions shall do all of the following:

(A) Further refine or change the local child support agency funding methodology defined in subdivision (a), including accounting for performance incentives to be provided in future years.

(B) Discuss additional strategies that might improve the customer service, pragmatic collectability, and cost efficiency of the child support program and assess fiscal impact to operations and collections.

(C) Consider any policy changes that may affect the workload and associated funding needs of the local child support agencies and assess fiscal impact to operations and collections.

(D) Consider the ways that child support collection improves outcomes for children, impacts the well-being of children in relationship to their parents who are ordered to pay support, particularly their fathers, and impacts the racial wealth gap and further analyze the impact that child support has on parents ordered to pay support who do not have the capacity to pay.

(d) The department shall provide a written update describing recommended changes to the funding methodology described in subdivision (a) to the relevant policy committees and budget subcommittee of the Legislature on February 1, 2020. The written update shall include, but not be limited to, a description of the programmatic and policy changes discussed in the working sessions, the feasibility of implementing the discussed programmatic and policy changes, the impact that the discussed programmatic and policy changes would have on operations, collections, and families served, and additional required statutory changes.

18027.

 Corporations subject to this division are not subject to the provisions or regulations of the California Financing Law (Division 9 (commencing with Section 22000)).

2210.

 (a) In addition to any other penalty provided by law, a person who violates this article, or any rule or regulation adopted pursuant to this article, shall be liable for a civil penalty of no more than twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for each day the person is in violation.

(b) An action against a person who violates this article, or any rule or regulation adopted pursuant to this article, may be brought by the Attorney General, the department, the Department of Food and Agriculture, a district attorney, a city attorney, or a city prosecutor in a city or city and county that has a full-time city prosecutor.

(c) Civil penalties collected pursuant to this section shall be deposited according to the following:

(1) (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), moneys collected by the Attorney General shall be deposited in the General Fund.

(B) If the department, as the investigating agency, refers the matter to the Attorney General for prosecution, 50 percent of the moneys collected shall be deposited in the Fish and Game Preservation Fund and 50 percent shall be deposited in the General Fund.

(2) Moneys collected by the department shall be deposited in the Fish and Game Preservation Fund. The moneys collected pursuant to this section shall be allocated, upon appropriation by the Legislature, to the department for law enforcement purposes.

(3) Moneys collected by the Department of Food and Agriculture shall be deposited in the Circus Cruelty Prevention Account, which is hereby created in the Department of Food and Agriculture Fund, created pursuant to Section 221 of the Food and Agricultural Code. Moneys in the Circus Cruelty Prevention Account shall be available, upon appropriation by the Legislature, to the Department of Food and Agriculture for the purposes of enforcing this article.

(4) (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), moneys collected by a district attorney, a city attorney, or a city prosecutor in a city or city and county that has a full-time city prosecutor shall be deposited in that city’s, county’s, or city and county’s general fund.

(B) If the department, as the investigating agency, refers the matter to the office of a prosecutor described in subparagraph (A), 50 percent of the moneys collected shall be deposited in the Fish and Game Preservation Fund and 50 percent shall be deposited in the city’s, county’s, or city and county’s general fund.

4101.3.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other law, the California Science Center is hereby authorized to enter into a site lease with the California Science Center Foundation, a California Nonprofit Corporation, with the approval of the Natural Resources Agency, the Department of Finance, and the Department of General Services, for the purpose of the foundation developing, constructing, equipping, furnishing, and funding the project known as Phase II of the California Science Center. The overall construction cost and scope shall be consistent with the amount authorized in the Budget Act of 2002, provided that this section shall not prevent the foundation from expending additional nonstate funds to complete Phase II provided that the additional expenditures do not result in additional state operation and maintenance costs. Any additional expenditure of nonstate funds by the foundation shall not increase the state’s contribution.

(b) For the purpose of carrying out subdivision (a), all of the following apply:

(1) In connection with the development described in subdivision (a), above, the foundation may, in its determination, select the most qualified construction manager/general contractor to oversee and manage the work and prepare the competitive bid packages for all major subcontractors to be engaged in the construction of the Phase II Project. Any construction manager/general contractor selected shall be required to have a California general contractor’s license.

(2)  Before commencement of construction of the Phase II Project, the California Science Center shall enter into a lease-purchase agreement upon approval by the Department of Finance with the foundation on terms that are compatible with the Phase I Project financing. The term of the lease-purchase agreement shall be a term not to exceed 25 years. Lease payments on behalf of the state shall be commensurate with the twenty-two million nine hundred forty-five thousand two hundred sixty-three dollars ($22,945,263), (nineteen million one hundred thirty-seven thousand dollars ($19,137,000) plus 19.9 percent augmentation authority) construction cost allocation of the state. Lease payments may also include any cost of financing that the foundation may incur related to tax-exempt financing. The California Science Center shall be authorized to direct the Controller to send the rental payments under the lease-purchase agreement directly to the foundation’s bond trustee.

(3) The foundation shall ensure that the Phase II Project is inspected during construction by the state in the manner consistent with state infrastructure projects. The foundation shall also indemnify and defend and save harmless the Department of General Services for any and all claims and losses accruing and resulting from or arising out of the foundation’s use of the state’s plans and specifications. The foundation and the California Science Center, upon consultation with the Director of General Services and the Department of Finance, shall agree on a reasonable level of state oversight throughout the construction of the Phase II Project in order to assist the foundation in the completion of the project within the intended scope and cost.

(4) At the end of the term of the site lease and the lease-purchase agreement unencumbered title to the land and improvements shall return to the state with jurisdiction held by Exposition Park and the facilities managed by the California Science Center on behalf of Exposition Park.

6046.

 (a) There is hereby created in the department the Pierce’s Disease Control Program.

(b) The secretary shall appoint a statewide coordinator and provide an appropriate level of support staffing and logistical support for combating Pierce’s disease and its vectors.

(c) (1) There is hereby created the Pierce’s Disease Management Account in the Department of Food and Agriculture Fund.

(2) The account shall consist of money transferred from the General Fund and money made available from federal, industry, and other sources. Money made available from federal, industry, and other sources shall be available for expenditure without regard to fiscal year for the purpose of combating Pierce’s disease or its vectors and for the purpose described in Section 6047.30. State general funds to be used for research shall be expended only when the secretary has received commitments from nonstate sources for at least a 25-percent match for each state dollar to be expended.

(d) The funds appropriated pursuant to this section to the Department of Food and Agriculture Fund for the purpose of combating Pierce’s disease and its vectors shall be used for costs that are incurred by the state or by local entities for the purpose of research and other efforts to combat Pierce’s disease and its vectors.

(e) Whenever, in any county, funds are allocated by the department for local assistance regarding Pierce’s disease and its vectors, those funds shall be made available to a local public entity, or local public entities, designated by that county’s board of supervisors.

(f) Funds appropriated for local assistance shall not be allocated to the local public entity until the local public entity creates a Pierce’s disease work plan that is approved by the department. Any funds allocated by the department to a designated local public entity shall be used for activities consistent with the local Pierce’s disease work plan or other programs or work plans approved by the department. It shall be the responsibility of the designated local public entity to develop and implement the local Pierce’s disease work plan. Upon request, the department shall provide consultation to the local public entity regarding its work plan.

(g) The work plan created by the designated local public entity shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(1) In coordination with the department, the development and delivery of producer outreach information and training to local communities, groups, and individuals to organize their involvement with the work plan and to raise awareness regarding Pierce’s disease and its vectors.

(2) In coordination with the department, the development and delivery of ongoing training of the designated local public entity’s employees in the biology, survey, and treatment of Pierce’s disease and its vectors.

(3) The identification within the designated local public entity of a local Pierce’s disease coordinator.

(4) The proposed treatment of Pierce’s disease and its vectors. A treatment program shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and shall be conducted in an environmentally responsible manner.

(5) In coordination with the department, the development and implementation of a data collection system to track and report new infestations of Pierce’s disease and its vectors in a manner respectful of property and other rights of those affected.

(h) On an annual basis, while funds appropriated by this section are available for encumbrance, the department shall review the progress of each local public entity’s activities regarding Pierce’s disease and its vectors and, as needed, make recommendations regarding those activities to the local public entity.

(i) (1) The department shall report to the Legislature each January 1 while this section is operative, regarding its expenditures, progress, and ongoing priorities in combating Pierce’s disease and its vectors in California.

(2) A report submitted pursuant to this subdivision shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code.

(j) This article shall become inoperative on March 1, 2026, and as of January 1, 2027, is repealed, unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes or extends the dates on which it becomes inoperative and is repealed.

9221.

 An application for a license for any establishment that produces, or proposes to produce, animal blood and blood component products shall be made on forms issued by the secretary. The application shall contain all of the following:

(a) The name and address of the person who owns the place, establishment, or institution in which it is proposed to produce animal blood and blood component products.

(b) The name and address of the person who shall be in charge of the production of animal blood and blood component products.

(c) The type of animal blood and blood component products that shall be produced.

(d) A full description of the building, including its location, facilities, equipment, and apparatus, to be used in the production of animal blood and blood component products.

(e) A written protocol that addresses all of the following:

(1) Maximum length of time for donation by animal donors, or minimum health parameters for animal donors.

(2) Frequency and volume of blood collected from animal blood donors.

(3) Socialization and exercise programs for animal blood donors.

(4) Method of identification of each animal, including microchip or tattoo.

(5) Ongoing veterinary care, including an annual physical exam and vaccination schedule for animals held in blood donor facilities.

(6) Husbandry standards for feeding, watering, sanitation, housing, handling, and care in transit, with minimums based on the standards set forth pursuant to the federal Animal Welfare Act in Part 3 (commencing with Section 3.1) of Subchapter A of Chapter 1 of Title 9 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(7) Implementation of a permissive adoption program.

(f) An “oversight letter” identifying the oversight veterinarian who will be responsible for oversight of the facility. The letter shall be from the oversight veterinarian, and shall be maintained on file by the secretary. Oversight veterinarians shall be licensed to practice veterinary medicine in California. In the event of a change of the oversight veterinarian, it is the oversight veterinarian’s responsibility to give notice to the secretary of the termination of the oversight veterinarian within 30 days of the termination date of the oversight veterinarian. An oversight letter from the incoming oversight veterinarian shall be submitted to the secretary within 30 days of the termination date of the prior oversight veterinarian.

(g) Additional information that the secretary finds is necessary for the proper administration and enforcement of this chapter.

29302.

 (a) Unless otherwise stated, it shall be an infraction for any person to fail to comply with any requirement of this chapter, or regulations adopted pursuant to this chapter, after a warning notice of seven days is given. However, there shall be no warning notice for infractions involving the following sections:

(1) Subdivisions (b) and (c) of Section 29046.

(2) Subdivisions (b) and (c) of Section 29056.

(3) Section 29072.

(4) Section 29111.

(5) Section 29113.

(6) Section 29120.

(7) Section 29126.

(8) Section 29127.

(9) Section 29145.

(10) Section 29150.

(11) Section 29170.

(12) Section 29171.

(13) Section 29172.

(14) Section 29173.

(15) Section 29204.

(b) Violations shall be referred to the district attorney in the affected county, or to the Attorney General if the district attorney is not able to prosecute the matter. For purposes of this chapter, each incident shall constitute a separate infraction. When violations of provisions governing hives or colonies are involved, each separate hive or colony shall constitute a separate infraction. Notwithstanding any other law, the maximum penalty of each infraction shall be one hundred dollars ($100) for the first hive or colony, plus one dollar ($1) for each additional hive or colony not in compliance, as applicable to a maximum penalty not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000), except that a violation of Section 29070 or 29070.5 shall be subject to a maximum fifty dollar ($50) fine. This section does not prevent the secretary or the commissioner from initiating any procedures for issuance of a prior warning notice or notice to correct.

6253.21.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter to the contrary, information regarding family childcare providers, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 8431 of the Education Code, shall not be subject to public disclosure pursuant to this chapter, except as provided in subdivisions (b) and (c).

(b) Consistent with Section 8432 of the Education Code, copies of names, home and mailing addresses, county, home, if known, work, and cellular telephone numbers, and email addresses of persons described in subdivision (a) shall be made available, upon request, to provider organizations that have been determined to be a provider organization pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 8432 of the Education Code. Information shall be made available consistent with the deadlines set in Section 8432 of the Education Code. This information shall not be used by the receiving entity for any purpose other than for purposes of organizing, representing, and assisting family childcare providers.

(c) Consistent with Section 8432 of the Education Code, copies of names, home and mailing addresses, county, home, if known, work, and cellular telephone numbers, and email addresses of persons described in subdivision (a) shall be made available to a certified provider organization, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 8431 of the Education Code. Information shall be made available consistent with the deadlines set in Section 8432 of the Education Code. This information shall not be used by the receiving entity for any purpose other than for purposes of organizing, representing, and assisting family childcare providers.

(d) This section does not prohibit or limit the disclosure of information otherwise required to be disclosed by the California Child Day Care Facilities Act (Chapter 3.4 (commencing with Section 1596.70) of, Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 1596.90) of, and Chapter 3.6 (commencing with Section 1597.30) of, Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code), or to an officer or employee of another state public agency for performance of their official duties under state law.

(e) All confidentiality requirements applicable to recipients of information pursuant to Section 1596.86 of the Health and Safety Code shall apply to protect the personal information of providers of small family daycare homes, as defined in Section 1596.78 of the Health and Safety Code, that is disclosed pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c).

(f) A family childcare provider, as defined by subdivision (b) of Section 8431 of the Education Code, may opt out of disclosure of their home and mailing address, home, work, and cellular telephone numbers, and email address from the lists described in subdivisions (c) and (d) of Section 8432 of the Education Code by complying with the procedure set forth in subdivision (k) of Section 8432 of the Education Code.

6254.35.

 (a) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Customer” means a person or entity that has transacted or is transacting business with or has used or is using the services of a public bank or a person or entity for whom the public bank has acted as a fiduciary with respect to trust property.

(2) “Investment recipient” means an entity in which the public bank invests.

(3) “Loan recipient” means an entity or individual which has received a loan from the public bank.

(4) “Personal data” means social security numbers, tax identification numbers, physical descriptions, home addresses, home telephone numbers, statements of personal worth or any other personal financial data, employment histories, electronic mail addresses, and information that reveals any electronic network location or identity.

(5) “Public bank” has the same meaning as defined in Section 57600.

(b) Notwithstanding another provision of this chapter, the following information and records of a public bank and the related decisions of the directors, officers, and managers of a public bank shall not be subject to disclosure pursuant to this chapter, unless the information has already been publicly released by the custodian of the information:

(1) Due diligence materials that are proprietary to the public bank.

(2) A memorandum or letter produced and distributed internally by the public bank.

(3) A commercial or personal financial statement or other financial data received from an actual or potential customer, loan recipient, or investment recipient.

(4) Meeting materials of a closed session meeting, or a closed session portion of a meeting, of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, or executives of a public bank.

(5) A record containing information regarding a portfolio position in which the public bank invests.

(6) A record containing information regarding a specific loan amount or loan term, or information received from a loan recipient or customer pertaining to a loan or an application for a loan.

(7) A capital call or distribution notice, or a notice to a loan recipient or customer regarding a loan or account with the public bank.

(8) An investment agreement, loan agreement, deposit agreement, or a related document.

(9) Specific account information or other personal data received by the public bank from an actual or potential customer, investment recipient, or loan recipient.

(10) A memorandum or letter produced and distributed for purposes of meetings with a federal or state banking regulator.

(11) A memorandum or letter received from a federal or state banking regulator.

(12) Meeting materials of the internal audit committee, the compliance committee, or the governance committee of the board of directors of a public bank.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), the following information contained in records described in subdivision (b) is subject to disclosure pursuant to this chapter and shall not be considered a trade secret exempt from disclosure:

(1) The name, title, and appointment year of each director and executive of the public bank.

(2) The name and address of each current investment recipient in which the public bank currently invests.

(3) General internal performance metrics of the public bank and financial statements of the bank, as specified or required by the public bank’s charter or as required by federal law.

(4) Final audit reports of the public bank’s independent auditors, although disclosure to an independent auditor of any information described in subdivision (b) shall not be construed to permit public disclosure of that information provided to the auditor.

6259.

 (a) Whenever it is made to appear by verified petition to the superior court of the county where the records or some part thereof are situated that certain public records are being improperly withheld from a member of the public, the court shall order the officer or person charged with withholding the records to disclose the public record or show cause why the officer or person should not do so. The court shall decide the case after examining the record in camera, if permitted by subdivision (b) of Section 915 of the Evidence Code, papers filed by the parties and any oral argument and additional evidence as the court may allow.

(b) If the court finds that the public official’s decision to refuse disclosure is not justified under Section 6254 or 6255, the court shall order the public official to make the record public. If the court determines that the public official was justified in refusing to make the record public, the court shall return the item to the public official without disclosing its content with an order supporting the decision refusing disclosure.

(c) In an action filed on or after January 1, 1991, an order of the court, either directing disclosure by a public official or supporting the decision of the public official refusing disclosure, is not a final judgment or order within the meaning of Section 904.1 of the Code of Civil Procedure from which an appeal may be taken, but shall be immediately reviewable by petition to the appellate court for the issuance of an extraordinary writ. Upon entry of any order pursuant to this section, a party shall, in order to obtain review of the order, file a petition within 20 days after service upon the party of a written notice of entry of the order, or within such further time not exceeding an additional 20 days as the trial court may for good cause allow. If the notice is served by mail, the period within which to file the petition shall be increased by five days. A stay of an order or judgment shall not be granted unless the petitioning party demonstrates it will otherwise sustain irreparable damage and probable success on the merits. Any person who fails to obey the order of the court shall be cited to show cause why that person is not in contempt of court.

(d) The court shall award court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees to the requester should the requester prevail in litigation filed pursuant to this section. The costs and fees shall be paid by the public agency of which the public official is a member or employee and shall not become a personal liability of the public official. If the court finds that the requester’s case is clearly frivolous, it shall award court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees to the public agency.

(e) This section shall not be construed to limit a requester’s right to obtain fees and costs pursuant to subdivision (d) or pursuant to any other law.

7603.

 All loans of securities shall be made pursuant to one of the standardized security loan agreement forms, as developed by the administrators of the State Pooled Investment Account, as authorized by Section 16481, the Public Employees’ Retirement System, or the State Teachers’ Retirement System and as approved by the Commissioner of Business Oversight.

8586.7.

 (a) (1) The office and the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection shall jointly establish and lead the Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center.

(2) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center’s primary mission shall be to collect, assess, and analyze fire weather data, atmospheric conditions, and other threat indicators that could lead to catastrophic wildfire and to reduce the likelihood and severity of wildfire incidents that could endanger the safety of persons, property, and the environment by developing and sharing intelligence products related to fire weather and fire threat conditions for government decisionmakers.

(3) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall serve as the state’s integrated central organizing hub for wildfire forecasting, weather information, and threat intelligence gathering, analysis, and dissemination, and shall also coordinate wildfire threat intelligence and data sharing among federal, state, and local agencies, tribal governments, utilities and other service providers, academic institutions, and nongovernmental organizations.

(b) (1) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall be comprised of representatives from the following organizations:

(A) The Office of Emergency Services.

(B) The Department of Forestry and Fire Protection.

(C) The Public Utilities Commission.

(D) The Military Department.

(E) The University of California.

(F) The California State University.

(G) The California Utilities Emergency Association.

(H) At least one representative of investor-owned utility companies, appointed by the President of the Public Utilities Commission.

(I) At least one representative of publicly owned utilities, appointed jointly by the Director of Emergency Services and the Director of Forestry and Fire Protection.

(J) Other members as designated jointly by the Director of Emergency Services and the Director of Forestry and Fire Protection.

(2) The office and the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection may invite the following organizations to designate representatives to the Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center:

(A) The National Weather Service.

(B) The United States Forest Service.

(c) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall share intelligence and data relevant to wildfire threat, forecasting, detection, and prevention activities received from utility wildfire and emergency operations centers, partner academic institutions, private companies, and other sources in coordination with all of the following:

(1) The Northern California Geographic Area Coordination Center and the Southern California Geographic Area Coordination Center, inclusive of the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection’s predictive services unit.

(2) The California Wildland Fire Coordinating Group.

(3) The National Weather Service.

(4) The State Operations Center within the office.

(5) The California State Warning Center within the office.

(d) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall do all of the following:

(1) Provide intelligence and data in compliance with National Fire Danger Rating System standards and guidelines about wildfire threats to government agencies and designated alerting authorities, as that term is defined in paragraph (1) of subdivision (g) of Section 8594.16.

(2) Develop intelligence products for use by public and private sector entities engaged in wildfire risk mitigation efforts.

(e) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall develop a statewide wildfire forecast and threat intelligence strategy to improve how wildfire threats are identified, understood, and shared in order to reduce threats to California government, businesses, and consumers. The strategy shall strengthen wildfire emergency preparedness and response, standardize the implementation of environmental monitoring and assessment, enhance forecasting and detection capabilities, maximize the use of science and technology, and expand public knowledge and awareness of wildfire risks.

(f) The Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall be a signatory to the interagency California Fire Weather Annual Operating Plan.

(g) Information sharing by the Wildfire Forecast and Threat Intelligence Integration Center shall be conducted in a manner that protects and safeguards sensitive information, preserves business confidentiality, and enables public officials to detect, investigate, respond to, prevent, and recover from catastrophic wildfires that threaten public health and safety and economic stability.

8592.20.

 (a) This article shall be known, and may be cited, as the Manny Alert Act.

(b) It is the intent of the Legislature to explore the establishment of a statewide system under the management of the California Office of Emergency Services that provides the ability for public safety answering points to aid in dispatching activities. The statewide system would enable all Californians, including older adults, individuals with disabilities, and other at-risk persons, to voluntarily provide vital health and safety information to enable first responders to better assist them during an accident or emergency.

(c) It is also the intent of the Legislature that the statewide system would inform law enforcement, fire departments, and emergency medical service personnel, who are planning for or responding to an emergency, with crucial information necessary for interacting with all Californians, especially older adults, individuals with disabilities, and other at-risk persons, so as to maximize the safety of these persons, minimize the likelihood of injury, and promote the safety of all individuals.

8654.2.

 The Legislature finds and declares the following:

(a) Catastrophic threats exist to lives, property, and resources in California, including wildfire. Climate change, an epidemic of dead and dying trees, and the proliferation of new homes in the wildland urban interface magnify this threat and place substantially more people and property at risk than in preceding decades. More than 25 million acres of California wildlands are classified as under very high or extreme fire threat, extending that risk to over one-half of the state.

(b) Certain populations in our state are particularly vulnerable to wildfire threats. These Californians live in communities that face near-term public safety threats given their location. Some residents in these areas are made further vulnerable due to factors such as age and lack of mobility. The tragic loss of life and property in the Town of Paradise during the 2018 Camp Fire demonstrates such vulnerability.

(c) While California has stringent building standards for new construction and requirements for the maintenance of defensible space in wildfire hazard areas, California must develop statewide options to encourage cost-effective structure hardening to create fire resistant homes, businesses, and public buildings within wildfire hazard areas and with a focus on vulnerable communities.

(d) It is the intent of the Legislature to offer financial assistance through a statewide program to communities for all hazards in support of a comprehensive mitigation strategy and reduce or eliminate potential risks and impacts of disasters in order to promote faster recovery after disasters and, overall, a more resilient state.

(e) It is further the intent of the Legislature to develop a comprehensive financial assistance program to help property owners, whole communities, and local governments retrofit existing housing, commercial, and public properties in wildfire hazard areas to a cost-effective standard that provides comprehensive risk reduction to protect structures from fires spreading from adjacent structures or vegetation, and to prevent vegetation from spreading fires to adjacent structures.

8654.3.

 For purposes of this section:

(a) “Joint powers authority” means the agency or entity designated or created pursuant to a joint powers agreement between the Office of Emergency Services and the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection, entered into pursuant to Section 8654.4, to implement this article.

(b) “Structure hardening” means the installation, replacement, or retrofitting of building materials, systems, or assemblies used in the exterior design and construction of existing nonconforming structures with features that are in compliance with Chapter 7A (commencing with Section 701A.1) of Part 2 of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, or any appropriate successor regulatory code with the primary purpose of reducing risk to structures from wildfire or conforming to the low-cost retrofit list, and updates to that list developed pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) of Section 51189.

8654.5.

 (a) The State Fire Marshal, in consultation with the Director of Forestry and Fire Protection and the Director of Housing and Community Development, shall, consistent with Section 8654.2, identify building retrofits and structure hardening measures eligible for financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program that are both cost effective and provide for appropriate site or structure fire risk reduction.

(b) The Department of Forestry and Fire Protection shall identify defensible space, vegetation management, and fuel modification activities eligible for financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program that are both cost effective and reduce the risk of wildfire for entire neighborhoods and communities.

8654.7.

 (a) The joint powers authority may accept any federal funds granted, by act of Congress or by executive order, for all or any of the purposes of this article.

(b) The joint powers authority shall develop criteria and a scoring methodology to prioritize financial assistance provided under the wildfire mitigation program to areas and communities based upon criteria that include, but are not limited to, all of the following:

(1) Area and community vulnerability to wildfire.

(2) The impact of future climate risk factors on area and community wildfire vulnerability assessments.

(3) Factors that lead some populations to experience a greater risk to wildfire, adverse health outcomes, or an inhibited ability to respond to a wildfire, including socioeconomic characteristics of the areas or communities that would be protected by financial assistance. For purposes of this paragraph “relevant socioeconomic characteristics” may include, among other things, data on poverty levels, residents with disabilities, language barriers, residents over 65 or under 5 years of age, and households without a car.

(c) Subdivision (b) applies to all financial assistance provided under the wildfire mitigation program unless the joint powers authority determines that all, or a portion of, subdivision (b) should not apply to an award of federal funds on the basis of terms and conditions imposed by the federal government on that award of federal funds.

8654.9.

 (a) The joint powers authority may enter into cooperative agreements with any of the following eligible entities to perform those functions eligible for financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program in lieu of, or in addition to, an award of financial assistance:

(1) The California Conservation Corps.

(2) University of California fire advisers.

(3) Regional conservation corps.

(4) Resource conservation districts.

(5) Fire safe councils.

(6) Fire protection districts.

(7) State conservancies.

(8) Cities.

(9) Counties.

(10) Any other qualified state and local agencies.

(b) The Department of Forestry and Fire Protection may specify the required training, experience, or other qualifications necessary before a person may perform those functions eligible for financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program pursuant to a cooperative agreement.

8654.10.

 (a) The operation of this article is contingent upon an appropriation by the Legislature in the annual Budget Act or another statute for purposes of this article.

(b) No later than July 1, 2024, the joint powers authority shall submit a report to the Legislature, in compliance with Section 9795, regarding the implementation of the wildfire mitigation financial assistance program administered pursuant to this article. The report shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(1) An evaluation of the cost-effectiveness of the wildfire mitigation program compared to other structure hardening, defensible space, vegetation management, and fuel reduction incentive programs.

(2) An evaluation of the overall wildfire risk reduction achieved statewide through awards of financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program.

(3) Detailed information about the quantity, monetary value, geographic distribution, and categories of awards of financial assistance made under the wildfire mitigation program.

(4) Detailed information about the sources and amounts of funds appropriated or granted to the wildfire mitigation program.

(5) Detailed information about barriers encountered to completing work awarded financial assistance under the wildfire mitigation program, including state, regional, or local permitting requirements.

(6) Any other information the Office of Emergency Services determines is necessary or convenient to evaluate the financial assistance awarded under the program.

(c) This article shall remain in effect only until July 1, 2025, and as of that date is repealed.

8669.3.

 For purposes of this article, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “Confidential communication” means any information, including, but not limited to, written or oral communication, transmitted between a law enforcement personnel, a peer support team member, or a crisis hotline or crisis referral service staff member while the peer support team member provides peer support services or the crisis hotline or crisis referral service staff member provides crisis services, and in confidence by a means that, as far as the law enforcement personnel is aware, does not disclose the information to third persons other than those who are present to further the interests of the law enforcement personnel in the delivery of peer support services or those to whom disclosures are reasonably necessary for the transmission of the information or an accomplishment of the purposes for which the peer support team member is providing services. “Confidential communication” does not include a communication in which the law enforcement personnel discloses the commission of a crime or a communication in which the law enforcement personnel’s intent to defraud or deceive an investigation into a critical incident is revealed.

(b) “Crisis referral services” include all public or private organizations that provide consultation and treatment resources for personal problems, including mental health issues, chemical dependency, domestic violence, gambling, financial problems, and other personal crises. Neither crisis referral services nor crisis hotlines include services provided by an employee association, labor relations representative, or labor relations organization, or any entity owned or operated by an employee association, labor relations representative, or labor relations organization.

(c) “Critical incident” means an event or situation that involves crisis, disaster, trauma, or emergency.

(d) “Critical incident stress” means the acute or cumulative psychological stress or trauma that law enforcement personnel may experience in providing emergency services in response to a critical incident. The stress or trauma is an unusually strong emotional, cognitive, behavioral, or physical reaction that may interfere with normal functioning and could lead to post-traumatic stress injuries, including, but not limited to, one or more of the following:

(1) Physical and emotional illness.

(2) Failure of usual coping mechanisms.

(3) Loss of interest in the job or normal life activities.

(4) Personality changes.

(5) Loss of ability to function.

(6) Psychological disruption of personal life, including their relationship with a spouse, child, or friend.

(e) “Law enforcement agency” means a local or regional department or agency, or any political subdivision thereof, that employs a peace officer, as defined in Section 830 of the Penal Code.

(f) “Law enforcement personnel” means an officer or employee of a local or regional law enforcement agency.

(g) “Peer support services” means authorized peer support services provided by a peer support team member to law enforcement personnel and their immediate families affected by a critical incident or the cumulative effect of witnessing multiple critical incidents. Peer support services assist those affected by a critical incident in coping with critical incident stress and mitigating reactions to critical incident stress. Peer support services may include one or more of the following:

(1) Precrisis education.

(2) Critical incident stress defusings.

(3) Critical incident stress debriefings.

(4) On-scene support services.

(5) One-on-one support services.

(6) Consultation.

(7) Referral services.

(8) Confidentiality obligations.

(9) The impact of toxic stress on health and well-being.

(10) Grief support.

(11) Substance abuse awareness and approaches.

(12) Active listening skills.

(h) “Peer support program” means a program administered by a law enforcement agency to deliver peer support services to law enforcement personnel.

(i) “Peer support team” means a law enforcement agency response team composed of peer support team members.

(j) “Peer support team member” means a law enforcement agency employee who has completed a peer support training course or courses pursuant to Section 8669.6. Agency selection criteria of peer support team members shall be incorporated into agency policies.

12832.

 Commencing on July 1, 2020, the Department of Youth and Community Restoration and the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection may enter into agreements for the creation and maintenance of work programs, rehabilitative services, and workforce development opportunities for the benefit of individuals subject to the jurisdiction of the department. Pursuant to Section 12825, rehabilitative programs and services in existence on June 30, 2019, that are provided in whole or in part through the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection to the predecessor entity are expressly continued with the Department of Youth and Community Restoration. An agreement to which the predecessor entity and the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection are a party is not void or voidable by reason of the act that added this section, but is continued in full force and effect, with the Department of Youth and Community Restoration assuming all of the rights, obligations, and duties of the predecessor entity. This assumption by the department does not affect the rights of the parties to the contract, lease, license, or agreement.

12835.

 Individuals convicted and sentenced by a superior court who are housed at the Department of Youth and Community Restoration pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 1731.5 or Section 1731.7 of the Welfare and Institutions Code continue to be eligible for parole consideration and the award of credits pursuant to Section 32 of Article I of the California Constitution and shall continue to have the rights and privileges to parole consideration and credit earning pursuant to Sections 2449.1 to 2449.7, inclusive, Sections 3043 to 3043.6, inclusive, and Sections 3490 to 3493, inclusive, of Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations, as may be amended. The Board of Parole Hearings is entitled to access to all records necessary to determine whether a nonviolent offender housed within the Department of Youth and Community Restoration will be released. The department may adopt regulations in furtherance of the administration of this section.

12926.

 As used in this part in connection with unlawful practices, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context:

(a) “Affirmative relief” or “prospective relief” includes the authority to order reinstatement of an employee, awards of backpay, reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, hiring, transfers, reassignments, grants of tenure, promotions, cease and desist orders, posting of notices, training of personnel, testing, expunging of records, reporting of records, and any other similar relief that is intended to correct unlawful practices under this part.

(b) “Age” refers to the chronological age of any individual who has reached a 40th birthday.

(c) Except as provided by Section 12926.05, “employee” does not include any individual employed by that person’s parent, spouse, or child or any individual employed under a special license in a nonprofit sheltered workshop or rehabilitation facility.

(d) “Employer” includes any person regularly employing five or more persons, or any person acting as an agent of an employer, directly or indirectly, the state or any political or civil subdivision of the state, and cities, except as follows:

“Employer” does not include a religious association or corporation not organized for private profit.

(e) “Employment agency” includes any person undertaking for compensation to procure employees or opportunities to work.

(f) “Essential functions” means the fundamental job duties of the employment position the individual with a disability holds or desires. “Essential functions” does not include the marginal functions of the position.

(1) A job function may be considered essential for any of several reasons, including, but not limited to, any one or more of the following:

(A) The function may be essential because the reason the position exists is to perform that function.

(B) The function may be essential because of the limited number of employees available among whom the performance of that job function can be distributed.

(C) The function may be highly specialized, so that the incumbent in the position is hired based on expertise or the ability to perform a particular function.

(2) Evidence of whether a particular function is essential includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(A) The employer’s judgment as to which functions are essential.

(B) Written job descriptions prepared before advertising or interviewing applicants for the job.

(C) The amount of time spent on the job performing the function.

(D) The consequences of not requiring the incumbent to perform the function.

(E) The terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(F) The work experiences of past incumbents in the job.

(G) The current work experience of incumbents in similar jobs.

(g) (1) “Genetic information” means, with respect to any individual, information about any of the following:

(A) The individual’s genetic tests.

(B) The genetic tests of family members of the individual.

(C) The manifestation of a disease or disorder in family members of the individual.

(2) “Genetic information” includes any request for, or receipt of, genetic services, or participation in clinical research that includes genetic services, by an individual or any family member of the individual.

(3) “Genetic information” does not include information about the sex or age of any individual.

(h) “Labor organization” includes any organization that exists and is constituted for the purpose, in whole or in part, of collective bargaining or of dealing with employers concerning grievances, terms or conditions of employment, or of other mutual aid or protection.

(i) “Medical condition” means either of the following:

(1) Any health impairment related to or associated with a diagnosis of cancer or a record or history of cancer.

(2) Genetic characteristics. For purposes of this section, “genetic characteristics” means either of the following:

(A) Any scientifically or medically identifiable gene or chromosome, or combination or alteration thereof, that is known to be a cause of a disease or disorder in a person or that person’s offspring, or that is determined to be associated with a statistically increased risk of development of a disease or disorder, and that is presently not associated with any symptoms of any disease or disorder.

(B) Inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual or family member, that are known to be a cause of a disease or disorder in a person or that person’s offspring, or that are determined to be associated with a statistically increased risk of development of a disease or disorder, and that are presently not associated with any symptoms of any disease or disorder.

(j) “Mental disability” includes, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(1) Having any mental or psychological disorder or condition, such as intellectual disability, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, or specific learning disabilities, that limits a major life activity. For purposes of this section:

(A) “Limits” shall be determined without regard to mitigating measures, such as medications, assistive devices, or reasonable accommodations, unless the mitigating measure itself limits a major life activity.

(B) A mental or psychological disorder or condition limits a major life activity if it makes the achievement of the major life activity difficult.

(C) “Major life activities” shall be broadly construed and shall include physical, mental, and social activities and working.

(2) Any other mental or psychological disorder or condition not described in paragraph (1) that requires special education or related services.

(3) Having a record or history of a mental or psychological disorder or condition described in paragraph (1) or (2), which is known to the employer or other entity covered by this part.

(4) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity covered by this part as having, or having had, any mental condition that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult.

(5) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity covered by this part as having, or having had, a mental or psychological disorder or condition that has no present disabling effect, but that may become a mental disability as described in paragraph (1) or (2).

“Mental disability” does not include sexual behavior disorders, compulsive gambling, kleptomania, pyromania, or psychoactive substance use disorders resulting from the current unlawful use of controlled substances or other drugs.

(k) “Military and veteran status” means a member or veteran of the United States Armed Forces, United States Armed Forces Reserve, the United States National Guard, and the California National Guard.

(l) “On the bases enumerated in this part” means or refers to discrimination on the basis of one or more of the following: race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, age, sexual orientation, or military and veteran status.

(m) “Physical disability” includes, but is not limited to, all of the following:

(1) Having any physiological disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss that does both of the following:

(A) Affects one or more of the following body systems: neurological, immunological, musculoskeletal, special sense organs, respiratory, including speech organs, cardiovascular, reproductive, digestive, genitourinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine.

(B) Limits a major life activity. For purposes of this section:

(i) “Limits” shall be determined without regard to mitigating measures such as medications, assistive devices, prosthetics, or reasonable accommodations, unless the mitigating measure itself limits a major life activity.

(ii) A physiological disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss limits a major life activity if it makes the achievement of the major life activity difficult.

(iii) “Major life activities” shall be broadly construed and includes physical, mental, and social activities and working.

(2) Any other health impairment not described in paragraph (1) that requires special education or related services.

(3) Having a record or history of a disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical loss, or health impairment described in paragraph (1) or (2), which is known to the employer or other entity covered by this part.

(4) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity covered by this part as having, or having had, any physical condition that makes achievement of a major life activity difficult.

(5) Being regarded or treated by the employer or other entity covered by this part as having, or having had, a disease, disorder, condition, cosmetic disfigurement, anatomical loss, or health impairment that has no present disabling effect but may become a physical disability as described in paragraph (1) or (2).

(6) “Physical disability” does not include sexual behavior disorders, compulsive gambling, kleptomania, pyromania, or psychoactive substance use disorders resulting from the current unlawful use of controlled substances or other drugs.

(n) Notwithstanding subdivisions (j) and (m), if the definition of “disability” used in the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336) would result in broader protection of the civil rights of individuals with a mental disability or physical disability, as defined in subdivision (j) or (m), or would include any medical condition not included within those definitions, then that broader protection or coverage shall be deemed incorporated by reference into, and shall prevail over conflicting provisions of, the definitions in subdivisions (j) and (m).

(o) “Race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, age, sexual orientation, or military and veteran status” includes a perception that the person has any of those characteristics or that the person is associated with a person who has, or is perceived to have, any of those characteristics.

(p) “Reasonable accommodation” may include either of the following:

(1) Making existing facilities used by employees readily accessible to, and usable by, individuals with disabilities.

(2) Job restructuring, part-time or modified work schedules, reassignment to a vacant position, acquisition or modification of equipment or devices, adjustment or modifications of examinations, training materials or policies, the provision of qualified readers or interpreters, and other similar accommodations for individuals with disabilities.

(q) “Religious creed,” “religion,” “religious observance,” “religious belief,” and “creed” include all aspects of religious belief, observance, and practice, including religious dress and grooming practices. “Religious dress practice” shall be construed broadly to include the wearing or carrying of religious clothing, head or face coverings, jewelry, artifacts, and any other item that is part of an individual observing a religious creed. “Religious grooming practice” shall be construed broadly to include all forms of head, facial, and body hair that are part of an individual observing a religious creed.

(r) (1) “Sex” includes, but is not limited to, the following:

(A) Pregnancy or medical conditions related to pregnancy.

(B) Childbirth or medical conditions related to childbirth.

(C) Breastfeeding or medical conditions related to breastfeeding.

(2) “Sex” also includes, but is not limited to, a person’s gender. “Gender” means sex, and includes a person’s gender identity and gender expression. “Gender expression” means a person’s gender-related appearance and behavior whether or not stereotypically associated with the person’s assigned sex at birth.

(s) “Sexual orientation” means heterosexuality, homosexuality, and bisexuality.

(t) “Supervisor” means any individual having the authority, in the interest of the employer, to hire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote, discharge, assign, reward, or discipline other employees, or the responsibility to direct them, or to adjust their grievances, or effectively to recommend that action, if, in connection with the foregoing, the exercise of that authority is not of a merely routine or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent judgment.

(u) “Undue hardship” means an action requiring significant difficulty or expense, when considered in light of the following factors:

(1) The nature and cost of the accommodation needed.

(2) The overall financial resources of the facilities involved in the provision of the reasonable accommodations, the number of persons employed at the facility, and the effect on expenses and resources or the impact otherwise of these accommodations upon the operation of the facility.

(3) The overall financial resources of the covered entity, the overall size of the business of a covered entity with respect to the number of employees, and the number, type, and location of its facilities.

(4) The type of operations, including the composition, structure, and functions of the workforce of the entity.

(5) The geographic separateness or administrative or fiscal relationship of the facility or facilities.

(v) “National origin” discrimination includes, but is not limited to, discrimination on the basis of possessing a driver’s license granted under Section 12801.9 of the Vehicle Code.

(w) “Race” is inclusive of traits historically associated with race, including, but not limited to, hair texture and protective hairstyles.

(x) “Protective hairstyles” includes, but is not limited to, such hairstyles as braids, locs, and twists.

12950.1.

 (a) (1) By January 1, 2021, an employer having five or more employees shall provide at least two hours of classroom or other effective interactive training and education regarding sexual harassment to all supervisory employees and at least one hour of classroom or other effective interactive training and education regarding sexual harassment to all nonsupervisory employees in California. Thereafter, each employer covered by this section shall provide sexual harassment training and education to each employee in California once every two years. New nonsupervisory employees shall be provided training within six months of hire. New supervisory employees shall be provided training within six months of the assumption of a supervisory position. An employer may provide this training in conjunction with other training provided to the employees. The training may be completed by employees individually or as part of a group presentation, and may be completed in shorter segments, as long as the applicable hourly total requirement is met. An employer who has provided this training and education to an employee in 2019 is not required to provide refresher training and education again until two years thereafter. The training and education required by this section shall include information and practical guidance regarding the federal and state statutory provisions concerning the prohibition against and the prevention and correction of sexual harassment and the remedies available to victims of sexual harassment in employment. The training and education shall also include practical examples aimed at instructing supervisors in the prevention of harassment, discrimination, and retaliation, and shall be presented by trainers or educators with knowledge and expertise in the prevention of harassment, discrimination, and retaliation. The department shall provide a method for employees who have completed the training to save electronically and print a certificate of completion.

(2) An employer shall also include prevention of abusive conduct as a component of the training and education specified in paragraph (1).

(3) An employer shall also provide training inclusive of harassment based on gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation as a component of the training and education specified in paragraph (1). The training and education shall include practical examples inclusive of harassment based on gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation, and shall be presented by trainers or educators with knowledge and expertise in those areas.

(b) The state shall incorporate the training required by subdivision (a) into the 80 hours of training provided to all new employees pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 19995.4, using existing resources.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivisions (j) and (k) of Section 12940, a claim that the training and education required by this section did not reach a particular individual or individuals shall not in and of itself result in the liability of any employer to any present or former employee or applicant in any action alleging sexual harassment. Conversely, an employer’s compliance with this section does not insulate the employer from liability for sexual harassment of any current or former employee or applicant.

(d) If an employer violates this section, the department may seek an order requiring the employer to comply with these requirements.

(e) The training and education required by this section is intended to establish a minimum threshold and should not discourage or relieve any employer from providing for longer, more frequent, or more elaborate training and education regarding workplace harassment or other forms of unlawful discrimination in order to meet its obligations to take all reasonable steps necessary to prevent and correct harassment and discrimination. This section shall not be construed to override or supersede statutes, including, but not limited to, Section 1684 of the Labor Code, that meet or exceed the training for nonsupervisory employees required under this section.

(f) Except as provided in subdivision (l), beginning January 1, 2021, for seasonal, temporary, or other employees that are hired to work for less than six months, an employer shall provide training within 30 calendar days after the hire date or within 100 hours worked, whichever occurs first. In the case of a temporary employee employed by a temporary services employer, as defined in Section 201.3 of the Labor Code, to perform services for clients, the training shall be provided by the temporary services employer, not the client.

(g) Beginning January 1, 2020, sexual harassment prevention training for migrant and seasonal agricultural workers, as defined in the federal Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act (29 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), shall be consistent with training for nonsupervisory employees pursuant to paragraph (8) of subdivision (a) of Section 1684 of the Labor Code.

(h) (1) For purposes of this section only, “employer” means any person regularly employing five or more persons or regularly receiving the services of five or more persons providing services pursuant to a contract, or any person acting as an agent of an employer, directly or indirectly, the state, or any political or civil subdivision of the state, and cities.

(2) For purposes of this section, “abusive conduct” means conduct of an employer or employee in the workplace, with malice, that a reasonable person would find hostile, offensive, and unrelated to an employer’s legitimate business interests. Abusive conduct may include repeated infliction of verbal abuse, such as the use of derogatory remarks, insults, and epithets, verbal or physical conduct that a reasonable person would find threatening, intimidating, or humiliating, or the gratuitous sabotage or undermining of a person’s work performance. A single act shall not constitute abusive conduct, unless especially severe and egregious.

(i) For purposes of providing training to employees as required by this section, an employer may develop its own training module or may direct employees to view the online training course referenced in subdivision (j) and this shall be deemed to have complied with and satisfied the employers’ obligations as set forth in this section and Section 12950.

(j) The department shall develop or obtain two online training courses on the prevention of sexual harassment in the workplace in accordance with the provisions of this section. The course for nonsupervisory employees shall be one hour in length and the course for supervisory employees shall be two hours in length.

(k) The department shall make the online training courses available on its internet website. The online training courses shall contain an interactive feature that requires the viewer to respond to a question periodically in order for the online training courses to continue to play. Any questions resulting from the online training course described in this subdivision shall be directed to the trainee’s employer’s human resources department or equally qualified professional rather than the department.

(l) (1) An employer that employs workers pursuant to a multiemployer collective bargaining agreement in the construction industry may satisfy the requirements of subdivision (a) or (f) by demonstrating that the employee has received the training required by subdivision (a) within the past two years under any of the following circumstances:

(A) While the employee was employed by another employer that is also signatory to a multiemployer collective bargaining agreement with the same trade in the building and construction industry.

(B) While the employee was an apprentice registered in a building and construction trades apprenticeship program approved by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards.

(C) Through a building and construction trades apprenticeship program approved by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, a labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee. For purposes of this subdivision, “labor management cooperation committee” shall mean a committee that is established pursuant to Section 175a of Title 29 of the United States Code.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, “multiemployer collective bargaining agreement” means a bona fide collective bargaining agreement to which multiple employers are signatory, including predecessor and successor agreements.

(3) An employer shall require verification that an employee has undergone prevention of harassment training pursuant to this subdivision within the past two years. The employer shall provide prevention of harassment training pursuant to subdivision (a) for any employee for whom verification cannot be obtained.

(4) A state-approved apprenticeship program, labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee shall maintain a certificate of completion of training for each person to whom the entity has provided prevention of harassment training pursuant to this subdivision for a period of not less than four years. The apprenticeship program, labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee shall maintain a database of journey-level worker and apprentice training that entity has provided and shall provide verification of an employee’s or apprentice’s prevention of harassment training status upon the request of an employer that is a party to the multiemployer collective bargaining agreement.

(5) (A) A qualified trainer may provide prevention of harassment training on behalf of an apprenticeship program, labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee.

(B) A “qualified trainer,” for purposes of this subdivision, is any person who, through a combination of training and experience, has the ability to train employees about the following:

(i) How to identify behavior that may constitute unlawful harassment, discrimination, or retaliation under both California and federal law.

(ii) What steps to take when harassing behavior occurs in the workplace.

(iii) How to report harassment complaints.

(iv) Supervisory employees’ obligation to report harassing, discriminatory, or retaliatory behavior of which they become aware.

(v) How to respond to a harassment complaint.

(vi) The employer’s obligation to conduct a workplace investigation of a harassment complaint.

(vii) What constitutes retaliation and how to prevent it.

(viii) Essential components of an antiharassment policy.

(ix) The effect of harassment on harassed employees, coworkers, harassers, and employers.

(C) A “qualified trainer” includes, but is not limited to, an attorney admitted to the State Bar of California with at least two years of experience practicing employment law, a human resources professional with at least two years of practical experience in prevention of harassment training, investigation, and advising employers in the prevention of harassment, or any other person who has received training in the provision of prevention of harassment training from a qualified trainer.

(6) An apprenticeship program, labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee may also provide training by use of the online training courses referenced in subdivision (j).

(7) An apprenticeship program, labor management training trust, or labor management cooperation committee shall not incur any liability for providing prevention of harassment training or for maintaining records pursuant to this subdivision.

13070.5.

 The department shall ensure the state carries out its responsibilities in accordance with the federal Single Audit Act (31 U.S.C. Sec. 7501 et seq.). For that purpose, the department shall do all of the following:

(a) Act as the liaison between state agencies, the California State Auditor, and other relevant federal agencies.

(b) Establish guidelines and instructions for state agencies pursuant to this section. The adoption, amendment, or repeal of these guidelines, instructions, or other directives consistent with this section, shall be exempt from the rulemaking provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2).

(c) Collect financial information related to federal awards received, including schedules of cash and noncash federal assistance and passthrough amounts.

(d) Collect nonfinancial information related to federal awards received, including prior audit findings and management representation letters.

(e) Review and consolidate the financial and nonfinancial information from state agencies under subdivisions (c) and (d) and prepare the Schedule of Federal Awards and related schedules, to be forwarded to the California State Auditor for inclusion in the Single Audit Report.

(f) Upload the completed Single Audit Report to the Federal Clearinghouse on behalf of the state.

13293.5.

 It is a misdemeanor, punishable by imprisonment in the county jail not exceeding six months, or by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by both that imprisonment and fine, if a person does any of the following:

(a) Fail or refuse to permit the examination of, access to, or reproduction of the records, files, documents, accounts, reports, correspondence, cash drawers, or cash of the person’s office by the department or in any way interferes with such examination conducted pursuant to this article.

(b) Interfere, intend to deceive or defraud, or obstruct the department in its performance of an audit, evaluation, investigation, or review pursuant to this article.

(c) Manipulate, correct, alter, or change records, documents, accounts, reports, or correspondence prior to or during any audit, evaluation, investigation, or review conducted pursuant to this article.

(d) Distribute, reproduce, release, or fail to safeguard confidential draft documents exchanged between the department and the entity subject to the audit, evaluation, investigation, or review conducted pursuant to this article prior to the release of the department’s final report and without the department’s express permission.

13957.

 (a) The board may grant for pecuniary loss, when the board determines it will best aid the person seeking compensation, as follows:

(1) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13957.2, reimburse the amount of medical or medical-related expenses incurred by the victim for services that were provided by a licensed medical provider, including, but not limited to, eyeglasses, hearing aids, dentures, or any prosthetic device taken, lost, or destroyed during the commission of the crime, or the use of which became necessary as a direct result of the crime.

(2) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13957.2, reimburse the amount of outpatient psychiatric, psychological, or other mental health counseling-related expenses incurred by the victim or derivative victim, including peer counseling services provided by a rape crisis center as defined by Section 13837 of the Penal Code, and including family psychiatric, psychological, or mental health counseling for the successful treatment of the victim provided to family members of the victim in the presence of the victim, whether or not the family member relationship existed at the time of the crime, that became necessary as a direct result of the crime, subject to the following conditions:

(A) The following persons may be reimbursed for the expense of their outpatient mental health counseling in an amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000):

(i) A victim.

(ii) A derivative victim who is the surviving parent, grandparent, sibling, child, grandchild, spouse, or fiance of a victim of a crime that directly resulted in the death of the victim.

(iii) A derivative victim, as described in paragraphs (1) to (4), inclusive, of subdivision (c) of Section 13955, who is the primary caretaker of a minor victim whose claim is not denied or reduced pursuant to Section 13956 in a total amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for not more than two derivative victims.

(B) The following persons may be reimbursed for the expense of their outpatient mental health counseling in an amount not to exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000):

(i) A derivative victim not eligible for reimbursement pursuant to subparagraph (A), provided that mental health counseling of a derivative victim described in paragraph (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 13955, shall be reimbursed only if that counseling is necessary for the treatment of the victim.

(ii) A minor who suffers emotional injury as a direct result of witnessing a violent crime and who is not eligible for reimbursement of the costs of outpatient mental health counseling under any other provision of this chapter. To be eligible for reimbursement under this clause, the minor must have been in close proximity to the victim when the minor witnessed the crime.

(C) The board may reimburse a victim or derivative victim for outpatient mental health counseling in excess of that authorized by subparagraph (A) or (B) or for inpatient psychiatric, psychological, or other mental health counseling if the claim is based on dire or exceptional circumstances that require more extensive treatment, as approved by the board.

(D) Expenses for psychiatric, psychological, or other mental health counseling-related services may be reimbursed only if the services were provided by either of the following individuals:

(i) A person who would have been authorized to provide those services pursuant to former Article 1 (commencing with Section 13959) as it read on January 1, 2002.

(ii) A person who is licensed in California to provide those services, or who is properly supervised by a person who is licensed in California to provide those services, subject to the board’s approval and subject to the limitations and restrictions the board may impose.

(3) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13957.5, authorize compensation equal to the loss of income or loss of support, or both, that a victim or derivative victim incurs as a direct result of the victim’s or derivative victim’s injury or the victim’s death. If the qualifying crime is a violation of Section 236.1 of the Penal Code, the board may authorize compensation equal to loss of income or support that a victim incurs as a direct result of the victim’s deprivation of liberty during the crime, not to exceed the amount set forth in Section 13957.5. If the victim or derivative victim requests that the board give priority to reimbursement of loss of income or support, the board may not pay medical expenses, or mental health counseling expenses, except upon the request of the victim or derivative victim or after determining that payment of these expenses will not decrease the funds available for payment of loss of income or support.

(4) Authorize a cash payment to or on behalf of the victim for job retraining or similar employment-oriented services.

(5) Reimburse the expense of installing or increasing residential security, not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000). Installing or increasing residential security may include, but need not be limited to, both of the following:

(A) Home security device or system.

(B) Replacing or increasing the number of locks.

(6) Reimburse the expense of renovating or retrofitting a victim’s residence, or the expense of modifying or purchasing a vehicle, to make the residence or the vehicle accessible or operational by a victim upon verification that the expense is medically necessary for a victim who is permanently disabled as a direct result of the crime, whether the disability is partial or total.

(7) (A) Authorize a cash payment or reimbursement not to exceed two thousand dollars ($2,000) to a victim for expenses incurred in relocating, if the expenses are determined by law enforcement to be necessary for the personal safety of the victim or by a mental health treatment provider to be necessary for the emotional well-being of the victim. For purposes of this paragraph, “expenses incurred in relocating” may include the costs of temporary housing for any pets belonging to the victim upon immediate relocation.

(B) The cash payment or reimbursement made under this paragraph shall only be awarded to one claimant per crime giving rise to the relocation. The board may authorize more than one relocation per crime if necessary for the personal safety or emotional well-being of the claimant. However, the total cash payment or reimbursement for all relocations due to the same crime shall not exceed two thousand dollars ($2,000). For purposes of this paragraph, a claimant is the crime victim, or, if the victim is deceased, a person who resided with the deceased at the time of the crime.

(C) The board may, under compelling circumstances, award a second cash payment or reimbursement to a victim for another crime if both of the following conditions are met:

(i) The crime occurs more than three years from the date of the crime giving rise to the initial relocation cash payment or reimbursement.

(ii) The crime does not involve the same offender.

(D) When a relocation payment or reimbursement is provided to a victim of sexual assault or domestic violence and the identity of the offender is known to the victim, the victim shall agree not to inform the offender of the location of the victim’s new residence and not to allow the offender on the premises at any time, or shall agree to seek a restraining order against the offender. A victim may be required to repay the relocation payment or reimbursement to the board if the victim violates the terms set forth in this paragraph.

(E) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), the board may increase the cash payment or reimbursement for expenses incurred in relocating to an amount greater than two thousand dollars ($2,000), if the board finds this amount is appropriate due to the unusual, dire, or exceptional circumstances of a particular claim.

(F) If a security deposit, pet deposit, or both is required for relocation, the board shall be named as the recipient and receive the funds upon expiration of the victim’s rental agreement.

(8) When a victim dies as a result of a crime, the board may reimburse any individual who voluntarily, and without anticipation of personal gain, pays or assumes the obligation to pay any of the following expenses:

(A) The medical expenses incurred as a direct result of the crime in an amount not to exceed the rates or limitations established by the board.

(B) The funeral and burial expenses incurred as a direct result of the crime, not to exceed seven thousand five hundred dollars ($7,500). The board shall not create or comply with a regulation or policy that mandates a lower maximum potential amount of an award pursuant to this subparagraph for less than seven thousand five hundred dollars ($7,500).

(9) When the crime occurs in a residence or inside a vehicle, the board may reimburse any individual who voluntarily, and without anticipation of personal gain, pays or assumes the obligation to pay the reasonable costs to clean the scene of the crime in an amount not to exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000). Services reimbursed pursuant to this subdivision shall be performed by persons registered with the State Department of Public Health as trauma scene waste practitioners in accordance with Chapter 9.5 (commencing with Section 118321) of Part 14 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code.

(10) When the crime is a violation of Section 600.2 or 600.5 of the Penal Code, the board may reimburse the expense of veterinary services, replacement costs, or other reasonable expenses, as ordered by the court pursuant to Section 600.2 or 600.5 of the Penal Code, in an amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000).

(11) An award of compensation pursuant to paragraph (5) of subdivision (f) of Section 13955 shall be limited to compensation to provide mental health counseling and shall not limit the eligibility of a victim for an award that the victim may be otherwise entitled to receive under this part. A derivative victim shall not be eligible for compensation under this provision.

(b) The total award to or on behalf of each victim or derivative victim may not exceed thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000), except that this award may be increased to an amount not exceeding seventy thousand dollars ($70,000) if federal funds for that increase are available.

14463.

 It is a misdemeanor, punishable by imprisonment in a county jail not exceeding six months, or by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by both that imprisonment and fine, to do any of the following:

(a) Fail or refuse to permit the examination of, access to, or reproduction of the records, files, documents, accounts, reports, correspondence, cash drawers, or cash of their office by the Inspector General or in any way interfere with such examination conducted pursuant to this chapter.

(b) Interfere, intend to deceive or defraud, or obstruct the Inspector General in the performance of an audit, evaluation, investigation, or review pursuant to this chapter.

(c) Manipulate, correct, alter, or change records, documents, accounts, reports, or correspondence before or during any audit, evaluation, investigation, or review conducted pursuant to this chapter.

(d) Distribute, reproduce, release, or fail to safeguard confidential draft documents exchanged between the Inspector General and the entity subject to the audit, evaluation, investigation, or review conducted pursuant to this chapter before the release of the final report and without the Inspector General’s express permission.

15600.

 (a) There is in state government the State Board of Equalization.

(b) The board shall continue to only have the following duties, powers, and responsibilities:

(1) The review, equalization, or adjustment of a property tax assessment pursuant to Section 11 of Article XIII of the California Constitution, and any duty, power, or responsibility conferred by statute on the board in connection with that review, equalization, or adjustment.

(2) The measurement of county assessment levels and adjustment of secured local assessment rolls pursuant to Section 18 of Article XIII of the California Constitution, and any duty, power, or responsibility conferred by statute on the board in connection with that measurement and adjustment.

(3) The assessment of pipelines, flumes, canals, ditches, and aqueducts lying within two or more counties and property, except franchises, owned or used by regulated railway, telegraph, or telephone companies, car companies operating on railways in the state, and companies transmitting or selling gas or electricity pursuant to Section 19 of Article XIII of the California Constitution, as well as the equalization of that assessment, and any duty, power, or responsibility conferred by statute on the board in connection with that assessment.

(4) The assessment of taxes on insurers pursuant to Section 28 of Article XIII of the California Constitution and any duty, power, or responsibility conferred by statute on the board in connection with that assessment and equalization.

(5) The assessment and collection of excise taxes on the manufacture, importation, and sale of alcoholic beverages in this state pursuant to Section 22 of Article XX of the California Constitution, and any duty, power, or responsibility conferred by statute on the board in connection with that assessment and collection.

(6) The administration of the welfare exemption provided by Section 214 of the Revenue and Taxation Code and the veterans’ organization exemption provided by Section 215.1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, including issuing an organizational clearance certificate and reviewing assessors’ administration of those exemptions as required pursuant to Sections 254.5 and 254.6 of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(7) The responsibility for receiving a change in ownership statement required to be filed due to a change in control or a change in ownership of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other legal entity pursuant to Sections 480.1 and 480.2, respectively, of the Revenue and Taxation Code.

(8) The administration of Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 54900) of Part 1 of Division 2 of Title 5 of the Government Code, commonly known as the Tax-Rate Area System.

(c) The board shall retain the duty to adjust the rate of the motor vehicle fuel tax pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 7360 of the Revenue and Taxation Code for the 2018–19 fiscal year.

(d) (1) In order to ensure a seamless transition from the State Board of Equalization to the Office of Tax Appeals in the conduct of appeals hearings on and after January 1, 2018, pursuant to Part 9.5 (commencing with Section 15670), the State Board of Equalization, consistent with subdivision (b) of Section 15674, shall continue to have the legal authority to hear, determine, decide, or take any other action with respect to an appeal, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 15671, regarding matters for which the duties, powers, and responsibilities are transferred to the Office of Tax Appeals pursuant to Section 15672, only if both of the following are satisfied:

(A) The hearing, determination, decision, or any other action with respect to an appeal is placed on the calendar of a meeting of the State Board of Equalization to be held before January 1, 2018.

(B) The appeal is heard, determined, decided, or is otherwise final before January 1, 2018.

(2) On and after January 1, 2018, the State Board of Equalization shall have no legal authority to, and shall not, regarding matters for which the duties, powers, and responsibilities are transferred to the Office of Tax Appeals pursuant to Section 15672, conduct an appeals hearing, make a determination, issue or publish a decision on an appeal, or take any other action with respect to an appeal heard at a meeting of the State Board of Equalization before January 1, 2018, for which the State Board of Equalization’s hearing, determination, decision, or any other action is, for any reason, not final before January 1, 2018.

(e) (1) (A) The board shall retain all employees serving in state civil service, including temporary employees, who are engaged in the performance of functions described in subdivision (b). The status, positions, and rights of those persons shall not be affected by their retention and shall continue to be retained by them pursuant to the State Civil Service Act (Part 2 (commencing with Section 18500) of Division 5), except as to positions the duties of which are vested in a position exempt from civil service.

(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), all employees serving in state civil service, including temporary employees, who are engaged in the performance of functions described in paragraph (6), (7), or (8) of subdivision (b) that were transferred to the California Department of Tax and Fee Administration pursuant to Section 15570.26 shall be transferred back to the board. The status, positions, and rights of those persons shall not be affected by their transfer and shall continue to be retained by them pursuant to the State Civil Service Act (Part 2 (commencing with Section 18500) of Division 5), except as to positions the duties of which are vested in a position exempt from civil service. The personnel records of all employees transferred pursuant to this subparagraph shall be transferred to the board.

(C) The board shall succeed to all the rights and property of the California Department of Tax and Fee Administration that relate to the performance of functions described in paragraphs (6), (7), and (8) of subdivision (b) and all those related rights and property shall be transferred back to the board. The Department of General Services shall determine where the property is transferred, if necessary.

(2) The board also may employ civil service staff persons to carry out the duties, powers, and responsibilities described in subdivision (b) as approved by the Legislature through the budget.

(3) The board shall retain the authority to appoint an executive director and prescribe and enforce the executive director’s duties pursuant to Section 15604.

(f) Each member of the board elected by the voters of an equalization district shall have only one office in Sacramento and one district office.

(g) Each board member elected by the voters of an equalization district shall have a staff consisting of two staff persons who are exempt from civil service pursuant to Section 4 of Article VII of the California Constitution and any other civil service positions approved by the Legislature through the budget.

(h) (1) A board member does not have authority to appoint, remove, discipline, assign, reassign, promote, demote, or issue orders to any employee of the board, including, but not limited to, the career executive assignment positions and other noncivil service managers.

(2) The executive director is solely responsible for selecting persons for career executive assignment positions and other noncivil service managers for the board.

(i) A board member shall not modify or approve a budget change proposal for the board or the California Department of Tax and Fee Administration. The executive director shall modify or approve all budget change proposals for the board.

(j) A board member shall not interfere with or influence the process of the board’s or the California Department of Tax and Fee Administration’s legislative analyses, revenue analyses, or any other form of technical assistance requested by the Governor or the Legislature.

(k) All board member procurements shall be processed through the Department of General Services.

(l) (1) A member of the board shall not represent a person in a hearing before the board before one year after the expiration of the member’s term on the board or one year after separation from the board.

(2) The staff of a member of the board shall not represent a person in a hearing before the board before one year after separation from employment with that member.

(m) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2017.

15820.926.

 (a) The participating county contribution for adult local criminal justice facilities financed under this chapter shall be a minimum of 10 percent of the total project costs. The BSCC may reduce contribution requirements for participating counties with a general population below 200,000 upon petition by a participating county to the BSCC requesting a lower level of contribution.

(b) The BSCC shall determine the funding criteria. Funding consideration shall be given to counties that are seeking to replace existing compacted, outdated, or unsafe housing capacity or are seeking to renovate existing or build new facilities that provide adequate space for the provision of treatment and rehabilitation services, including mental health treatment. Funding preference shall be given to counties that are most prepared to proceed successfully with this financing in a timely manner. The determination of preparedness to proceed shall include, but not be limited to, counties providing documentation of adequate, available matching funds authorized by the county board of supervisors from a source or sources compatible with this financing authority as determined by the State Public Works Board in its sole discretion. A participating county may only add housing capacity using this financing authority if the requesting county clearly documents an existing housing capacity deficiency. Any county requesting to add housing capacity using this financing authority shall be required to certify and covenant in writing that the county is not and will not be leasing housing capacity to any other public or private entity, with the exception of state agencies, for a period of 10 years beyond the completion date of the adult local criminal justice facility. If a county that adds housing capacity using this financing authority enters into a leasing housing capacity agreement that includes any state agency other than the State Department of State Hospitals, the Department of Finance shall report this fact to the Chairperson of the Joint Legislative Budget Committee and the chairpersons of the respective fiscal committees of each house of the Legislature at least 30 days prior to the board providing consent to that agreement.

15820.946.

 (a) The participating county contribution for adult local criminal justice facilities financed under this chapter shall be a minimum of 10 percent of the total project costs. The BSCC may reduce contribution requirements for participating counties with a general population below 200,000 upon petition by a participating county to the BSCC requesting a lower level of contribution.

(b) The BSCC shall determine the funding and scoring criteria consistent with the requirements of this chapter. Financing shall be awarded only to those counties that have previously received only a partial award or have never received an award from the state within the financing programs authorized in Chapters 3.11 (commencing with Section 15820.90) to 3.131 (commencing with Section 15820.93), inclusive. The funding criteria shall include, as a mandatory criterion, documentation of the percentage of pretrial inmates in the county jail from January 1, 2015, to December 31, 2015, inclusive, and a description of the county’s current risk assessment based pretrial release program. Funding preference shall also be given to counties that are most prepared to proceed successfully with this financing in a timely manner. The determination of preparedness to proceed shall include the following:

(1) Counties providing a board of supervisors’ resolution authorizing an adequate amount of available matching funds to satisfy the counties’ contribution and approving the forms of the project documents deemed necessary, as identified by the board to the BSCC, to effectuate the financing authorized by this chapter, and authorizing the appropriate signatory or signatories to execute those documents at the appropriate times. The identified matching funds in the resolution shall be compatible with the state’s lease-revenue bond financing.

(2) Counties providing documentation evidencing CEQA compliance has been completed. Documentation of CEQA compliance shall be either a final Notice of Determination or a final Notice of Exemption, as appropriate, and a letter from county counsel certifying the associated statute of limitations has expired and either no challenges were filed or identifying any challenges filed and explaining how they have been resolved in a manner that allows the project to proceed as proposed.

(c) Funding consideration shall be given to counties that are seeking to replace compacted, outdated, or unsafe housing capacity that will also add treatment space or counties that are seeking to renovate existing or build new facilities that provide adequate space for the provision of treatment and rehabilitation services, including mental health treatment.

(d) A participating county may replace existing housing capacity, realizing only a minimal increase of capacity, using this financing authority if the requesting county clearly documents an existing housing capacity deficiency.

(e) A participating county with a request resulting in any increase in capacity using this financing authority shall be required to certify and covenant in writing that the county is not, and will not be, leasing housing capacity to any other public or private entity, with the exception of state agencies, for a period of 10 years beyond the completion date of the adult local criminal justice facility. If a county that increases housing capacity using this financing authority enters into a leasing housing capacity agreement that includes any state agency other than the State Department of State Hospitals, the Department of Finance shall report this fact to the Chairperson of the Joint Legislative Budget Committee and the chairpersons of the respective fiscal committees of each house of the Legislature at least 30 days prior to the board providing consent to that agreement.

(f) Any locked facility constructed or renovated with state funding awarded under this program shall include space to provide onsite, in-person visitation capable of meeting or surpassing the minimum number of weekly visits required by state regulations for persons detained in the facility.

(g) Any county applying for financing authority under this program shall include a description of efforts to address sexual abuse in its adult local criminal justice facility constructed or renovated pursuant to this chapter.

17581.6.

 (a) Funding apportioned pursuant to this section shall constitute reimbursement pursuant to Section 6 of Article XIII B of the California Constitution for the performance of any state mandates included in the statutes and executive orders identified in subdivision (f).

(b) Any school district, county office of education, or charter school may elect to receive block grant funding pursuant to this section.

(c) (1) A school district, county office of education, or charter school that elects to receive block grant funding pursuant to this section in a given fiscal year shall submit a letter requesting funding to the Superintendent of Public Instruction on or before August 30 of that fiscal year.

(2) The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall, in the month of November of each year, apportion block grant funding appropriated pursuant to Item 6100-296-0001 of Section 2.00 of the annual Budget Act to all school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools that submitted letters requesting funding in that fiscal year according to the provisions of that budget item.

(3) A school district or county office of education that receives block grant funding pursuant to this section shall not be eligible to submit claims to the Controller for reimbursement pursuant to Section 17560 for any costs of any state mandates included in the statutes and executive orders identified in subdivision (f) incurred in the same fiscal year during which the school district or county office of education received funding pursuant to this section.

(d) Commencing with the 2017–18 fiscal year, the per unit average daily attendance funding rates specified in the provisions of Item 6100-296-0001 of the annual Budget Act shall be adjusted annually by the percentage change in the annual average value of the Implicit Price Deflator for State and Local Government Purchases of Goods and Services for the United States, as published by the United States Department of Commerce for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the prior fiscal year. This percentage change shall be determined using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year compared with the annual average value of the same deflator for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the second preceding fiscal year, using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year, as reported by the Department of Finance.

(e) Block grant funding apportioned pursuant to this section is subject to annual financial and compliance audits required by Section 41020 of the Education Code.

(f) Block grant funding apportioned pursuant to this section is specifically intended to fund the costs of the following programs and activities:

(1) Academic Performance Index (01-TC-22; Chapter 3 of the Statutes of 1999, First Extraordinary Session; and Chapter 695 of the Statutes of 2000).

(2) Agency Fee Arrangements (00-TC-17 and 01-TC-14; Chapter 893 of the Statutes of 2000 and Chapter 805 of the Statutes of 2001).

(3) AIDS Instruction and AIDS Prevention Instruction (CSM 4422, 99-TC-07, and 00-TC-01; Chapter 818 of the Statutes of 1991; and Chapter 403 of the Statutes of 1998).

(4) Cal Grant: Opt-Out Notice and Grade Point Average Submission (16-TC-02; Chapter 679 of the Statutes of 2014 and Chapter 82 of the Statutes of 2016).

(5) California Assessment of Student Performance and Progress (CAASPP) (14-TC-01 and 14-TC-04; Chapter 489 of the Statutes of 2013; and Chapter 32 of the Statutes of 2014).

(6) California State Teachers’ Retirement System (CalSTRS) Service Credit (02-TC-19; Chapter 603 of the Statutes of 1994; Chapters 383, 634, and 680 of the Statutes of 1996; Chapter 838 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 939 of the Statutes of 1999; and Chapter 1021 of the Statutes of 2000).

(7) Caregiver Affidavits (CSM 4497; Chapter 98 of the Statutes of 1994).

(8) Charter Schools I, II, and III (CSM 4437, 99-TC-03, and 99-TC-14; Chapter 781 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapters 34 and 673 of the Statutes of 1998; and Chapter 78 of the Statutes of 1999).

(9) Charter Schools IV (03-TC-03; Chapter 1058 of the Statutes of 2002).

(10) Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting (01-TC-21; Chapters 640 and 1459 of the Statutes of 1987; Chapter 132 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 459 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapter 311 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 916 of the Statutes of 2000; and Chapters 133 and 754 of the Statutes of 2001).

(11) Collective Bargaining (CSM 4425; Chapter 961 of the Statutes of 1975).

(12) Comprehensive School Safety Plans (98-TC-01 and 99-TC-10; Chapter 736 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapter 996 of the Statutes of 1999; and Chapter 828 of the Statutes of 2003).

(13) Consolidation of Annual Parent Notification/Schoolsite Discipline Rules/Alternative Schools (CSM 4488, CSM 4461, 99-TC-09, 00-TC-12, 97-TC-24, CSM 4453, CSM 4474, CSM 4462; Chapter 448 of the Statutes of 1975; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 975 of the Statutes of 1980; Chapter 469 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 459 of the Statutes of 1985; Chapters 87 and 97 of the Statutes of 1986; Chapter 1452 of the Statutes of 1987; Chapters 65 and 1284 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapter 213 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapters 10 and 403 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 906 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapter 1296 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapter 929 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapters 846 and 1031 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 1 of the Statutes of 1999, First Extraordinary Session; Chapter 73 of the Statutes of 2000; Chapter 650 of the Statutes of 2003; Chapter 895 of the Statutes of 2004; and Chapter 677 of the Statutes of 2005).

(14) Consolidation of Law Enforcement Agency Notification and Missing Children Reports (CSM 4505; Chapter 1117 of the Statutes of 1989 and 01-TC-09; Chapter 249 of the Statutes of 1986; and Chapter 832 of the Statutes of 1999).

(15) Consolidation of Notification to Teachers: Pupils Subject to Suspension or Expulsion I and II, and Pupil Discipline Records (00-TC-10 and 00-TC-11; Chapter 345 of the Statutes of 2000).

(16) Consolidated Suspensions, Expulsions, and Expulsion Appeals (96-358-03, 03A, 98-TC-22, 01-TC-18, 98-TC-23, 97-TC-09; Chapters 972 and 974 of the Statutes of 1995; Chapters 915, 937, and 1052 of the Statutes of 1996; Chapter 637 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapter 489 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 332 of the Statutes of 1999; Chapter 147 of the Statutes of 2000; and Chapter 116 of the Statutes of 2001) (CSM 4455; Chapter 1253 of the Statutes of 1975; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 668 of the Statutes of 1978; Chapter 318 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 622 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapter 942 of the Statutes of 1987; Chapter 1231 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 152 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapters 1255, 1256, and 1257 of the Statutes of 1993; and Chapter 146 of the Statutes of 1994) (CSM 4456; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 668 of the Statutes of 1978; Chapter 73 of the Statutes of 1980; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 856 of the Statutes of 1985; and Chapter 134 of the Statutes of 1987) (CSM 4463; Chapter 1253 of the Statutes of 1975; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 668 of the Statutes of 1978; and Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983).

(17) County Office of Education Fiscal Accountability Reporting (97-TC-20; Chapters 917 and 1452 of the Statutes of 1987; Chapters 1461 and 1462 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapter 1372 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 1213 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 323 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapters 923 and 924 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapters 650 and 1002 of the Statutes of 1994; and Chapter 525 of the Statutes of 1995).

(18) Criminal Background Checks (97-TC-16; Chapters 588 and 589 of the Statutes of 1997).

(19) Criminal Background Checks II (00-TC-05; Chapters 594 and 840 of the Statutes of 1998; and Chapter 78 of the Statutes of 1999).

(20) Developer Fees (02-TC-42; Chapter 955 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 282 of the Statutes of 1979; Chapter 1354 of the Statutes of 1980; Chapter 201 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 923 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 1254 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 1062 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapter 1498 of the Statutes of 1985; Chapters 136 and 887 of the Statutes of 1986; and Chapter 1228 of the Statutes of 1994).

(21) Differential Pay and Reemployment (99-TC-02; Chapter 30 of the Statutes of 1998).

(22) Expulsion of Pupil: Transcript Cost for Appeals (SMAS; Chapter 1253 of the Statutes of 1975).

(23) Financial and Compliance Audits (CSM 4498 and CSM 4498-A; Chapter 36 of the Statutes of 1977).

(24) Graduation Requirements (CSM 4181; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983).

(25) Habitual Truants (CSM 4487 and CSM 4487-A; Chapter 1184 of the Statutes of 1975).

(26) Immunization Records (SB 90-120; Chapter 1176 of the Statutes of 1977).

(27) Immunization Records—Mumps, Rubella, and Hepatitis B (98-TC-05; 14-MR-04; Chapter 325 of the Statutes of 1978; Chapter 435 of the Statutes of 1979; Chapter 472 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 984 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 1300 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapter 1172 of the Statutes of 1994; Chapters 291 and 415 of the Statutes of 1995; Chapter 1023 of the Statutes of 1996; and Chapters 855 and 882 of the Statutes of 1997; and Chapter 434 of the Statutes of 2010).

(28) Immunization Records—Pertussis (11-TC-02; Chapter 434 of the Statutes of 2010).

(29) Interdistrict Attendance Permits (CSM 4442; Chapters 172 and 742 of the Statutes of 1986; Chapter 853 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapter 10 of the Statutes of 1990; and Chapter 120 of the Statutes of 1992).

(30) Intradistrict Attendance (CSM 4454; Chapters 161 and 915 of the Statutes of 1993).

(31) Juvenile Court Notices II (CSM 4475; Chapters 1011 and 1423 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapter 1019 of the Statutes of 1994; and Chapter 71 of the Statutes of 1995).

(32) Notification of Truancy (CSM 4133; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 1023 of the Statutes of 1994; and Chapter 19 of the Statutes of 1995).

(33) Parental Involvement Programs (03-TC-16; Chapter 1400 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapters 864 and 1031 of the Statutes of 1998; and Chapter 1037 of the Statutes of 2002).

(34) Physical Performance Tests (96-365-01; Chapter 975 of the Statutes of 1995).

(35) Prevailing Wage Rate (01-TC-28; Chapter 1249 of the Statutes of 1978).

(36) Public Contracts (02-TC-35; Chapter 1073 of the Statutes of 1985; Chapter 1408 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapter 330 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapters 321 and 1414 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 799 of the Statutes of 1992; and Chapter 726 of the Statutes of 1994).

(37) Pupil Health Screenings (CSM 4440; Chapter 1208 of the Statutes of 1976; Chapter 373 of the Statutes of 1991; and Chapter 759 of the Statutes of 1992).

(38) Pupil Promotion and Retention (98-TC-19; Chapter 100 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 1388 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 1263 of the Statutes of 1990; and Chapters 742 and 743 of the Statutes of 1998).

(39) Pupil Safety Notices (02-TC-13; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 482 and 948 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapters 196 and 332 of the Statutes of 1986; Chapters 445 and 1317 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapter 589 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapter 1172 of the Statutes of 1994; Chapter 1023 of the Statutes of 1996; and Chapter 492 of the Statutes of 2000).

(40) Race to the Top (10-TC-06; Chapters 2 and 3 of the Statutes of 2009, Fourth Extraordinary Session).

(41) School Accountability Report Cards (97-TC-21, 00-TC-09, 00-TC-13, and 02-TC-32; Chapter 1463 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapter 759 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapter 1031 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapter 824 of the Statutes of 1994; and Chapters 912 and 918 of the Statutes of 1997.

(42) School District Fiscal Accountability Reporting (97-TC-19; Chapter 100 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 185 of the Statutes of 1985; Chapter 1150 of the Statutes of 1986; Chapters 917 and 1452 of the Statutes of 1987; Chapters 1461 and 1462 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapter 525 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 1213 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 323 of the Statutes of 1992; Chapters 923 and 924 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapters 650 and 1002 of the Statutes of 1994; and Chapter 525 of the Statutes of 1995).

(43) School District Reorganization (98-TC-24; Chapter 1192 of the Statutes of 1980; and Chapter 1186 of the Statutes of 1994).

(44) Student Records (02-TC-34; Chapter 593 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapter 561 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapter 311 of the Statutes of 1998; and Chapter 67 of the Statutes of 2000).

(45) The Stull Act (98-TC-25; Chapter 498 of the Statutes of 1983; and Chapter 4 of the Statutes of 1999, First Extraordinary Session).

(46) Threats Against Peace Officers (CSM 96-365-02; Chapter 1249 of the Statutes of 1992; and Chapter 666 of the Statutes of 1995).

(47) Training for School Employee Mandated Reporters (14-TC-02; Chapter 797 of the Statutes of 2014).

(48) Uniform Complaint Procedures (03-TC-02; Chapter 1117 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 1514 of the Statutes of 1988; and Chapter 914 of the Statutes of 1998).

(49) Williams Case Implementation I, II, and III (05-TC-04, 07-TC-06, and 08-TC-01; Chapters 900, 902, and 903 of the Statutes of 2004; Chapter 118 of the Statutes of 2005; Chapter 704 of the Statutes of 2006; and Chapter 526 of the Statutes of 2007).

(g) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5, on or before November 1 of each fiscal year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall produce a report that indicates the total amount of block grant funding each school district, county office of education, and charter school received in that fiscal year pursuant to this section. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall provide this report to the appropriate fiscal and policy committees of the Legislature, the Controller, the Department of Finance, and the Legislative Analyst’s Office.

17581.7.

 (a) Funding apportioned pursuant to this section shall constitute reimbursement pursuant to Section 6 of Article XIII B of the California Constitution for the performance of any state mandates included in the statutes and executive orders identified in subdivision (f).

(b) Any community college district may elect to receive block grant funding pursuant to this section.

(c) (1) A community college district that elects to receive block grant funding pursuant to this section in a given fiscal year shall submit a letter requesting funding to the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges on or before August 30 of that fiscal year.

(2) The Chancellor of the California Community Colleges shall apportion, in the month of November of each year, block grant funding appropriated in Item 6870-296-0001 of Section 2.00 of the annual Budget Act to all community college districts that submitted letters requesting funding in that fiscal year according to the provisions of that budget item.

(3) A community college district that receives block grant funding pursuant to this section shall not be eligible to submit claims to the Controller for reimbursement pursuant to Section 17560 for any costs of any state mandates included in the statutes and executive orders identified in subdivision (f) incurred in the same fiscal year during which the community college district received funding pursuant to this section.

(d) Commencing with the 2017–18 fiscal year, the per full-time equivalent students funding rate specified in the provisions of Item 6870-296-0001 of Section 2.00 of the annual Budget Act shall be adjusted annually by the percentage change in the annual average value of the Implicit Price Deflator for State and Local Government Purchases of Goods and Services for the United States, as published by the United States Department of Commerce for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the prior fiscal year. This percentage change shall be determined using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year compared with the annual average value of the same deflator for the 12-month period ending in the third quarter of the second preceding fiscal year, using the latest data available as of May 10 of the preceding fiscal year, as reported by the Department of Finance.

(e) All funding apportioned pursuant to this section is subject to annual financial and compliance audits required by Section 84040 of the Education Code.

(f) Block grant funding apportioned pursuant to this section is specifically intended to fund the costs of the following programs:

(1) Agency Fee Arrangements (00-TC-17 and 01-TC-14; Chapter 893 of the Statutes of 2000; and Chapter 805 of the Statutes of 2001).

(2) Cal Grants (02-TC-28; Chapter 403 of the Statutes of 2000).

(3) California State Teachers’ Retirement System (CalSTRS) Service Credit (02-TC-19; Chapter 603 of the Statutes of 1994; Chapters 383, 634, and 680 of the Statutes of 1996; Chapter 838 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapter 965 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 939 of the Statutes of 1999; and Chapter 1021 of the Statutes of 2000).

(4) Collective Bargaining and Collective Bargaining Agreement Disclosure (CSM 4425 and 97-TC-08; Chapter 961 of the Statutes of 1975; Chapter 1213 of the Statutes of 1991).

(5) Discrimination Complaint Procedures (02-TC-46 and portions of 02-TC-25 and 02-TC-31; Chapter 1010 of the Statutes of 1976; Chapter 470 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 1117 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 143 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 1371 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapter 973 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapter 1372 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 1198 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 914 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 587 of the Statutes of 1999; and Chapter 1169 of the Statutes of 2002).

(6) Enrollment Fee Collection and Waivers (99-TC-13 and 00-TC-15).

(7) Health Fee Elimination (CSM 4206; Chapter 1 of the Statutes of 1984, Second Extraordinary Session).

(8) Minimum Conditions for State Aid (02-TC-25 and 02-TC-31; Chapter 802 of the Statutes of 1975; Chapters 275, 783, 1010, and 1176 of the Statutes of 1976; Chapters 36 and 967 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapters 797 and 977 of the Statutes of 1979; Chapter 910 of the Statutes of 1980; Chapters 470 and 891 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapters 1117 and 1329 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapters 143 and 537 of the Statutes of 1983; Chapter 1371 of the Statutes of 1984; Chapter 1467 of the Statutes of 1986; Chapters 973 and 1514 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapters 1372 and 1667 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapters 1038, 1188, and 1198 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapters 493 and 758 of the Statutes of 1995; Chapters 365, 914, and 1023 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapter 587 of the Statutes of 1999; Chapter 187 of the Statutes of 2000; and Chapter 1169 of the Statutes of 2002).

(9) Prevailing Wage Rate (01-TC-28; Chapter 1249 of the Statutes of 1978).

(10) Public Contracts (02-TC-35; Chapter 1073 of the Statutes of 1985; Chapter 1408 of the Statutes 1988; Chapter 330 of the Statutes of 1989; Chapters 321 and 1414 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 799 of the Statutes of 1992; and Chapter 726 of the Statutes of 1994).

(11) Reporting Improper Governmental Activities (02-TC-24; Chapter 416 of the Statutes of 2001; and Chapter 81 of the Statutes of 2002).

(12) Threats Against Peace Officers (CSM 96-365-02; Chapter 1249 of the Statutes of 1992; and Chapter 666 of the Statutes of 1995).

(13) Tuition Fee Waivers (02-TC-21; Chapter 36 of the Statutes of 1977; Chapter 580 of the Statutes of 1980; Chapter 102 of the Statutes of 1981; Chapter 1070 of the Statutes of 1982; Chapter 753 of the Statutes of 1988; Chapters 424, 900, and 985 of the Statutes 1989; Chapter 1372 of the Statutes of 1990; Chapter 455 of the Statutes of 1991; Chapter 8 of the Statutes of 1993; Chapter 389 of the Statutes of 1995; Chapter 438 of the Statutes of 1997; Chapter 952 of the Statutes of 1998; Chapters 571 and 949 of the Statutes of 2000; Chapter 814 of the Statutes of 2001; and Chapter 450 of the Statutes of 2002).

(g) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5, on or before November 1 of each fiscal year, the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges shall produce a report that indicates the total amount of block grant funding each community college district received in the current fiscal year pursuant to this section. The chancellor shall provide this report to the appropriate fiscal and policy committees of the Legislature, the Controller, the Department of Finance, and the Legislative Analyst’s Office.

20683.9.

 (a) Notwithstanding Sections 20677.8, 20681, 20683.2, and 20694, effective July 1, 2020, the normal rate of contribution for patrol members who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 5 shall be adjusted in accordance with this section when both of the following occur:

(1) The total normal cost rate for the 2016–17 fiscal year has increased or decreased by at least 1 percent.

(2) Fifty percent of that normal cost rate, rounded to the nearest one-quarter of 1 percent, is greater or less than the current employee contribution rate.

(b) On July 1 of the fiscal year after the board determines that the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (a) above have been met, the normal rate of contribution for patrol members who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 5 shall be adjusted to 50 percent of the normal cost rate rounded to the nearest one-quarter of 1 percent.

(c) Each year thereafter, the rate shall only be adjusted if the board determines the total normal cost rate increases or decreases by more than 1 percent of payroll above the total normal cost rate in effect at the time the employee contribution rate was last adjusted. The increase or decrease to the employee contribution in any given fiscal year shall not exceed 1 percent per year.

(d) The normal rate of contribution established pursuant to this section shall be applied to the compensation in excess of eight hundred sixty-three dollars ($863) per month.

(e) Consistent with the normal rate of contribution for all members identified in this section, the Director of the Department of Human Resources may exercise their discretion to establish the normal rate of contribution for a related state employee who is excepted from the definition of “state employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513, and an officer or employee of the executive branch of state government who is not a member of the civil service.

(f) If the provisions of this section are in conflict with the provisions of a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Section 3517.5, the memorandum of understanding shall be controlling without further legislative action, except that if the provisions of a memorandum of understanding require the expenditure of funds, the provisions shall not become effective unless and until approved by the Legislature in the annual Budget Act.

20683.91.

 (a) Notwithstanding Sections 20677.4 and 20677.7, effective July 1, 2020, the normal rate of contribution for state miscellaneous members who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 5 shall be adjusted in accordance with this section when both of the following occur:

(1) The total normal cost rate for the 2016–17 fiscal year has increased or decreased by at least 1 percent.

(2) Fifty percent of that normal cost rate, rounded to the nearest one-quarter of 1 percent, is greater or less than the current employee contribution rate.

(b) On July 1 of the fiscal year after the board determines that the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (a) above have been met, the normal rate of contribution for state miscellaneous members who are represented by State Bargaining Unit 5 shall be adjusted to 50 percent of the normal cost rate rounded to the nearest one-quarter of 1 percent.

(c) Each year thereafter, the rate shall only be adjusted if the board determines the total normal cost rate increases or decreases by more than 1 percent of payroll above the total normal cost rate in effect at the time the employee contribution rate was last adjusted. The increase or decrease to the employee contribution in any given fiscal year shall not exceed 1 percent per year.

(d) The normal rate of contribution established pursuant to this section shall be applied to the compensation in excess of three hundred seventeen dollars ($317) per month paid to a member whose service is not included in the federal system or in excess of five hundred thirteen dollars ($513) for one whose service is included in the federal system.

(e) Consistent with the normal rate of contribution for all members identified in this section, the Director of the Department of Human Resources may exercise their discretion to establish the normal rate of contribution for a related state employee who is excepted from the definition of “state employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513, and an officer or employee of the executive branch of state government who is not a member of the civil service.

(f) If the provisions of this section are in conflict with the provisions of a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Section 3517.5, the memorandum of understanding shall be controlling without further legislative action, except that if the provisions of a memorandum of understanding require the expenditure of funds, the provisions shall not become effective unless and until approved by the Legislature in the annual Budget Act.

20825.15.

 (a) In addition to the appropriation required pursuant to Section 20814, the Legislature hereby appropriates twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) from the Motor Vehicle Account for each of the 2019–20, 2020–21, 2021–22, and 2022–23 fiscal years to be transferred to the Public Employees’ Retirement Fund, consistent with the requirements of this section and at the direction of the Department of Finance. However, the payments in the 2021–22 and 2022–23 fiscal years shall be subject to the following conditions:

(1) If the projected state revenues at the 2021–22 May Revision to the Governor’s Budget are insufficient to fully fund existing statutory and constitutional obligations, existing fiscal policy, and the costs of providing the aforementioned supplemental pension payments, as specified above, in the sole discretion of the Director of Finance, the twenty-five-million-dollar ($25,000,000) supplemental payment for the 2021–22 and 2022–23 fiscal years shall be deferred to the respective next fiscal years.

(2) If the twenty-five-million-dollar ($25,000,000) supplemental payment in the 2021–22 fiscal year is made and projected state revenues at the 2022–23 May Revision to the Governor’s Budget are insufficient to fully fund existing statutory and constitutional obligations, existing fiscal policy, and the costs of providing the aforementioned supplemental pension payments, as specified above, in the sole discretion of the Director of Finance, the twenty-five-million-dollar ($25,000,000) supplemental payment for the 2022–23 fiscal year shall be deferred to the next fiscal year.

(b) The Department of Finance shall provide the Controller a schedule establishing the timing of specific transfers to be used for these purposes.

(c) The supplemental payment to the Public Employees’ Retirement Fund described in subdivision (a) shall be apportioned to the state patrol member plan, and applied to the unfunded liabilities for the state patrol member plan.

22874.9.

 (a) Notwithstanding Sections 22870, 22871, 22873, and 22874, a state employee, defined by subdivision (c) of Section 3513, who is first employed by the state and becomes a state member of the system on or after January 1, 2020, and who is represented by State Bargaining Unit 5, shall not receive any portion of the employer contribution payable for annuitants unless the person is credited with 15 years of state service at the time of retirement.

(b) The percentage of the employer contribution payable for postretirement health and dental benefits for an employee subject to this section shall be based on the completed years of credited state service at retirement as shown in the following table:

(c) This section applies only to state employees who retire from service. For purposes of this section, “state service” means service rendered as an employee of the state or an appointed or elected officer of the state for compensation.

(d) This section does not apply to:

(1) Former state employees previously employed before January 1, 2020, who return to state employment on or after January 1, 2020.

(2) State employees hired prior to January 1, 2020, who become subject to representation by State Bargaining Unit 5 on or after January 1, 2020.

(3) State employees on an approved leave of absence employed before January 1, 2020, who return to active employment on or after January 1, 2020.

(4) State employees hired after January 1, 2020, who are first represented by a state bargaining unit other than State Bargaining Unit 5, who later become represented by State Bargaining Unit 5.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 22875, this section also applies to a related state employee who is excepted from the definition of “state employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513 and is first employed by the state and becomes a state member of the system on or after January 1, 2020.

22944.5.

 (a) (1) The state and employees in State Bargaining Unit 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 18, or 19 shall prefund retiree health care, with the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2019.

(2) The state and employees in State Bargaining Units 6 and 16 shall prefund retiree health care, with the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2018.

(3) The state and employees in the judicial branch shall prefund retiree health care, with the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2017.

(4) The state and employees in State Bargaining Unit 1, 3, 4, 11, 12, 14, 15, 17, 20, or 21 shall prefund retiree health care, with the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2020.

(b) (1) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 9 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 0.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 0.5 percent for a total employee contribution of 1.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.0 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(2) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 10 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 0.7 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 0.7 percent for a total employee contribution of 1.4 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.8 percent of pensionable compensation.

(D) Effective July 1, 2020, the employer and employee contribution percentages will be increased or decreased to maintain a 50-percent cost sharing of the actuarially determined total normal costs. Adjustments to both the employer and employee contribution percentages will occur if the actuarially determined total normal costs increase or decrease by more than one-half of 1 percent from the total normal cost contribution percentages in effect on July 1, 2019. The increase or decrease to the employer or employee contribution shall not exceed 0.5 percent per year.

(E) Effective July 1, 2021, 2.8 percent of pensionable compensation.

(3) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 6 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2016, 1.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2017, an additional 1.3 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.6 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 4.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(4) The state employees in the judicial branch shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2016, 1.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2017, up to an additional 1.5 percent for a total employee contribution of up to 3.0 percent of pensionable compensation. The additional amount shall be determined by the Director of Finance no later than April 1, 2017, based on the actuarially determined normal costs identified in the state valuation.

(C) This paragraph does not apply to a judge who is subject to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 75000) or Chapter 11.5 (commencing with Section 75500) of Title 8.

(5) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 12 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.0 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.0 percent for a total employee contribution of 3.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(D) Effective July 1, 2020, an additional 1.1 percent for a total employee contribution of 4.6 percent of pensionable compensation.

(6) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 2 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 0.7 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 0.6 percent for a total employee contribution of 1.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 0.7 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(7) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 7 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.7 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.3 percent for a total employee contribution of 4.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(8) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 1, 3, 4, 11, 14, 15, 17, 20, or 21 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2018, 1.2 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.1 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2020, an additional 1.2 percent for a total employee contribution of 3.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(9) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 8 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.5 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.5 percent for a total employee contribution of 3.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 4.4 percent of pensionable compensation.

(10) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 13 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.3 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.6 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.3 percent for a total employee contribution of 3.9 percent of pensionable compensation.

(11) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 18 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.3 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.3 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.6 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 4.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(12) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 19 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 1.0 percent for a total employee contribution of 2.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(C) Effective July 1, 2019, an additional 1.0 percent for a total employee contribution of 3.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(13) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 16 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(A) Effective July 1, 2017, 1.0 percent of pensionable compensation.

(B) Effective July 1, 2018, an additional 0.4 percent for a total employee contribution of 1.4 percent of pensionable compensation.

(14) Notwithstanding Section 22944.3 of the Government Code, the state and employees in State Bargaining Unit 5 shall prefund retiree health care, with the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined total normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2020.

(A) The employees in State Bargaining Unit 5 shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the following schedule, and the state shall make a matching contribution:

(B) Effective July 1, 2020, 0.0 percent of pensionable compensation for employees and 3.4 percent of pensionable statutory salary increases redirected to prefund OPEB paid for by the employer.

(C) After July 1, 2020, the employer and employee contribution percentages will be adjusted based on actuarially determined total normal costs. Adjustments to both the employer and employee contribution percentages will occur if the actuarially determined total normal costs increase or decrease by more than 0.5 percent from the total normal cost contribution percentages in effect at the time. Commencing no sooner than July 1, 2021, and on July 1 of each fiscal year thereafter, if it is determined that an adjustment to the contribution rate is necessary, the employer and employee contribution percentages will be increased or decreased to maintain a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined total normal costs. The increase or decrease to the employer or employee contribution in any given fiscal year shall not exceed 0.5 percent per year.

(D) Effective July 1, 2020, the statutory increase redirected as a result of subdivision (a) of Section 19827 shall count towards the employee contribution percentage when determining the 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined total normal costs.

(c) This section only applies to employees who are eligible for health benefits, including permanent intermittent employees.

(d) Contributions paid pursuant to this section shall be deposited in the Annuitants’ Health Care Coverage Fund and shall not be refundable under any circumstances to an employee or the employee’s beneficiary or survivor.

(e) If the provisions of this section are in conflict with the provisions of a memorandum of understanding reached pursuant to Section 3517.5, the memorandum of understanding shall be controlling without further legislative action, except that if those provisions of a memorandum of understanding require the expenditure of funds, the provisions shall not become effective unless approved by the Legislature in the annual Budget Act.

(f) This section also applies to a state employee related to a bargaining unit described in subdivision (a) who is excepted from the definition of “state employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513.

(g) (1) With the goal of reaching a 50-percent cost sharing of actuarially determined normal costs for both employer and employees by July 1, 2020, the Director of the Department of Human Resources may establish the total employee contribution to prefund retiree health care as a percentage of pensionable compensation for the following:

(A) A state employee who is not related to a bargaining unit described in subdivision (a) and who is excepted from the definition of “state employee” in subdivision (c) of Section 3513.

(B) An officer or employee of the executive branch of state government who is not a member of the civil service.

(2) An employee or officer to whom this subdivision applies shall make contributions to prefund retiree health care based on the percentages established in paragraph (1), and the state shall match the contributions.

27361.4.

 (a) The board of supervisors of any county may provide for an additional fee of one dollar ($1) for filing every instrument, paper, or notice for record, in order to defray the cost of converting the county recorder’s document storage system to micrographics. Upon completion of the conversion and payment of the costs therefor, this additional fee shall no longer be imposed.

(b) The board of supervisors of any county may provide for an additional fee, other than the fees authorized in subdivisions (a) and (c), of one dollar ($1) for filing every instrument, paper, or notice for record provided that the resolution providing for the additional fee establishes the days of operation of the county recorder’s offices as every business day except for legal holidays and those holidays designated as judicial holidays pursuant to Section 135 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(c) The board of supervisors of any county may provide for an additional fee, other than the fees authorized in subdivisions (a) and (b), of one dollar ($1) for filing every instrument, paper, or notice for record provided that the resolution providing for the additional fee requires that the instrument, paper, or notice be indexed within two business days after the date of recordation.

(d) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2026.

31631.5.

 (a) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a board of supervisors or the governing body of a district may require that members pay 50 percent of the normal cost of benefits. However, that contribution shall be no more than 14 percent above the applicable normal rate of contribution of members established pursuant to this article for local general members, no more than 33 percent above the applicable normal rate of contribution of members established pursuant to Article 6.8 (commencing with Section 31639) for local police officers, local firefighters, county peace officers, and no more than 37 percent above the applicable normal rate of contribution of members established pursuant to Article 6.8 (commencing with Section 31639) for all local safety members other than police officers, firefighters, and county peace officers.

(2) Before implementing any change pursuant to this subdivision for any represented employees, the public employer shall complete the good faith bargaining process as required by law, including any impasse procedures requiring mediation and factfinding. This subdivision shall become operative on January 1, 2018. This subdivision shall not apply to any bargaining unit when the members of that unit are paying at least 50 percent of the normal cost of their pension benefit or are subject to an agreement reached pursuant to paragraph (1). Applicable normal rate of contribution of members means the statutorily authorized rate applicable to the member group as the statutes read on December 31, 2012.

(b) This section does not modify a board of supervisors’ or the governing body of a district’s authority under law as it existed on December 31, 2012, including any restrictions on that authority, to change the amount of member contributions.

54221.

 As used in this article, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) (1) “Local agency” means every city, whether organized under general law or by charter, county, city and county, district, including school, sewer, water, utility, and local and regional park districts of any kind or class, joint powers authority, successor agency to a former redevelopment agency, housing authority, or other political subdivision of this state and any instrumentality thereof that is empowered to acquire and hold real property.

(2) The Legislature finds and declares that the term “district” as used in this article includes all districts within the state, including, but not limited to, all special districts, sewer, water, utility, and local and regional park districts, and any other political subdivision of this state that is a district, and therefore the changes in paragraph (1) made by the act adding this paragraph that specify that the provisions of this article apply to all districts, including school, sewer, water, utility, and local and regional park districts of any kind or class, are declaratory of, and not a change in, existing law.

(b) (1) “Surplus land” means land owned in fee simple by any local agency for which the local agency’s governing body takes formal action in a regular public meeting declaring that the land is surplus and is not necessary for the agency’s use. Land shall be declared either “surplus land” or “exempt surplus land,” as supported by written findings, before a local agency may take any action to dispose of it consistent with an agency’s policies or procedures. A local agency, on an annual basis, may declare multiple parcels as “surplus land” or “exempt surplus land.”

(2) “Surplus land” includes land held in the Community Redevelopment Property Trust Fund pursuant to Section 34191.4 of the Health and Safety Code and land that has been designated in the long-range property management plan approved by the Department of Finance pursuant to Section 34191.5 of the Health and Safety Code, either for sale or for future development, but does not include any specific disposal of land to an identified entity described in the plan.

(3) This article does not prevent a local agency from obtaining fair market value for the disposition of surplus land consistent with Section 54226.

(c) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), “agency’s use” shall include, but not be limited to, land that is being used, is planned to be used pursuant to a written plan adopted by the local agency’s governing board for, or is disposed to support pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) agency work or operations, including, but not limited to, utility sites, watershed property, land being used for conservation purposes, land for demonstration, exhibition, or educational purposes related to greenhouse gas emissions, and buffer sites near sensitive governmental uses, including, but not limited to, waste water treatment plants.

(2) (A) “Agency’s use” shall not include commercial or industrial uses or activities, including nongovernmental retail, entertainment, or office development. Property disposed of for the sole purpose of investment or generation of revenue shall not be considered necessary for the agency’s use.

(B) In the case of a local agency that is a district, excepting those whose primary mission or purpose is to supply the public with a transportation system, “agency’s use” may include commercial or industrial uses or activities, including nongovernmental retail, entertainment, or office development or be for the sole purpose of investment or generation of revenue if the agency’s governing body takes action in a public meeting declaring that the use of the site will do one of the following:

(i) Directly further the express purpose of agency work or operations.

(ii) Be expressly authorized by a statute governing the local agency, provided the district complies with Section 54233.5 where applicable.

(d) “Open-space purposes” means the use of land for public recreation, enjoyment of scenic beauty, or conservation or use of natural resources.

(e) “Persons and families of low or moderate income” has the same meaning as provided in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code.

(f) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), “exempt surplus land” means any of the following:

(A) Surplus land that is transferred pursuant to Section 25539.4.

(B) Surplus land that is (i) less than 5,000 square feet in area, (ii) less than the minimum legal residential building lot size for the jurisdiction in which the parcel is located, or 5,000 square feet in area, whichever is less, or (iii) has no record access and is less than 10,000 square feet in area; and is not contiguous to land owned by a state or local agency that is used for open-space or low- and moderate-income housing purposes. If the surplus land is not sold to an owner of contiguous land, it is not considered exempt surplus land and is subject to this article.

(C) Surplus land that a local agency is exchanging for another property necessary for the agency’s use.

(D) Surplus land that a local agency is transferring to another local, state, or federal agency for the agency’s use.

(E) Surplus land that is a former street, right-of-way, or easement, and is conveyed to an owner of an adjacent property.

(F) Surplus land that is put out to open, competitive bid by a local agency, provided all entities identified in subdivision (a) of Section 54222 will be invited to participate in the competitive bid process, for either of the following purposes:

(i) A housing development, which may have ancillary commercial ground floor uses, that restricts 100 percent of the residential units to persons and families of low or moderate income, with at least 75 percent of the residential units restricted to lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, with an affordable sales price or an affordable rent, as defined in Sections 50052.5 or 50053 of the Health and Safety Code, for a minimum of 55 years for rental housing and 45 years for ownership housing, and in no event shall the maximum affordable sales price or rent level be higher than 20 percent below the median market rents or sales prices for the neighborhood in which the site is located.

(ii) A mixed-use development that is more than one acre in area, that includes not less than 300 housing units, and that restricts at least 25 percent of the residential units to lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, with an affordable sales price or an affordable rent, as defined in Sections 50052.5 and 50053 of the Health and Safety Code, for a minimum of 55 years for rental housing and 45 years for ownership housing.

(G) Surplus land that is subject to valid legal restrictions that are not imposed by the local agency and that would make housing prohibited, unless there is a feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the prohibition on the site. An existing nonresidential land use designation on the surplus land is not a legal restriction that would make housing prohibited for purposes of this subparagraph. This article does not limit a local jurisdiction’s authority or discretion to approve land use, zoning, or entitlement decisions in connection with the surplus land.

(H) Surplus land that was granted by the state in trust to a local agency or that was acquired by the local agency for trust purposes by purchase or exchange, and for which disposal of the land is authorized or required subject to conditions established by statute.

(I) Land that is subject to Sections 17388, 17515, 17536, 81192, 81397, 81399, 81420, and 81422 of the Education Code and Part 14 (commencing with Section 53570) of Division 31 of the Health and Safety Code, unless compliance with this article is expressly required.

(J) Real property that is used by a district for agency’s use expressly authorized in subdivision (c).

(K) Land that has been transferred before June 30, 2019, by the state to a local agency pursuant to Section 32667 of the Streets and Highways Code and has a minimum planned residential density of at least one hundred dwelling units per acre, and includes 100 or more residential units that are restricted to persons and families of low or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code, with an affordable sales price or an affordable rent, as defined in Sections 50052.5 and 50053 of the Health and Safety Code, for a minimum of 55 years for rental housing and 45 years for ownership housing. For purposes of this paragraph, not more than 20 percent of the affordable units may be restricted to persons and families of moderate income and at least 80 percent of the affordable units must be restricted to persons and families of lower income as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a written notice of the availability of surplus land for open-space purposes shall be sent to the entities described in subdivision (b) of Section 54222 prior to disposing of the surplus land, provided the land does not meet the criteria in subparagraph (H) of paragraph (1), if the land is any of the following:

(A) Within a coastal zone.

(B) Adjacent to a historical unit of the State Parks System.

(C) Listed on, or determined by the State Office of Historic Preservation to be eligible for, the National Register of Historic Places.

(D) Within the Lake Tahoe region as defined in Section 66905.5.

54230.5.

 (a) (1) A local agency that disposes of land in violation of this article after receiving a notification from the Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to subdivision (b) that the local agency is in violation of this article shall be liable for a penalty of 30 percent of the final sale price of the land sold in violation of this article for a first violation and 50 percent for any subsequent violation. An entity identified in Section 54222 or a person who would have been eligible to apply for residency in any affordable housing developed or a housing organization as defined in Section 65589.5, or any beneficially interested person or entity may bring an action to enforce this section. A local agency shall have 60 days to cure or correct an alleged violation before an action may be brought to enforce this section, unless the local agency disposes of the land before curing or correcting the alleged violation, or the department deems the alleged violation not to be a violation in less than 60 days.

(2) A penalty assessed pursuant to this subdivision shall, except as otherwise provided, be deposited into a local housing trust fund. The local agency may elect to instead deposit the penalty moneys into the Building Homes and Jobs Trust Fund or the Housing Rehabilitation Loan Fund. Penalties shall not be paid out of funds already dedicated to affordable housing, including, but not limited to, Low and Moderate Income Housing Asset Funds, funds dedicated to housing for very low, low-, and moderate-income households, and federal HOME Investment Partnerships Program and Community Development Block Grant Program funds. The local agency shall commit and expend the penalty moneys deposited into the local housing trust fund within five years of deposit for the sole purpose of financing newly constructed housing units that are affordable to extremely low, very low, or low-income households.

(3) Five years after deposit of the penalty moneys into the local housing trust fund, if the funds have not been expended, the funds shall revert to the state and be deposited in the Building Homes and Jobs Trust Fund or the Housing Rehabilitation Loan Fund for the sole purpose of financing newly constructed housing units located in the same jurisdiction as the surplus land and that are affordable to extremely low, very low, or low-income households. Expenditure of any penalty moneys deposited into the Building Homes and Jobs Trust Fund or the Housing Rehabilitation Loan Fund pursuant to this subdivision shall be subject to appropriation by the Legislature.

(b) (1) Prior to agreeing to terms for the disposition of surplus land, a local agency shall provide to the Department of Housing and Community Development a description of the notices of availability sent, and negotiations conducted with any responding entities, in regard to the disposal of the parcel of surplus land and a copy of any restrictions to be recorded against the property pursuant to Section 54233 or 54233.5, whichever is applicable, in a form prescribed by the Department of Housing and Community Development. A local agency may submit this information after it has sent notices of availability required by Section 54222 and concluded negotiations with any responding agencies. A local agency shall not be liable for the penalty imposed by subdivision (a) if the Department of Housing and Community Development does not notify the agency that the agency is in violation of this article within 30 days of receiving the description.

(2) The Department of Housing and Community Development shall do all of the following:

(A) Make available educational resources and materials that inform each agency of its obligations under this article and that provide guidance on how to comply with its provisions.

(B) Review information submitted pursuant to paragraph (1).

(C) Submit written findings to the local agency within 30 days of receipt of the description required by paragraph (1) from the local agency if the proposed disposal of the land will violate this article.

(D) Review, adopt, amend, or repeal guidelines to establish uniform standards to implement this section. The guidelines adopted pursuant to this subdivision are not subject to Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2.

(E) Provide the local agency reasonable time, but not less than 60 days, to respond to the findings before taking any other action authorized by this section.

(3) (A) The local agency shall consider findings made by the Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) and shall do one of the following:

(i) Correct any issues identified by the Department of Housing and Community Development.

(ii) Provide written findings explaining the reason its process for disposing of surplus land complies with this article and addressing the Department of Housing and Community Development’s findings.

(B) If the local agency does not correct issues identified by the Department of Housing and Community Development, does not provide findings explaining the reason its process for disposing of surplus land complies with this article and addressing the Department of Housing and Community Development’s findings, or if the Department of Housing and Community Development finds that the local agency’s findings are deficient in addressing the issues identified by the Department of Housing and Community Development, the Department of Housing and Community Development shall notify the local agency, and may notify the Attorney General, that the local agency is in violation of this article.

(c) The Department of Housing and Community Development shall implement the changes in this section made by the act adding this subdivision commencing on January 1, 2021.

(d) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), this section shall not be construed to limit any other remedies authorized under law to enforce this article including public records act requests pursuant to Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1.

54237.

 (a) Notwithstanding Section 11011.1, an agency of the state disposing of surplus residential property shall do so in accordance with the following priorities and procedures:

(1) First, all single-family residences presently occupied by their former owners shall be offered to those former owners at the appraised fair market value.

(2) Second, all single-family residences shall be offered, pursuant to this article, to their present occupants who have occupied the property for two years or more and who are persons and families of low or moderate income.

(3) Third, all single-family residences shall be offered, pursuant to this article, to their present occupants who have occupied the property for five years or more and whose household income does not exceed 150 percent of the area median income.

(4) Fourth, a single-family residence shall not be offered, pursuant to this article, to present occupants who are not the former owners of the property if the present occupants have had an ownership interest in real property in the last three years.

(b) Single-family residences offered to their present occupants pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (a) shall be offered to those present occupants at an affordable price. The price shall not be less than the price paid by the agency for original acquisition, unless the acquisition price was greater than the current fair market value, and shall not be greater than fair market value. When a single-family residence is offered to present occupants at a price that is less than fair market value, the selling agency shall impose terms, conditions, and restrictions to ensure that the housing will remain available to persons and families of low or moderate income and households with incomes no greater than the incomes of the present occupants in proportion to the area median income. The Department of Housing and Community Development shall provide to the selling agency recommendations of standards and criteria for these prices, terms, conditions, and restrictions. The selling agency shall provide repairs required by lenders and government housing assistance programs, or, at the option of the agency, provide the present occupants with a replacement dwelling pursuant to Section 54237.5.

(c) If single-family residences are offered to their present occupants pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (a), the occupants shall certify their income and assets to the selling agency. When a single-family residence is offered to present occupants at a price that is less than fair market value, the selling agency may verify the certifications, in accordance with procedures used for verification of incomes of purchasers and occupants of housing financed by the California Housing Finance Agency and with regulations adopted for the verification of assets by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development. The income and asset limitations and term of residency requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (a) shall not apply to sales that are described as mitigation measures in an environmental study prepared pursuant to the Public Resources Code, if the study was initiated before this measure was enacted.

(d) All other surplus residential properties and all properties described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subdivision (a) that are not purchased by the former owners or the present occupants shall be then offered as follows:

(1) Except as required by paragraph (2), the property shall be offered to a housing-related private or public entity at a reasonable price, which is best suited to economically feasible use of the property as decent, safe, and sanitary housing at affordable rents and affordable prices for persons and families of low or moderate income, on the condition that the purchasing entity shall cause the property to be rehabilitated and used as follows:

(A) If the housing-related entity is a public entity, the entity shall dedicate profits realized from a subsequent sale, as specified in subdivision (b) of Section 54237.7, to the construction of affordable housing within the Cities of Pasadena, South Pasadena, Alhambra, La Cañada Flintridge, and the 90032 postal ZIP Code.

(B) If the entity is a private housing-related entity or a housing-related public entity, the entity shall cause the property to be developed as limited equity cooperative housing with first right of occupancy to present occupants, except that where the development of cooperative or cooperatives is not feasible, the purchasing entity shall cause the property to be used for low and moderate income rental or owner-occupied housing, with first right of occupancy to the present tenants. The price of the property in no case shall be less than the price paid by the entity for original acquisition unless the acquisition price was greater than current fair market value and shall not be greater than fair market value. Subject to the foregoing, it shall be set at the level necessary to provide housing at affordable rents and affordable prices for present tenants and persons and families of low or moderate income. When residential property is offered at a price that is less than fair market value, the selling agency shall impose terms, conditions, and restrictions that will ensure that the housing will remain available to persons and families of low or moderate income. The Department of Housing and Community Development shall provide to the selling agency recommendations of standards and criteria for prices, terms, conditions, and restrictions.

(2) (A) If the property is a historic home, the property shall be offered first to a housing-related public entity subject to subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) or to a nonprofit private entity dedicated to rehabilitating and maintaining the historic home for public and community access and use subject to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1).

(B) For purposes of this subdivision, “historic home” means single-family surplus residential property that is listed on, or for which an application has been filed for listing on, at least one of the following by January 1, 2015:

(i) The California Register of Historical Resources, as established pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 5020) of Chapter 1 of Division 5 of the Public Resources Code.

(ii) The National Register of Historic Places, as established pursuant to Chapter 3021 of Title 54 of the United States Code.

(iii) The National Register of Historic Places, as previously established pursuant to the federal National Historic Preservation Act (54 U.S.C. Sec. 300101 et seq.).

(e) A surplus residential property not sold pursuant to subdivisions (a) to (d), inclusive, shall then be sold at fair market value, with priority given first to purchasers who are present tenants in good standing with all rent obligations current and paid in full, second to former tenants who were in good standing at the time they vacated the premises, with priority given to the most recent tenants first, and then to purchasers who will be owner occupants. The selling agency may commence the sale of property that former tenants may possess a right to purchase as provided by this subdivision 30 days after the selling agency has done both of the following:

(1) Posted information regarding the sale under this subdivision on the selling agency’s internet website.

(2) Made a good faith effort to provide written notice, by first-class mail, to the last known address of each former tenant.

(f) (1) Tenants in good standing of nonresidential properties shall be given priority to purchase, at fair market value, the property they rent, lease, or otherwise legally occupy.

(2) (A) A tenant in good standing of a nonresidential property shall be given priority to purchase, at the lesser of fair market value or value in use, if the tenant is a city or a nonprofit organization qualified as exempt under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The Department of Transportation shall not sell a nonresidential property to a tenant described in subparagraph (A) at a value below the minimum sales price, as defined by Section 1476 of Title 21 of the California Code of Regulations as that regulation read on July 1, 2019.

(C) If a nonresidential property is offered at a price that is less than fair market value, the selling agency shall impose appropriate terms, conditions, and restrictions.

(D) As used in this paragraph, “value in use” means the value of a nonresidential property assuming a specific use, that may or may not be the property’s highest and best use on the effective date of the property’s appraisal.

64502.

 For purposes of this title:

(a) “Affordable housing” is defined as housing that is restricted by recorded document to provide an affordable housing cost, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(b) “Authority” means the Bay Area Housing Finance Authority established pursuant to Section 64510.

(c) “Board” means the governing board of the Bay Area Housing Finance Authority.

(d) “Executive board” means the executive board of the Association of Bay Area Governments.

(e) “Extremely low income households” has the same meaning as the term is defined in Section 50106 of the Health and Safety Code.

(f) “Lower income households” has the same meaning as that term is defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(g) “Low- or moderate-income households” has the same meaning as “persons and families of low or moderate income,” as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code.

(h) “San Francisco Bay area” means the entire area within the territorial boundaries of the Counties of Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin, Napa, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Solano, and Sonoma, and the City and County of San Francisco.

(i) “Very low income households” has the same meaning as the term is defined in Section 50105 of the Health and Safety Code.

64623.

 (a) Before adopting a resolution establishing or imposing a new commercial linkage fee or approving an increase in an existing commercial linkage fee pursuant to this article, the executive board shall hold a public hearing, at which oral or written presentations can be made, as part of a regularly scheduled meeting. The executive board shall publish a notice of the time and place of the meeting, including a general explanation of the matter to be considered in accordance with Section 6062a.

(b) Any costs incurred by the executive board in conducting the hearing required pursuant to subdivision (a) may be recovered as part of the commercial linkage fee that is the subject of the hearing.

64625.

 (a) Any party may protest the imposition of a commercial linkage fee imposed on a commercial development project by the executive board and the authority pursuant to this article as follows:

(1) The party shall pay the total amount of commercial linkage fee required by the resolution enacted pursuant to Section 64621, or provide satisfactory evidence of arrangements to pay the commercial linkage fee when due, in accordance with Section 64624.

(2) Serving a written notice on the authority board and the legislative body of the relevant underlying land use jurisdiction that contains all of the following information:

(A) A statement that the required payment is tendered or will be tendered when due under protest.

(B) A statement informing the authority board and legislative body of the underlying land use jurisdiction of the factual elements of the dispute and the legal theory forming the basis for the protest.

(b) Compliance by any party with subdivision (a) shall not be the basis for an underlying land use jurisdiction to withhold approval of any map, plan, permit, zone change, license, or other form of permission, or concurrence, whether discretionary, ministerial, or otherwise, incident to, or necessary for, the commercial development project. This section does not limit the ability of an underlying land use jurisdiction to ensure compliance with all applicable provisions of law in determining whether to approve or disapprove a commercial development project.

(c) (1) A protest filed pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be filed at the time of approval or conditional approval of the commercial development project or within 90 days after the date of the imposition of the commercial linkage fee to be imposed on a commercial development project.

(2) Any party who files a protest pursuant to subdivision (a) may file an action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul the imposition of the commercial linkage fee imposed on a commercial development project within 60 days after the delivery of the notice required by subdivision (a) of Section 64624. Thereafter, notwithstanding any other law, all persons shall be barred from any action or proceeding or any defense of invalidity or unreasonableness of the imposition. Any proceeding brought pursuant to this subdivision shall take precedence over all matters of the calendar of the court except criminal, probate, eminent domain, forcible entry, and unlawful detainer proceedings.

(d) (1) If the court grants a judgment to a plaintiff invalidating, as enacted, all or a portion of a resolution establishing, increasing, or imposing a commercial linkage fee, the court shall direct the authority to refund the unlawful portion of the payment, plus interest at an annual rate equal to the average rate accrued by the Pooled Money Investment Account during the time elapsed since the payment occurred, or to return the unlawful portion of the exaction imposed.

(2) If an action is filed within 120 days of the date at which a resolution to establish or modify a commercial linkage fee to be imposed on a commercial development project takes effect, the portion of the payment or exaction invalidated shall also be returned to any other person who, under protest pursuant to this section and under that invalid portion of that same resolution as enacted, tendered the payment or provided for or satisfied the exaction during the period from 90 days before the date of the filing of the action which invalidates the payment or exaction to the date of the entry of the judgment referenced in paragraph (1).

(e) The imposition of a commercial linkage fee occurs, for the purposes of this section, when it is imposed or levied on a specific commercial development project.

64626.

 (a) In any judicial action or proceeding to validate, attack, review, set aside, void, or annul any resolution providing for the establishment, increase, or imposition of a commercial linkage fee pursuant to this article in which there is an issue whether the fee is a special tax within the meaning of Section 50076, the executive board and the authority shall have the burden of producing evidence to establish that the commercial linkage fee does not exceed the reasonable cost of providing the housing necessitated by the commercial development project for which the commercial linkage fee is imposed, as determined in the regional nexus study pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 64621.

(b) A party may only initiate an action or proceeding pursuant to subdivision (a) if both of the following requirements are met:

(1) The commercial linkage fee was directly imposed on the party as a condition of project approval, as provided in Section 64624.

(2) At least 30 days before initiating the action or proceeding, the party requests that the executive board and the authority provide a copy of the documents, including, but not limited to, the regional nexus study prepared pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 64621, that establish that the commercial linkage fee does not exceed the reasonable cost of providing the housing necessitated by the commercial development project for which the commercial linkage fee is imposed. In accordance with subdivision (b) of Section 6253, the executive board and the authority may charge a fee for copying the documents requested pursuant to this paragraph.

(c) For purposes of this section, costs shall be determined in accordance with fundamental fairness and consistency of method as to the allocation of costs, expenses, revenues, and other items included in the calculation.

64636.

 Any action to determine the validity or adoption of any tax, fee, or other charge provided for in, or the validity of bonds issued pursuant to, this title, or any of the proceedings, contracts, agreements, or other arrangements or matters entered into, shall be commenced within 60 days from the date of the election or the adoption of the resolution approving such matters, as applicable, pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 860) of Title 10 of Part 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure. After that date, the adoption of such tax, fee, or other charge, the issuance of the bonds, and all proceedings in relation thereto, shall be held valid and incontestable in every respect.

64650.

 (a) (1) Revenue generated pursuant to this part shall be used for the construction of new affordable housing, affordable housing preservation, tenant protection programs, planning and technical assistance related to affordable housing, and for infrastructure to support housing and other purposes, as provided for in this section.

(2) For purposes of this section:

(A) “County housing revenue” are those funds distributed pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) and subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d).

(B) “Regional housing revenues” are those revenues described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) and subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d).

(b) (1) The allocation of regional housing revenues to projects and programs shall be first approved by the executive board and subsequently by the authority. If the authority takes an action different from the executive board, the executive board must subsequently approve the action.

(2) Subject to funding eligibility and adjustment pursuant to paragraph (3), the authority shall distribute regional housing revenue in the form of a grant, loan, or other financing tool pursuant to subdivision (k) of Section 64520 in a manner that achieves the following minimum shares over five-year periods commencing after revenue is approved by voters as follows:

(A) (i) A minimum of two-thirds for production and preservation of affordable housing as follows:

(I) A minimum of 52 percent for the production of rental housing that is restricted by recorded document to be affordable to lower income households for at least 55 years, including, but not limited to, housing serving specific populations such as veterans, seniors, people with disabilities, current or former foster youth, victims of abuse, and people experiencing or at risk of homelessness. “Eligible expenses,” for purposes of this paragraph, include, but are not limited to, development costs, as defined in Section 50065 of the Health and Safety Code.

(II) A minimum of 15 percent for preservation of housing that is restricted by recorded document to be affordable to low- or moderate-income households for 55 years. Funding pursuant to this clause for preservation programs may be used to acquire, rehabilitate, and preserve existing housing units restricted for affordability, as well as housing from the private market, including residential hotels, as defined in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 50519 of the Health and Safety Code, in order to prevent the loss of affordability. Funding provided pursuant to this clause shall be subject to both of the following conditions:

(ia) Existing residents of buildings acquired for the purpose of affordable housing preservation shall not be displaced, even if the resident’s household income exceeds the moderate-income limits in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code.

(ib) Buildings acquired for the purpose of affordable housing preservation shall achieve 100 percent occupancy by low- or moderate-income households over time through unit turnover.

(ii) Funding subject to this paragraph that is derived from a bond issued pursuant to Section 64631 shall be expended solely to purchase or improve real property, consistent with paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 1 of Article XIII A of the California Constitution.

(iii) Funding provided pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the following conditions in the event that demolition or rehabilitation of housing units is required:

(I) If the housing units are occupied at the date of acquisition, the housing development shall provide at least the same number of units of equivalent number of bedrooms to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those households in occupancy.

(II) If existing residents must be relocated due to demolition or rehabilitation needs, the developer must provide relocation benefits to the occupants of those housing rental units subject to Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1. This subclause does not supersede any provision of a locally adopted ordinance that requires greater relocation assistance to displaced households.

(III) If existing residents must be relocated due to demolition or rehabilitation needs, the developer shall provide a right of first refusal for a comparable unit available in the new or rehabilitated housing development that is affordable to the household at an affordable rent, as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety Code, or an affordable housing cost, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B) A minimum of 5 percent for tenant protection programs for low- and moderate-income households. However, regional housing revenues derived from a bond authorized in Section 64631 shall not be spent for these purposes. Therefore, the executive board and the authority board shall prioritize the use of revenue sources that are eligible for tenant protection programs in order to meet the minimum requirement of this subparagraph, or as that requirement is modified pursuant to paragraph (3), to the extent feasible. Eligible expenses provided pursuant to this paragraph may only be spent on the following:

(i) Preeviction and eviction legal services, counseling, advice and consultation, training, renter education, and representation, and services to improve habitability that protect against displacement of tenants.

(ii) Providing emergency rental assistance for lower income households. Rental assistance provided pursuant to this clause shall not exceed 48 months for each assisted household, except that for severely rent-burdened seniors on fixed incomes, rental assistance may be renewed for successive 48-month terms. For purposes of this clause, a “severely rent-burdened senior” is a senior that pays more than 50 percent of their pretax income on rent.

(iii) Providing relocation assistance for lower income households beyond what is legally required of landlords according to local or state law.

(iv) Collection and tracking of information related to displacement and displacement risk, rents, and evictions in the region.

(C) A maximum of 10 percent for a grant program for local governments that qualify based on criteria established in funding guidelines adopted by the executive board and the authority board, in consultation with the advisory committee. Subject to any limitations on the funding source, eligible expenditures pursuant to this subparagraph must support housing and related uses, including, but not limited to, grants for the following purposes:

(i) Technical assistance, preparation, and adoption of planning documents and process improvements to accelerate and support housing production, preservation, and tenant protections.

(ii) Infrastructure needs associated with increased housing production, including, but not limited to, transportation, schools, and parks.

(iii) One-time uses that address homelessness, including, but not limited to, homeless shelters and infrastructure to support those shelters, and homeless prevention programs.

(iv) Programs to enable low- or moderate-income households to become or remain homeowners, including, but not limited to, below market rate ownership programs, downpayment assistance programs, residential rehabilitation loan programs, and grants or loans to assist in the rehabilitation or replacement of existing mobilehomes located in a mobilehome or manufactured home community.

(v) Tenant protection programs, as described in subparagraph (B).

(3) No earlier than five years after approval of a funding measure under Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 64610) and subject to consultation with the advisory committee, the executive board and the authority board may change any of the minimum requirements in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2) if the executive board and the authority board each adopt a finding that the region’s needs in a given category differ from those requirements. The executive board must approve the finding by a two-thirds vote, which must be subsequently approved by the authority board by a two-thirds vote. Approval of the finding shall be subject to the public participation requirements provided in subdivision (e) of Section 64511.

(4) The authority shall distribute the revenues derived from a commercial linkage fee established, increased, or imposed pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 64620) of Chapter 2 to each city or county in a manner that is consistent with the regional nexus study adopted by the executive board and the authority board. A city or county that receives revenues pursuant to this paragraph shall use that revenue solely for affordable housing necessitated by a commercial development project on which the fee was imposed, as determined by the executive board and the authority board pursuant to Section 64621.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b), the executive board and the authority board may approve funds for a project or program directly to a city, a county, a public entity, or a private project sponsor.

(d) (1) The authority shall distribute funds received through the funding measures authorized in Sections 64610 and 64611 and Article 3 (commencing with Section 64630) of Chapter 2 as follows:

(A) At least 80 percent of the revenue received shall be allocated to the county of origin for expenditure in that county, consistent with the county expenditure plan adopted pursuant to paragraph (6). Each county board of supervisors shall determine the appropriate entity within their county to administer the funds. Counties may use up to 5 percent of these funds for administrative purposes to assist with the development and implementation of the expenditure plan in their county.

(B) Up to 20 percent of the revenue received shall be collected by the authority for expenditures consistent with the regional expenditure plan adopted pursuant to paragraph (5) and for the purposes set forth in subdivision (a), and shall be eligible to be spent in any county in which the measure is in effect.

(2) The authority shall distribute funds received through the funding measure authorized in Section 64612 as follows:

(A) At least 50 percent of the revenue received shall be allocated to the county of origin for expenditure in the county, consistent with the county expenditure plan adopted pursuant to paragraph (6). Each county board of supervisors shall determine the appropriate entity within their county to administer the funds allocated to their county. Counties may use up to 5 percent of these funds for administrative purposes to assist with the development and implementation of the expenditure plan in their county.

(B) Up to 50 percent of the revenue received shall be collected by the authority for expenditures consistent with the regional expenditure plan adopted pursuant to paragraph (5) and for the purposes set forth in subdivision (a), and shall be eligible to be spent in any county in which the measure is in effect.

(3) No earlier than five years after approval of a funding measure under Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 64610), the executive board and the authority board may review and adjust the minimum requirements regarding the distribution of funds in paragraphs (1) and (2). After consultation with the advisory committee and subject to the public participation requirements of subdivision (e) of Section 64511, the executive board and the authority board may adopt a finding that it is in the best interest of the region to modify the distribution of funds and adopt a revised policy. A vote in support of modifying the distribution of funds in paragraphs (1) and (2) must be approved first by a two-thirds vote of the executive board, followed by a subsequent two-thirds vote of the authority.

(4) County housing revenue may be spent on affordable housing production, affordable housing preservation, and tenant protection programs, as described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b), provided that the expenditures are consistent with the county expenditure plan and the California Constitution.

(A) A county, including a city and county, shall provide a direct allocation to a city in their county if it is one of the three largest cities, including a city and county, in the San Francisco Bay area, as determined by the most recent population estimate by the Department of Finance. The direct allocation shall be based on the city’s share of the county’s regional housing need allocation pursuant to Section 65584 for lower income households. A city described in this subparagraph may use up to 5 percent of its direct allocation for administrative purposes to assist with the development and implementation of its expenditure plan.

(B) A county receiving funds from this chapter that does not include one of the three largest cities, including a city and county, in the region shall provide an option for a direct allocation to a city that has been allocated more than 30 percent of that county’s regional housing need allocation for lower income households during that regional housing need allocation period. The direct allocation shall be based on the city’s share of the county’s regional housing need allocation for lower income households. A city described in this subparagraph may use up to 5 percent of its direct allocation for administrative purposes to assist with the development and implementation of its expenditure plan.

(C) A city that receives a direct allocation shall prepare, adopt, and transmit to the county in which it is located an expenditure plan consistent with the provisions in paragraph (6) and prioritize projects that help the city achieve its regional housing need allocation. A city receiving a direct allocation shall be subject to the same minimum shares applicable to counties in clause (i) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (6), unless the executive board and the authority each adopt a finding, based on a thorough review and after consultation with the advisory committee, that the minimum allocation requirements are not the best use of the funds to address the city’s affordable housing needs. The executive board must approve the finding by a two-thirds vote, which must be subsequently approved by the authority board by a two-thirds vote.

(5) (A) The executive board and the authority board shall, in consultation with the advisory committee, adopt a regional expenditure plan for the use of housing revenue by July 1 of each year, except the executive board and the authority board shall select the deadline to adopt the first regional expenditure plan. The regional expenditure plan may cover multiple years, as determined by the executive board and the authority board. The authority may take action on the regional expenditure plan only after it has been approved by the executive board. If the authority adopts changes to the regional expenditure plan, the changes must be subsequently approved by the executive board.

(B) The regional expenditure plan shall set forth the share of revenue and estimated funding amount to be spent on each of the categories established in subdivision (b), indicate the household income levels to be served within each category of expenditures, and estimate the number of affordable housing units to be built or preserved and the number of tenants to be protected. To the extent feasible, the regional expenditure plan shall include a description of any specific project or program proposed to receive funding, including the location, amount of funding, and anticipated outcomes, as well as the estimated funding level for each of the categories listed in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b). Beginning the second year, the authority shall include a report in the regional expenditure plan that provides its allocations and expenditures to date of projects and programs funded and the extent to which the minimum targets in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) were achieved.

(C) The regional expenditure plan shall include the following information for any specific project that has received an allocation of regional housing revenue during the prior year:

(i) Whether the project proponent has requested a building permit for the project, and if so, the date when it was requested.

(ii) Whether the project proponent is eligible to request a building permit for the project, and if so, the date when it became eligible.

(iii) Whether the project proponent has obtained final approval or certification that the housing development is habitable, such as a certificate of occupancy, and if so, the date when it was obtained.

(6) Each county shall adopt a county expenditure plan applicable to county housing revenue no sooner than 30 days after a draft of the plan has been placed on an agenda of the governing body for discussion. Each county shall transmit the county expenditure plan to the executive board and the authority as follows:

(A) The expenditure plan shall be transmitted by July 1 of each year, except the executive board and the authority board shall select the deadline for the transmission of the first expenditure plan. The deadline for the transmission of the first expenditure plan shall provide at least 90 days for a county to prepare the expenditure plan after the election approving a tax or bond pursuant to this part is certified. An expenditure plan may cover multiple years, as determined by the county.

(B) To be deemed complete, the expenditure plan shall specify the proposed allocation of funds as follows:

(i) The proposed share of revenues that will be allocated to the construction of new affordable housing, affordable housing preservation, and tenant protection programs. Except as provided in subclause (IV), the expenditure plan shall demonstrate that over a five-year period the county will meet the following allocations:

(I) A minimum allocation of 52 percent towards construction of new affordable housing that prioritizes projects that help achieve regional housing need allocation targets for housing affordable to extremely low income, very low income, and lower income households.

(II) A minimum allocation of 15 percent towards affordable housing preservation.

(III) A minimum allocation of 5 percent towards tenant protection programs.

(IV) A county expenditure plan may deviate from the minimum shares required by this clause if the executive board and the authority board each adopt a finding, based on a thorough review and after consultation with the advisory committee, that the minimum allocations are not the best use of the funds to address the county’s affordable housing needs. The executive board must adopt the finding by a two-thirds vote, which must be subsequently approved by the authority board by a two-thirds vote.

(ii) To the extent feasible, the plan shall include a description of any specific project or program proposed to receive funding, including the location, amount of funding, and anticipated outcomes, as well as the estimated funding level for each of the categories listed in clause (i).

(iii) Commencing with the second year, each county shall include in its expenditure plan a report on its allocations and expenditures to date of projects and programs funded and the extent to which the minimum targets in clause (i) were achieved.

(7) If the executive board and the authority board each determine by a majority vote that a county has not submitted a complete expenditure plan pursuant to the requirements of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (6), the authority may withhold allocation of revenues to that county until the county submits a complete expenditure plan.

(8) The authority shall post each completed expenditure plan on its internet website.

(9) A county may request the executive board and the authority to administer all or a portion of its county housing revenue. If the executive board and the authority board agree to administer the funds, they shall develop and adopt an annual expenditure plan applicable to that portion of the funds that shall be jointly approved by the executive board and the authority board, in consultation with the county, and projects allocated according to that plan shall be subject to the same timelines described in paragraph (10).

(10) After county housing revenues are committed to a specific project, they shall remain available for expenditure for three years. A county may authorize expenditures beyond three years pursuant to guidelines that shall be reviewed and adopted by the executive board and the authority board, in consultation with the advisory committee.

(11) (A) Funds allocated to a city pursuant to paragraph (3) shall be committed to a specific project within five years of receipt.

(B) Once committed to a specific project, funds shall remain available for expenditure for an additional five years, unless an extension is authorized pursuant to subparagraph (C).

(C) If the funds have not been expended within five years of receipt as required in subparagraph (B), the city shall show that it has made adequate progress towards completing the project. If the county in which the city is located finds that adequate progress has been made, the county shall authorize an additional 24 months to grant entitlements to the remainder of the project. If the county in which the city is located does not find that adequate progress has been made, the funds shall be transferred to the county. The county shall hold the funds until the city submits a plan satisfactory to the county to move forward with the project or allocate funds to another qualified project consistent with the city’s expenditure plan.

(D) For purposes of this paragraph, “adequate progress” means the project has received the land use approvals or entitlements necessary for at least 75 percent of the project’s units.

(e) Before the distribution of funds each year in accordance with subdivision (d), the authority shall be entitled to up to 5 percent of the funds of any measure approved pursuant to this part for general administration and overhead.

64652.

 To ensure oversight and accountability, the authority shall prepare and submit an annual report to the Legislature, in conformance with Sections 9795 and 53411 on allocations and expenditures under its control, and those controlled by counties pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 64650. The report shall include a description of projects funded and their status, the households served by income level, and the extent to which the minimum targets in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) and paragraph (6) of subdivision (d) of Section 64650 were achieved.

65039.

 The Governor may appoint the Director of State Planning and Research at a salary that shall be fixed pursuant to Section 12001.

65302.

 The general plan shall consist of a statement of development policies and shall include a diagram or diagrams and text setting forth objectives, principles, standards, and plan proposals. The plan shall include the following elements:

(a) A land use element that designates the proposed general distribution and general location and extent of the uses of the land for housing, business, industry, open space, including agriculture, natural resources, recreation, and enjoyment of scenic beauty, education, public buildings and grounds, solid and liquid waste disposal facilities, greenways, as defined in Section 816.52 of the Civil Code, and other categories of public and private uses of land. The location and designation of the extent of the uses of the land for public and private uses shall consider the identification of land and natural resources pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (d). The land use element shall include a statement of the standards of population density and building intensity recommended for the various districts and other territory covered by the plan. The land use element shall identify and annually review those areas covered by the plan that are subject to flooding identified by flood plain mapping prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) or the Department of Water Resources. The land use element shall also do both of the following:

(1) Designate in a land use category that provides for timber production those parcels of real property zoned for timberland production pursuant to the California Timberland Productivity Act of 1982 (Chapter 6.7 (commencing with Section 51100) of Part 1 of Division 1 of Title 5).

(2) Consider the impact of new growth on military readiness activities carried out on military bases, installations, and operating and training areas, when proposing zoning ordinances or designating land uses covered by the general plan for land, or other territory adjacent to military facilities, or underlying designated military aviation routes and airspace.

(A) In determining the impact of new growth on military readiness activities, information provided by military facilities shall be considered. Cities and counties shall address military impacts based on information from the military and other sources.

(B) The following definitions govern this paragraph:

(i) “Military readiness activities” mean all of the following:

(I) Training, support, and operations that prepare the members of the military for combat.

(II) Operation, maintenance, and security of any military installation.

(III) Testing of military equipment, vehicles, weapons, and sensors for proper operation or suitability for combat use.

(ii) “Military installation” means a base, camp, post, station, yard, center, homeport facility for any ship, or other activity under the jurisdiction of the United States Department of Defense as defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g) of Section 2687 of Title 10 of the United States Code.

(b) (1) A circulation element consisting of the general location and extent of existing and proposed major thoroughfares, transportation routes, terminals, any military airports and ports, and other local public utilities and facilities, all correlated with the land use element of the plan.

(2) (A) Commencing January 1, 2011, upon any substantive revision of the circulation element, the legislative body shall modify the circulation element to plan for a balanced, multimodal transportation network that meets the needs of all users of streets, roads, and highways for safe and convenient travel in a manner that is suitable to the rural, suburban, or urban context of the general plan.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “users of streets, roads, and highways” mean bicyclists, children, persons with disabilities, motorists, movers of commercial goods, pedestrians, users of public transportation, and seniors.

(c) A housing element as provided in Article 10.6 (commencing with Section 65580).

(d) (1) A conservation element for the conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources, including water and its hydraulic force, forests, soils, rivers and other waters, harbors, fisheries, wildlife, minerals, and other natural resources. The conservation element shall consider the effect of development within the jurisdiction, as described in the land use element, on natural resources located on public lands, including military installations. That portion of the conservation element including waters shall be developed in coordination with any countywide water agency and with all district and city agencies, including flood management, water conservation, or groundwater agencies that have developed, served, controlled, managed, or conserved water of any type for any purpose in the county or city for which the plan is prepared. Coordination shall include the discussion and evaluation of any water supply and demand information described in Section 65352.5, if that information has been submitted by the water agency to the city or county.

(2) The conservation element may also cover all of the following:

(A) The reclamation of land and waters.

(B) Prevention and control of the pollution of streams and other waters.

(C) Regulation of the use of land in stream channels and other areas required for the accomplishment of the conservation plan.

(D) Prevention, control, and correction of the erosion of soils, beaches, and shores.

(E) Protection of watersheds.

(F) The location, quantity, and quality of the rock, sand, and gravel resources.

(3) Upon the next revision of the housing element on or after January 1, 2009, the conservation element shall identify rivers, creeks, streams, flood corridors, riparian habitats, and land that may accommodate floodwater for purposes of groundwater recharge and stormwater management.

(e) An open-space element as provided in Article 10.5 (commencing with Section 65560).

(f) (1) A noise element that shall identify and appraise noise problems in the community. The noise element shall analyze and quantify, to the extent practicable, as determined by the legislative body, current and projected noise levels for all of the following sources:

(A) Highways and freeways.

(B) Primary arterials and major local streets.

(C) Passenger and freight online railroad operations and ground rapid transit systems.

(D) Commercial, general aviation, heliport, helistop, and military airport operations, aircraft overflights, jet engine test stands, and all other ground facilities and maintenance functions related to airport operation.

(E) Local industrial plants, including, but not limited to, railroad classification yards.

(F) Other ground stationary noise sources, including, but not limited to, military installations, identified by local agencies as contributing to the community noise environment.

(2) Noise contours shall be shown for all of these sources and stated in terms of community noise equivalent level (CNEL) or day-night average sound level (Ldn). The noise contours shall be prepared on the basis of noise monitoring or following generally accepted noise modeling techniques for the various sources identified in paragraphs (1) to (6), inclusive.

(3) The noise contours shall be used as a guide for establishing a pattern of land uses in the land use element that minimizes the exposure of community residents to excessive noise.

(4) The noise element shall include implementation measures and possible solutions that address existing and foreseeable noise problems, if any. The adopted noise element shall serve as a guideline for compliance with the state’s noise insulation standards.

(g) (1) A safety element for the protection of the community from any unreasonable risks associated with the effects of seismically induced surface rupture, ground shaking, ground failure, tsunami, seiche, and dam failure; slope instability leading to mudslides and landslides; subsidence; liquefaction; and other seismic hazards identified pursuant to Chapter 7.8 (commencing with Section 2690) of Division 2 of the Public Resources Code, and other geologic hazards known to the legislative body; flooding; and wildland and urban fires. The safety element shall include mapping of known seismic and other geologic hazards. It shall also address evacuation routes, military installations, peakload water supply requirements, and minimum road widths and clearances around structures, as those items relate to identified fire and geologic hazards.

(2) The safety element, upon the next revision of the housing element on or after January 1, 2009, shall also do the following:

(A) Identify information regarding flood hazards, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) Flood hazard zones. As used in this subdivision, “flood hazard zone” means an area subject to flooding that is delineated as either a special hazard area or an area of moderate or minimal hazard on an official flood insurance rate map issued by FEMA. The identification of a flood hazard zone does not imply that areas outside the flood hazard zones or uses permitted within flood hazard zones will be free from flooding or flood damage.

(ii) National Flood Insurance Program maps published by FEMA.

(iii) Information about flood hazards that is available from the United States Army Corps of Engineers.

(iv) Designated floodway maps that are available from the Central Valley Flood Protection Board.

(v) Dam failure inundation maps prepared pursuant to Section 6161 of the Water Code that are available from the Department of Water Resources.

(vi) Awareness Floodplain Mapping Program maps and 200-year flood plain maps that are or may be available from, or accepted by, the Department of Water Resources.

(vii) Maps of levee protection zones.

(viii) Areas subject to inundation in the event of the failure of project or nonproject levees or floodwalls.

(ix) Historical data on flooding, including locally prepared maps of areas that are subject to flooding, areas that are vulnerable to flooding after wildfires, and sites that have been repeatedly damaged by flooding.

(x) Existing and planned development in flood hazard zones, including structures, roads, utilities, and essential public facilities.

(xi) Local, state, and federal agencies with responsibility for flood protection, including special districts and local offices of emergency services.

(B) Establish a set of comprehensive goals, policies, and objectives based on the information identified pursuant to subparagraph (A), for the protection of the community from the unreasonable risks of flooding, including, but not limited to:

(i) Avoiding or minimizing the risks of flooding to new development.

(ii) Evaluating whether new development should be located in flood hazard zones, and identifying construction methods or other methods to minimize damage if new development is located in flood hazard zones.

(iii) Maintaining the structural and operational integrity of essential public facilities during flooding.

(iv) Locating, when feasible, new essential public facilities outside of flood hazard zones, including hospitals and health care facilities, emergency shelters, fire stations, emergency command centers, and emergency communications facilities or identifying construction methods or other methods to minimize damage if these facilities are located in flood hazard zones.

(v) Establishing cooperative working relationships among public agencies with responsibility for flood protection.

(C) Establish a set of feasible implementation measures designed to carry out the goals, policies, and objectives established pursuant to subparagraph (B).

(3) Upon the next revision of the housing element on or after January 1, 2014, the safety element shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to address the risk of fire for land classified as state responsibility areas, as defined in Section 4102 of the Public Resources Code, and land classified as very high fire hazard severity zones, as defined in Section 51177. This review shall consider the advice included in the Office of Planning and Research’s most recent publication of “Fire Hazard Planning, General Plan Technical Advice Series” and shall also include all of the following:

(A) Information regarding fire hazards, including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(i) Fire hazard severity zone maps available from the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection.

(ii) Any historical data on wildfires available from local agencies or a reference to where the data can be found.

(iii) Information about wildfire hazard areas that may be available from the United States Geological Survey.

(iv) General location and distribution of existing and planned uses of land in very high fire hazard severity zones and in state responsibility areas, including structures, roads, utilities, and essential public facilities. The location and distribution of planned uses of land shall not require defensible space compliance measures required by state law or local ordinance to occur on publicly owned lands or open space designations of homeowner associations.

(v) Local, state, and federal agencies with responsibility for fire protection, including special districts and local offices of emergency services.

(B) A set of goals, policies, and objectives based on the information identified pursuant to subparagraph (A) for the protection of the community from the unreasonable risk of wildfire.

(C) A set of feasible implementation measures designed to carry out the goals, policies, and objectives based on the information identified pursuant to subparagraph (B) including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(i) Avoiding or minimizing the wildfire hazards associated with new uses of land.

(ii) Locating, when feasible, new essential public facilities outside of high fire risk areas, including, but not limited to, hospitals and health care facilities, emergency shelters, emergency command centers, and emergency communications facilities, or identifying construction methods or other methods to minimize damage if these facilities are located in a state responsibility area or very high fire hazard severity zone.

(iii) Designing adequate infrastructure if a new development is located in a state responsibility area or in a very high fire hazard severity zone, including safe access for emergency response vehicles, visible street signs, and water supplies for structural fire suppression.

(iv) Working cooperatively with public agencies with responsibility for fire protection.

(D) If a city or county has adopted a fire safety plan or document separate from the general plan, an attachment of, or reference to, a city or county’s adopted fire safety plan or document that fulfills commensurate goals and objectives and contains information required pursuant to this paragraph.

(4) Upon the next revision of a local hazard mitigation plan, adopted in accordance with the federal Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-390), on or after January 1, 2017, or, if a local jurisdiction has not adopted a local hazard mitigation plan, beginning on or before January 1, 2022, the safety element shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to address climate adaptation and resiliency strategies applicable to the city or county. This review shall consider advice provided in the Office of Planning and Research’s General Plan Guidelines and shall include all of the following:

(A) (i) A vulnerability assessment that identifies the risks that climate change poses to the local jurisdiction and the geographic areas at risk from climate change impacts, including, but not limited to, an assessment of how climate change may affect the risks addressed pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3).

(ii) Information that may be available from federal, state, regional, and local agencies that will assist in developing the vulnerability assessment and the adaptation policies and strategies required pursuant to subparagraph (B), including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(I) Information from the internet-based Cal-Adapt tool.

(II) Information from the most recent version of the California Adaptation Planning Guide.

(III) Information from local agencies on the types of assets, resources, and populations that will be sensitive to various climate change exposures.

(IV) Information from local agencies on their current ability to deal with the impacts of climate change.

(V) Historical data on natural events and hazards, including locally prepared maps of areas subject to previous risk, areas that are vulnerable, and sites that have been repeatedly damaged.

(VI) Existing and planned development in identified at-risk areas, including structures, roads, utilities, and essential public facilities.

(VII) Federal, state, regional, and local agencies with responsibility for the protection of public health and safety and the environment, including special districts and local offices of emergency services.

(B) A set of adaptation and resilience goals, policies, and objectives based on the information specified in subparagraph (A) for the protection of the community.

(C) A set of feasible implementation measures designed to carry out the goals, policies, and objectives identified pursuant to subparagraph (B) including, but not limited to, all of the following:

(i) Feasible methods to avoid or minimize climate change impacts associated with new uses of land.

(ii) The location, when feasible, of new essential public facilities outside of at-risk areas, including, but not limited to, hospitals and health care facilities, emergency shelters, emergency command centers, and emergency communications facilities, or identifying construction methods or other methods to minimize damage if these facilities are located in at-risk areas.

(iii) The designation of adequate and feasible infrastructure located in an at-risk area.

(iv) Guidelines for working cooperatively with relevant local, regional, state, and federal agencies.

(v) The identification of natural infrastructure that may be used in adaptation projects, where feasible. Where feasible, the plan shall use existing natural features and ecosystem processes, or the restoration of natural features and ecosystem processes, when developing alternatives for consideration. For purposes of this clause, “natural infrastructure” means using natural ecological systems or processes to reduce vulnerability to climate change related hazards, or other related climate change effects, while increasing the long-term adaptive capacity of coastal and inland areas by perpetuating or restoring ecosystem services. This includes, but is not limited to, the conservation, preservation, or sustainable management of any form of aquatic or terrestrial vegetated open space, such as beaches, dunes, tidal marshes, reefs, seagrass, parks, rain gardens, and urban tree canopies. It also includes systems and practices that use or mimic natural processes, such as permeable pavements, bioswales, and other engineered systems, such as levees that are combined with restored natural systems, to provide clean water, conserve ecosystem values and functions, and provide a wide array of benefits to people and wildlife.

(D) (i) If a city or county has adopted the local hazard mitigation plan, or other climate adaptation plan or document that fulfills commensurate goals and objectives and contains the information required pursuant to this paragraph, separate from the general plan, an attachment of, or reference to, the local hazard mitigation plan or other climate adaptation plan or document.

(ii) Cities or counties that have an adopted hazard mitigation plan, or other climate adaptation plan or document that substantially complies with this section, or have substantially equivalent provisions to this subdivision in their general plans, may use that information in the safety element to comply with this subdivision, and shall summarize and incorporate by reference into the safety element the other general plan provisions, climate adaptation plan or document, specifically showing how each requirement of this subdivision has been met.

(5) Upon the next revision of the housing element on or after January 1, 2020, the safety element shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to identify residential developments in any hazard area identified in the safety element that do not have at least two emergency evacuation routes.

(6) After the initial revision of the safety element pursuant to paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5), the planning agency shall review and, if necessary, revise the safety element upon each revision of the housing element or local hazard mitigation plan, but not less than once every eight years, to identify new information relating to flood and fire hazards and climate adaptation and resiliency strategies applicable to the city or county that was not available during the previous revision of the safety element.

(7) Cities and counties that have flood plain management ordinances that have been approved by FEMA that substantially comply with this section, or have substantially equivalent provisions to this subdivision in their general plans, may use that information in the safety element to comply with this subdivision, and shall summarize and incorporate by reference into the safety element the other general plan provisions or the flood plain ordinance, specifically showing how each requirement of this subdivision has been met.

(8) Before the periodic review of its general plan and before preparing or revising its safety element, each city and county shall consult the California Geological Survey of the Department of Conservation, the Central Valley Flood Protection Board, if the city or county is located within the boundaries of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Drainage District, as set forth in Section 8501 of the Water Code, and the Office of Emergency Services for the purpose of including information known by and available to the department, the agency, and the board required by this subdivision.

(9) To the extent that a county’s safety element is sufficiently detailed and contains appropriate policies and programs for adoption by a city, a city may adopt that portion of the county’s safety element that pertains to the city’s planning area in satisfaction of the requirement imposed by this subdivision.

(h) (1) An environmental justice element, or related goals, policies, and objectives integrated in other elements, that identifies disadvantaged communities within the area covered by the general plan of the city, county, or city and county, if the city, county, or city and county has a disadvantaged community. The environmental justice element, or related environmental justice goals, policies, and objectives integrated in other elements, shall do all of the following:

(A) Identify objectives and policies to reduce the unique or compounded health risks in disadvantaged communities by means that include, but are not limited to, the reduction of pollution exposure, including the improvement of air quality, and the promotion of public facilities, food access, safe and sanitary homes, and physical activity.

(B) Identify objectives and policies to promote civic engagement in the public decisionmaking process.

(C) Identify objectives and policies that prioritize improvements and programs that address the needs of disadvantaged communities.

(2) A city, county, or city and county subject to this subdivision shall adopt or review the environmental justice element, or the environmental justice goals, policies, and objectives in other elements, upon the adoption or next revision of two or more elements concurrently on or after January 1, 2018.

(3) By adding this subdivision, the Legislature does not intend to require a city, county, or city and county to take any action prohibited by the United States Constitution or the California Constitution.

(4) For purposes of this subdivision, the following terms shall apply:

(A) “Disadvantaged communities” means an area identified by the California Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to Section 39711 of the Health and Safety Code or an area that is a low-income area that is disproportionately affected by environmental pollution and other hazards that can lead to negative health effects, exposure, or environmental degradation.

(B) “Public facilities” includes public improvements, public services, and community amenities, as defined in subdivision (d) of Section 66000.

(C) “Low-income area” means an area with household incomes at or below 80 percent of the statewide median income o